Return to the Browser Screen

Service Manual

Manufacturer:
Alcon Laboratories, Inc.
6201 South Freeway
Fort Worth, Texas 76134-2099
U.S.A.

Produced By:
Alcon Laboratories, Inc.
15800 Alton Parkway
Irvine, California 92618-3818
0123
U.S.A.

Telephone: 949/753-1393 Directive 93/42/EEC

800/832-7827
FAX: 949/753-6614

8065750238 B, CAT / REF / PART NO.

906-2100-001 B, TEXT ONLY © 2006 Alcon, Inc.
 Infiniti™* Vision System Service Manual
8065750238

MANUAL REVISION RECORD

DATE REVISION ECN NUMBER AND DESCRIPTION

January 2004 A 20042116 - Initial release of service manual.

March 2006 B 20060029 - Several small updates to manual. Larger updates listed
here. Environmental Considerations added. Labels updated. Sev-
eral pages added for System Access and Sub-Assembly Removal
instructions. Footswitch parts added to Spare Parts list. Instructions
to adjust power supply added to Maintenance section. Error Codes
replaced with current data. Assembly Drawings and Parts Lists
updated. Schematics updated.

END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT:

This product contains software licensed from Microsoft Corporation.

SmartPhaco is a registered trademark of Micro Medical Devices, Inc.

SmartPhaco is licensed from Micro Medical Devices, Inc.

* Registered in the U.S. Patent & Trademark Office.

ii 8065750238
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION ONE - GENERAL INFORMATION PAGE #

About this Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.1

Reference Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.2
Receiving Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.2
Unpacking and Setting Up the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.3
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.4
Warnings and Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.8
Infiniti™* Vision System Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.14
Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.15
Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.17
Footswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.18
Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.23
Handpieces, Tips, and Infusion Sleeves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.27
Fluidic Management System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.33
Infiniti™* AquaLase® Balanced Salt Solution Bottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.34
Consumable Pak Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.34
Front Display Panel and Touch Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.37
Setup Screen and its Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.38
Surgery Screen and its Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.53

SECTION TWO - THEORY OF OPERATION PAGE #

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.1
System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.1
Infiniti™* System Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.2
Power Distribution Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.3
Host Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.4
Infiniti™* Display Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.6
Footswitch Module Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.8
IV Pole Module Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.10
Fluidics Module Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.13
Pneumatic Module Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.16
U/S Module Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.19

SECTION THREE - PARTS LOCATION AND DISASSEMBLY PAGE #

Sub-Assembly Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.1

Removal of Panels from Infiniti™* Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.1
System Access and Subassembly Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.3

8065750238 iii
SECTION FOUR - MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING PAGE #

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.1

Service Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.1
Maintenance Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.3
Equipment Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.7
Problem Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.9
Advisories, Warnings, and Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.13

SECTION FIVE - SCHEMATICS PAGE #

Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.1

SECTION SIX - PARTS LISTS AND DRAWINGS PAGE #

Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.1

SECTION SEVEN - ADDITIONAL INFORMATION PAGE #

Infiniti™* VideOverlay System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.1

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.1
Standard Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.2

iv 8065750238
 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

FIGURE# TITLE PAGE #

Figure 1-1 The Infiniti™* Vision System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.1

Figure 1-2 Carton Lying Horizontally on Wooden Pallet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.3
Figure 1-3 Accessories and Foam Removed from Carton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.3
Figure 1-4 Roll the System Away from the Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.3
Figure 1-5 The Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.14
Figure 1-6 The Front Connector Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.15
Figure 1-7 The Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.16
Figure 1-8 The Right Side Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.17
Figure 1-9 The Accurus® / Legacy® and Infiniti™* Footswitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.18
Figure 1-10 Footswitch Cable Routing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.19
Figure 1-11 Diagram of Footpedal Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.20
Figure 1-12 Footswitches Used with the Infiniti™* Vision System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.21
Figure 1-13 The Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.23
Figure 1-14 The Remote Control Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.24
Figure 1-15 The Remote Control Settings Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.26
Figure 1-16 OZil™ Torsional Handpiece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.27
Figure 1-17 Infiniti™* Ultrasonic (U/S) Handpiece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.27
Figure 1-18 Infiniti™* NeoSoniX® Handpiece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.27
Figure 1-19 TurboSonics® Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.28
Figure 1-20 AquaLase® Liquefaction Handpiece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.29
Figure 1-21 Infiniti™* U/S Handpiece. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.29
Figure 1-22 UltraFlow™* IT Handpiece and Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.30
Figure 1-23 UltraFlow™* IT Handpiece with Infusion Sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.31
Figure 1-24 UltraFlow™* O-Ring Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.31
Figure 1-25 UltraFlow™* SP Handpiece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.31
Figure 1-26 Infiniti™* Vitrectomy Probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.32
Figure 1-27 Single Use Bipolar Brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.33
Figure 1-28 The Infiniti™* Ultrasound Fluidic Management System (FMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.33
Figure 1-29 The AquaLase® Balanced Salt Solution Bottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.34
Figure 1-30 Contents of the Infiniti™* U/S Fluidic Management System Pak . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.35
Figure 1-31 Contents of the Infiniti™* AquaLase® Fluidic Management System Pak . . . . . . .1.36
Figure 1-32 The Infiniti™* Front Display Panel and Touch Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.37
Figure 1-33 Navigating the Infiniti™* User Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.37
Figure 1-34 Functional Areas of the Setup Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.38
Figure 1-35 Bottle Height Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.40
Figure 1-36 Footswitch Buttons Dialogs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.41
Figure 1-37 Footswitch Treadle Dialogs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.41
Figure 1-38 Metrics Dialog Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.42
Figure 1-39 Setup Screen with Custom Drop List Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.44
Figure 1-40 Doctor Settings Dialog Screen General Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.45
Figure 1-41 Doctor Settings Dialog Screen Steps Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.45
Figure 1-42 Doctor Settings Dialog Screen Defaults Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.46
Figure 1-43 Doctor Settings Dialog Screen Advanced Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.46
Figure 1-44 Copy/Delete Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.47

8065750238 v
Figure 1-45 System Settings Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.49
Figure 1-46 Sound Settings Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.49
Figure 1-47 AquaLase® Occlusion Settings Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.50
Figure 1-48 About Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.50
Figure 1-49 Functional Area of the Setup Status Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.51
Figure 1-50 Functional Areas of the Setup Steps Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.52
Figure 1-51 Functional Areas of the Infiniti™* Vision System Surgery Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.53
Figure 1-52 Surgery Control Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.54
Figure 1-53 Surgery Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.57
Figure 1-54 Icons Used with the Infiniti™* Vision System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.60
Figure 1-55 Labeling on Infiniti™* Vision System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.61
Figure 1-56 Coagulation Power Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.62

Figure 2-1 System Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.2

Figure 2-2 Power Distribution Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.3
Figure 2-3 Host Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.4
Figure 2-4 Display Block Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.6
Figure 2-5 Footswitch Module Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.8
Figure 2-6 IV Pole Module Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.10
Figure 2-7 Fluidics Module Block Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.14
Figure 2-8 Pneumatics Module Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.16
Figure 2-9 Phaco-Coag Subsystem Kernel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.19
Figure 2-10 Phaco-Coag Subsystem Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.20
Figure 2-11 AquaLase® Subsystem Kernel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.23
Figure 2-12 AquaLase® Subsystem Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.24

Figure 3-1 Subassemblies Inside the Infiniti™* Console. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.1

Figure 3-2 Fasteners Used to Secure Panels to the Infiniti™* frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.2
Figure 3-3 Fastener Locations for Top Panel and Panel Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.2
Figure 3-4 Fastener Locations for Upper Side Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.2
Figure 3-5 Fastener Locations for Lower Side Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.2
Figures 3-6 through 3-47, starting on page 3.3, are not labelled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.3

Figure 4-1 Remove Fuse Drawer from Power Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.3

Figure 4-2 Replacing CPC Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.3
Figure 4-3 Two Halves of Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.4
Figure 4-4 Proper Orientation of Two Halves of Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.4
Figure 4-5 Locations of Console Air Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.5
Figure 4-6 Pneumatic Oil Separator and Air Dryer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.5
Figure 4-7 Location of CPU Battery Inside Host Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.6
Figure 4-8 PS Locator Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.6
Figure 4-9 Advisories Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.7
Figure 4-10 Warnings Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.7
Figure 4-11 Faults Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.7
Figure 4-12 Troubleshooting Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.8

vi 8065750238
Figure 7-1 VideOverlay Front Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.1
Figure 7-2 VideOverlay Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.2
Figure 7-3 Wall Outlet Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.3
Figure 7-4 VideOverlay Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.3

LIST OF TABLES
TABLE# TITLE PAGE #

Table 1-1 Guidance and Manufacturer's Declaration - Electromagnetic Emissions . . . . . . . . .1.5

Table 1-2 Guidance and Manufacturer's Declaration - Electromagnetic Immunity . . . . . . . . .1.6
Table 1-3 Recommended Separation Distances Between Portable and Mobile RF
Communications Equipment and the Infiniti™* Vision System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.7
Table 1-4 Table of Footpedal Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.20
Table 1-5 Programming the Footswitch Treadle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.43
Table 1-6 Parameters in Surgery Controls Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.55
Table 1-7 Abbreviations Used with the Infiniti™* Vision System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.58
Table 1-8 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.59

Table 4-1 Recommended Tools and Test Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.1

Table 4-2 Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.2
Table 4-3 Voltage Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.6
Table 4-4 Problem Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.9
Table 4-5 Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.13

8065750238 vii
 IMPORTANT NOTICE

Equipment improvement is an on-going process and, as such, changes may be made to the
equipment after this manual is printed. Accordingly, Alcon makes no warranties, expressed
or implied, that the information contained in this service manual is complete or accurate. It is
understood that if this manual is used to perform service on the equipment by other than trained
personnel, the user assumes all risks in the use of this manual.

In order to protect the goodwill associated with Alcon, and its products, maintain Alconʼs standards,
and provide its customers with a high quality of service, Alcon strongly recommends that all
servicing of this equipment be performed by Alcon-trained service personnel. Such personnel receive
in-depth, extensive training in the servicing of the equipment, including training in the diagnosis
and correction of problems that may arise with the equipment. Any servicing of this equipment by
persons other than Alcon-trained service personnel may expose those persons, subsequent users of
this equipment, patients, and other third parties to significant risk of serious injury and/or death.
Alcon will not assume responsibility for the effect of the repairs, damages, or personal injuries
arising from repairs by any third party.

CAUTION
Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a physician.

WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS

Pay close attention to warnings and cautions in this manual. Warnings are written to protect
individuals from bodily injury. Cautions are written to protect the instrument from damage.

UNIVERSAL PRECAUTIONS
Universal precautions shall be observed by all people who come in contact with the instrument
and/or accessories to help prevent their exposure to blood-borne pathogens and/or other potentially
infectious materials. In any circumstance, wherein the exact status of blood or body fluids/tissues
encountered are unknown, it shall be uniformly considered potentially infectious and handled
accordingly. This is in accordance with OSHA guidelines.

Comments or corrections concerning this manual should be addressed to:

Alcon Laboratories, Inc.

Technical Services Group
PO BOX 19587
Irvine, CA, USA 92623-9587

All rights reserved. No part of this manual may be reproduced, transmitted, or stored in a retrieval
system, in any form or by any means; photocopying, electronic, mechanical, recording, or otherwise;
without prior written permission from Alcon.

viii LAST PAGE OF SECTION 8065750238

 SECTION ONE
GENERAL INFORMATION

Alconʼs Infiniti™* Vision System is an ophthalmic the surgeon regulates the amount of power applied to the
surgical instrument designed to be reliable, safe, and handpiece tip, the rate of aspiration, vacuum, and the flow
easy to operate. The Infiniti™* Vision System provides of BSS® or BSS Plus® irrigation solution. The system
four modes for cataract lens extraction using AquaLase®, controls include a footswitch to enable the surgeon to control
OZil™ torsional, NeoSoniX®, and high performance U/S irrigation flow, aspiration rate, phaco power, vitrectomy cut
handpieces. This instrument has been developed to be rate, and coagulation power.
user friendly, combining hardware that is easy to install
and maintain along with software that increases the ABOUT THIS MANUAL
effectivity of the user.
This manual is divided into seven sections as follows:
The Infiniti™* Vision System is intended for use in small
incision cataract lens extraction surgical procedures. This Section One - General Information
system allows the surgeon to emulsify and aspirate the lens This section gives a general description of the Infiniti™*
in the eye, while replacing aspirated fluid and lens material Vision System features and components. Also included
with balanced salt solution. This process maintains a stable is an unpacking and installation procedure.
(inflated) eye chamber volume. Using system controls
Section Two - Theory of Operation
This section gives a detailed description of how the
Infiniti™* Vision System operates starting at the system
level and working down to the PCB (Printed Circuit
Board) level. Detailed block diagrams are provided at
the end of this section.

Section Three - Parts Location and Disassembly

This section contains parts location diagrams along with
field level disassembly procedures.

Section Four - Maintenance & Troubleshooting

This section contains system maintenace procedures and
troubleshooting information.

Section Five - Schematics

This section contains the system interconnect diagram,
PCB assembly drawings, and schematic diagrams.

Section Six - Parts Lists and Drawings

This section contains parts lists, engineering
documentation for each major assembly, and cable
drawings.

Section Seven - Additional Information

This section contains information on accessories or
optional equipment that may require service.

Figure 1-1 The Infiniti™* Vision System

8065750238 1.1
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS RECEIVING INSPECTION

Although this manual provides the necessary information The system was inspected mechanically and electrically
for maintaining optimum performance of the Infiniti™* prior to shipment. If the shipping container appears
Vision System, it does not contain all of the operating damaged, ask that the carrierʼs agent be present when
procedures or functional descriptions contained in the system is unpacked. The system should be inspected
the operator's manual. In addition, the Warnings and for external damage (i.e. scratches, dents, or broken
Cautions in the operator's manual also apply for this parts). If damage is discovered or if the system fails
service manual. The operator's manual supplements any of the functional tests notify the carrier and an
information provided in this manual, and should be Alcon representative. Retain the shipping container
available on-site with the system. and packing material for the carrierʼs inspection. As
necessary, file a claim with the carrier or, if insured
separately, with the insurance company.
If you have any questions or require additional
information, please contact your local service
representative or the Technical Services Department at:

Alcon Laboratories
15800 Alton Parkway
Irvine, CA 92718
(949) 753-1393
(800) 832-7827

If you are located outside the United States, please

contact your local authorized Alcon distributor.

CAUTION
Federal Law restricts this device to sale by or on the
order of a physician.

1.2 8065750238
UNPACKING AND SETTING UP THE SYSTEM

1. With the carton lying horizontally on its wooden

pallet, cut and remove the binding straps securing the
lid (see Figure 1-2). Lift the lid up and off the carton. Lid

2. Remove accessories from the carton, then remove

two top foam pieces and the outer cardboard sleeve
(see Figure 1-3).

3. Ensure that the velcro straps securing the console are

Accessories
tightly bound, then carefully tip the shipping carton
up into an upright position.

4. Remove the velcro straps to release the console, then

roll the system away from the container (see Figure
1-4). Remove all remaining foam and the plastic
protective cover.
Top Foam Pieces
5. Inspect console for signs of shipping damage.

6. Open footswitch drawer and remove footswitch

cable (in bubble wrap). Connect footswitch cable to
Outer Cardboard Sleeve
footswitch. Plug in the footswitch as instructed later
in this section of the manual.

7. Open side drawer and remove IV pole extension

Velcro Strap
and small setscrew in zip lock bag (both wrapped in Tightened Securely
bubble wrap). With the hanger in position to point
away from system when extended, secure the IV pole
extension onto the IV pole with the setscrew.

8. Remove the remote from its carton and insert the

supplied batteries. Place remote in a side drawer. Figure 1-3 Accessories and foam removed from carton.

9. Unwrap the power cord from the rear panel and plug
it into a power outlet.

10. Perform the Infiniti™* Vision System Service Test

Procedure (STP).

Binding Strap (2)

Lid

Pallet

Figure 1-2 Carton lying horizontally on wooden pallet. Figure 1-4 Roll the system away from the container.

8065750238 1.3
GENERAL INFORMATION • Voice confirmation during surgical step or mode
changes.
The Infiniti™* Vision System is designed for use in • Flat screen, active matrix color LCD with touch screen
anterior segment procedures that require simultaneous display that is tiltable and rotatable.
cataract lens extraction, irrigation, and aspiration, as • High-tech graphical user interface.
well as associated procedures such as vitrectomy and • Multi-channel wireless remote control.
coagulation. It was developed with a dual purpose: to • This product uses SmartPhaco™ technology.
make it simple to operate, and to allow the surgeon
tremendous versatility and control. The system is Accessory Equipment
designed to allow the surgeon to customize the treatment Accessory equipment connected to or used with this
of every patient. equipment must be certified according to the respective
IEC Standard (e.g., IEC 950 for data processing
Following are key features of the Infiniti™* Vision System: equipment, and IEC 60601-1 for medical equipment).
Furthermore, all configurations shall comply with
• Customized cataract lens removal options: System Standard IEC 60601-1-1. Anyone connecting
- OZil™ torsional handpiece with ultrasonic torsional additional equipment or otherwise causing a different
amplitude which can be used exclusively or coupled system configuration than provided by Alcon is
with traditional phaco. responsible for continued compliance to the requirements
- AquaLase® liquefaction device handpiece, of System Standard IEC 60601-1-1. If in doubt, consult
technology, and accessories. the Technical Services department or your local Alcon
- Infiniti™* NeoSoniX® handpiece combining the representative.
features of a phaco handpiece with sonic oscillations.
- High performance Infiniti™* U/S handpiece: 40 kHz, Follow local governing ordinances and recycling plans
piezoelectric, slim, lightweight, autoclavable. regarding disposal or recycling of device components
• Advanced fluidics with quick, smooth control of and packaging.
peristaltic aspiration.
• Fully programmable, multi-microprocessor control. User Information – Environmental Considerations
• Modularized fluidic connections achieved with the The equipment that you have purchased requires the use
disposable Fluidic Management System (FMS). of natural resources for its production. This equipment
• Emulation of venturi-like fluidic performance. may also contain hazardous substances which could have
• Ability to drive a high performance Infiniti™* potential effect on the environment and human health if
vitrectomy guillotine cutter. disposed of improperly.
• Bipolar coagulation capability.
• Several traditional modalities of ultrasonic power In order to avoid the entry of any such substances
control including continuous, pulsed, and “burst” into our environment and to promote natural resource
application of ultrasonic power, as well as duty cycle conservation, we encourage you to use the appropriate
management. take-back systems. Such take-back systems reuse
• Automated IV pole, controlled via the front panel, or recycle many of the materials in your end-of-life
footswitch, or remote control. equipment in a beneficial way. Please contact your local
• Linear footswitch control of ultrasonic power in Alcon office for assistance in take-back options through
U/S steps (sophisticated control loop offers low-end Alcon or other providers.
control).
• Linear footswitch control of aspiration flow rate (AFR) The crossed-bin symbol located on equipment
in I/A, VIT, and lens removal modes. reminds you to use take-back systems, while
• Linear footswitch control of vacuum in I/A, VIT, and also emphasizing the requirement to collect
lens removal modes. waste equipment separately, and not dispose
• On-demand continuous irrigation. of it as unsorted municipal waste.
• Programmable, pressurized reflux via the footswitch.
• Ability to set vacuum levels and aspiration flow rates to If you need more information on the collection, reuse
desired levels in phaco, I/A, and VIT steps. or recycle systems available to you, please contact your
• Ability to switch between surgical steps using touch local or regional waste administration, or contact your
screen, remote, or footpedal. local Alcon office for more information.
• Emission of variable tones for confirmation of system
operational status.

1.4 8065750238
Universal Precautions EMC Statement
Universal precautions shall be observed by all people It is important to install and use the equipment in
who come in contact with the instrument and/or accordance with the instructions in order to prevent
accessories to help prevent their exposure to blood-borne harmful interference with other devices in the vicinity.
pathogens and/or other potentially infectious materials. If this equipment causes harmful interference to other
In any circumstance, wherein the exact status of blood devices (determined by turning the equipment off
or body fluids/tissues encountered are unknown, it shall and on), the user is encouraged to try to correct the
be uniformly considered potentially infectious and interference by one or more of the following measures:
handled in accordance with OSHA or your own national
guidelines. • Reorient or relocate the other device(s).
• Increase the distance between the equipment.
• Connect this equipment into an outlet on a circuit
different from that to which the other device(s) is
connected.
• Consult the manufacturer or your Alcon field service
engineer for help.

Table 1-1 Guidance and Manufacturer's Declaration - Electromagnetic Emissions - The Infiniti™* Vision System
is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The customer or the user
of the Infiniti™* Vision System should assure that it is used in such an environment.

Emissions Test Compliance Electromagnetic Environment-Guidance

RF emissions Group 1 The Infiniti™* Vision System uses RF energy only for its internal function.
CISPR 11 Therefore, its RF emissions are very low and are not likely to cause any
interference in nearby electronic equipment.

RF emissions Class A Based on extensive field experience the Infiniti™* Vision System is suitable
CISPR 11 for use in all establishments including domestic and those directly connected
to the public low voltage power supply network that supplies buildings used
Harmonic emissions Class A for domestic purposes.
IEC 61000-3-2
The EMC Statement provides guidance on steps to take in case of
Voltage fluctuations/ Complies electromagnetic interference.
Flicker emissions
IEC 61000-3-3

8065750238 1.5
Table 1-2 Guidance and Manufacturer's Declaration - Electromagnetic Immunity - The Infiniti™* Vision System
is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The customer or the user
of the Infiniti™* Vision System should assure that it is used in such an environment.

Immunity Test IEC 60601 Test Level Compliance Level Electromagnetic Environment-Guidance

Electrostatic • ±6 kV contact • ±4 kV contact Floors should be wood, concrete, or ceramic tile. Do

discharge (ESD) • ±8 kV air • ±8 kV air not use around floors that are covered with synthetic
IEC 61000-4-2 material to avoid laser stoppage due to ESD.

Electrical fast • ±2 kV for power supply • ±1 kV for power supply Mains power quality should be that of a typical
transient/burst lines lines commercial or hospital environment. To avoid pre-
IEC 61000-4-4 • ±1 kV for input/output • ±1 kV for input/output mature shutdown due to fast transients avoid powering
lines lines the Infiniti™* Vision System on the same branch
circuit with sources that can generate fast transients
(inductive switching; e.g., high current motors).

Surge • ±1 kV differential mode • ±1 kV differential mode Mains power quality should be that of a typical
IEC 61000-4-5 • ±2 kV common mode • ±2 kV common mode commercial or hospital environment.

Voltage dips, short • <5% UT (>95% dip in • <5% UT (>95% dip in Mains power quality should be that of a typical
interruptions, and UT) for 0.5 cycle UT) for 0.5 cycle commercial or hospital environment. If the use of the
voltage variations • 40% UT (60% dip in • 40% UT (60% dip in Infiniti™* Vision System requires continued operation
on power supply UT) for 5 cycles UT) for 5 cycles during power mains interruptions, it is recommended
input lines • 70% (30% dip in UT) • 70% (30% dip in UT) that the Infiniti™* Vision System be powered from
IEC 61000-4-11 for 25 cycles for 25 cycles an uninterruptible power supply or a battery.
• <5% (>95% dip in UT) • <5% (>95% dip in UT)
for 5 sec for 5 sec

Power frequency 3 A/m 3 A/m Power frequency magnetic fields should be at

(50/60 Hz) levels characteristic of a typical location in a typical
magnetic field commercial or hospital environment.
IEC 61000-4-8

Conducted RF 3 Vrms 3 Vrms Portable and mobile RF communications equipment

IEC 61000-4-6 150 kHz to 80 MHz should be used no closer to any part of the Infiniti™*
Vision System, including cables, than the recommended
separation distance calculated from the equation
applicable to the frequency to the transmitter.

Recommended separation distance:

Radiated RF 3 V/m 3V/m d = 1.2√P
IEC 61000-4-3 80 MHz to 2.5 GHz d = 1.2√P 80 MHz to 800 MHz
d = 2.3√P 800 MHz to 2.5 GHz

where P is the maximum output power rating to the

transmitter in watts (W) according to the transmitter
manufacturer and d is the recommended separation
distance in meters (m).

Field strength from fixed RF transmitters, as

determined by an electromagnetic site surveya,
should be less than the compliance level in each
frequency rangeb.

Interference may occur in the vicinity of

equipment marked with following symbol.

Note: UT is the a.c. mains voltage prior to application of the test level.
Note 1: At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the higher frequency range applies.
Note 2: These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and reflection from
structures, objects, and people.
a Field strengths from fixed transmitters, such as base stations for radio (cellular/cordless) and land mobile radios, amateur radio, AM and
FM radio broadcast, and TV broadcast cannot be predicted theoretically with accuracy. To access the electromagnetic environment due
to fixed RF transmitters, an electromagnetic site survey should be considered. If the measured field strength in the location in which the
(equipment or system) is used exceeds the applicable RF compliance level above, the (equipment or system) should be observed to
verify normal operation. If abnormal performance is observed, additional measures may be necessary, such as re-orienting or relocating
the Infiniti™* Vision System.
b Over the frequency range 150 kHz to 80 MHz, field strengths should be less than 3 V/m.

1.6 8065750238
Table 1-3 Recommended Separation Distances Between Portable and Mobile RF Communications Equipment and
the Infiniti™* Vision System - The Infiniti™* Vision System is intended for use in an electromagnetic
environment in which radiated RF disturbances are controlled. The customer or the user of the
Infiniti™* Vision System can help prevent electromagnetic interference by maintaining a minimum
distance between portable and mobile RF communications equipment (transmitters) and the Infiniti™*
Vision System as recommended below, according to the maximum output power of the communications
equipment.

Separation distance according to frequency of transmitter

Rated maximum output (m)
power of transmitter 150 kHz to 80 MHz 80 MHz to 800 MHz 800 MHz to 2.5 GHz
(W) d = 1.2√P d = 1.2√P d = 2.3√P

0.01 0.12 0.12 0.23

0.1 0.38 0.38 0.73
1 1.2 1.2 2.3
10 3.8 3.8 7.3
100 12 12 23

For transmitters rates at a maximum output power not listed above, the recommended separation distance d in meters (m) can
be estimated using the equation applicable to the frequency of the transmitter, where P is the maximum output power rating of the
transmitter in watts (W) according to the transmitter manufacturer.
Note 1 - At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the separation distance for the higher frequency range applies.
Note 2 - These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and reflection from
structures, objects, and people.

8065750238 1.7
WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS

Most of these warnings are stated elsewhere in this There are no user serviceable components inside the
manual; however, for easy reference they are repeated in Infiniti™* Vision System console or footswitch. Refer
greater detail here. If additional information is required, all service issues to your factory-trained Alcon service
please contact your local Alcon service representative, or engineer.
the Technical Services Department.

WARNINGS!
The Infiniti™* Vision System battery can only Do not use Legacy ® pole extender with Infiniti™*
be serviced by a factory-trained Alcon service IV pole.
engineer. Access by untrained personnel can
lead to injury. Keep clear of the IV pole when it is in motion to
prevent skin, hair, and/or clothing from being
Good clinical practice dictates testing for adequate trapped in the IV pole mechanism. The IV pole
irrigation, aspiration flow, reflux, and operation as moves during power on/off, priming, and bottle
applicable for each handpiece prior to entering height adjustment.
eye.
Keep clear of display base when raising display
Ensure that the tubings are not occluded during from stored position to prevent skin, hair, and /or
any phase of operation. clothing from being trapped at the base.

Do not exceed maximum capacity of drain bag (500 A qualified technician must perform a visual
ml). Excessive pressure can result from exceeding inspection of the following components every
drain bag maximum capacity and potentially result twelve months:
in a hazardous condition for the patient. • Warning Labels
• Power Cord
Inadvertent actuation of Prime or Tune while a • Fuses
handpiece is in the eye can create a hazardous In case of a deficiency, do not use the system; call
condition that may result in patient injury. Alcon Technical Services.

Inadvertent pressing of Standby switch when A qualified technician must check ground
system is active will cause unit to shut down. continuity for leakage current every twelve months
to ensure they are within the applicable standards
If the handpiece test chamber is collapsed after (for example: EN60601-1/IEC601-1). Values must
tuning, there is a potential of low irrigation flow be recorded, and if they are above the applicable
through the handpiece and may result in a fluidic standards, or 50% above initial measurement,
imbalance. This, in turn, may cause a shallowing do not use the system; call Alcon Technical
or collapsing of the anterior chamber. Services.

If the Infiniti™* Vision System is used at the 220V Use of accessories and cables other than those
- 240V range in the United States or Canada, it provided may result in increased emissions or
should be used on a center-tapped, 240V single decreased immunity of the system. Portable and
phase circuit. mobile RF communications equipment can affect
this medical electrical equipment.

1.8 8065750238
Handpiece Care
The Infiniti™* AquaLase®, OZil™ torsional, WARNINGS!
NeoSoniX®, and high performance U/S handpieces are
surgical instruments and must be handled with care. Use of the OZil™ torsional, Infiniti™* NeoSoniX®,
The handpiece tip should not touch any solid object U/S, or AquaLase® handpiece in the absence of
while in operation. Immediately following surgery the irrigation flow and/or in the presence of reduced
handpiece must be thoroughly cleaned. Be sure cord plug or lost aspiration flow can cause excessive
heating and potential thermal injury to adjacent
is completely dry before connecting it to console. For
eye tissues.
cleaning and sterilization procedures, see the Directions
for Use (DFU) supplied with the handpiece. Appropriate use of Infiniti™* Vision System
parameters and accessories is important for
The Infiniti™* NeoSoniX®, OZil™torsional, and U/S successful procedures. Use of low vacuum limits,
handpieces must be at room temperature just before use. low flow rates, low bottle heights, high power
Allow the handpiece to air cool for at least 15 minutes settings, extended power usage, power usage
after autoclaving; never immerse the handpiece in liquid during occlusion conditions (beeping tones),
when hot. failure to sufficiently aspirate viscoelastic prior
to using power, excessively tight incisions, and
combinations of the above actions may result in
CAUTIONS
significant temperature increases at the incision
Never ultrasonically clean the Infiniti™* AquaLase®, site and inside the eye, and lead to severe thermal
OZil™ torsional, NeoSoniX®, or U/S handpieces; eye tissue damage.
irreparable damage may result.
Use of an ultrasonic handpiece other than the
Prior to sterilization, the Infiniti™* AquaLase®, OZil™ torsional, Infiniti™* NeoSoniX®, or U/S,
OZil™ torsional, NeoSoniX®, and U/S handpieces or use of a handpiece repaired without Alcon
should always have the connector end cap secured authorization, is not permitted, and may result in
and placed in the sterilization tray. This will prevent patient injury, including potential shock hazard to
damage to the connectors and handpieces during patient and/or operator.
handling, and especially during autoclaving.
The U/S tips supplied in the Infiniti™* Vision System
pak are only to be used on the OZil™ torsional,
Do not operate OZil™ torsional, NeoSoniX®, or U/S Infiniti™* NeoSoniX®, or U/S handpieces. Each
handpieces unless the tip is immersed in BSS® sterile U/S tip is intended to be used only once per case,
irrigating solution or distilled water or is in surgical and then disposed of according to local governing
use. Irreparable damage to the handpiece and tip can ordinances.
result if run dry.
Use 0.9 mm U/S tips exclusively with 0.9 mm
Ensure that test chamber is filled with BSS® sterile infusion sleeves. Use 1.1 mm U/S and 1.1 mm
irrigating solution before tuning OZil™ torsional, liquefaction tips exclusively with 1.1 mm infusion
sleeves. Mismatching U/S tips and infusion
NeoSoniX®, or U/S handpieces. Tuning a handpiece
sleeves may create potentially hazardous fluidic
dry may result in premature tip failure and breakage. imbalances.

Quenching a hot handpiece in water can cause Directing energy toward non-lens material may
damage and will void warranty. cause tissue damage.

8065750238 1.9
Ultraflow™* (I/A) Handpiece Infiniti™* Vitrectomy Probe
Prior to each procedure inspect the two O-rings where The Infiniti™* vitrectomy probe, an oscillating
the tip screws onto the Ultraflow™* handpiece. If guillotine vitreous cutter, is intended for single use only.
damaged, replace the o-rings. If in doubt, contact Alcon's
Technical Services Department. WARNINGS!
Do not test or operate vitrectomy probes unless
WARNINGS! the tip is immersed in BSS ® sterile irrigating
Use of non-Alcon surgical reusable or disposable solution or distilled water or is in surgical use.
I/A handpieces that do not meet Alcon surgical Irreparable damage to the vitrectomy probe can
specifications, or use of an Alcon handpiece not result if run dry.
specified for use with the Infiniti™* Vision System,
may result in a fluidic imbalance. This, in turn, may After priming and before surgical use, verify that
cause a shallowing or collapsing of the anterior the probe is properly actuating and aspirating.
chamber. With the probe tip in sterile irrigating solution, the
surgeon should step on the foot treadle until there
Exceeding the recommended level of 100 mmHg is visual verification that the probe is cutting.
with a 0.5 mm or larger I/A tip may cause anterior • If the cutter is observed to not fully close or does
chamber shallowing and/or incarceration or tearing not move when the probe is actuated, replace
of the posterior capsule. the probe.
• The port should always remain in an open
I/A tips are not to be used with NeoSoniX®, OZil™ position in footpedal position 0 or 1. If the cutting
torsional, or U/S handpieces. port is partially closed while idle, replace the
probe.
• If air bubbles are observed in the aspiration line
or exiting the probe tip during priming, replace
Recommended Vacuum Range for I/A Tips the probe.
It is important that only the proper size I/A tip be used • If a reduction of cutting capability or vacuum is
when operating with maximum vacuum. Only 0.2 mm observed during the surgical procedure, stop
or 0.3 mm I/A tips should be used with vacuum limits immediately and replace the probe.
above 100 mmHg.

I/A adjustable vacuum range is 0-650+. Aspiration/Vacuum Adjustments

Adjusting aspiration rates or vacuum limits above the
Handpiece Tips preset values may result in aspiration levels (volumes)
Ensure that handpiece tip is fully tightened to the exceeding irrigation inflow.
handpiece. If not securely attached, an error may be
generated and/or inadequate tuning will occur. Ensure Dynamic Rise values of 1, 2, 3, or 4 will achieve vacuum
that the tip is not too tight so that it can be removed after in shorter periods of time. Care must be taken not to
use. engage non-lens material.

Use of a tool other than tip wrenches supplied by Alcon WARNING!

may cause damage to the tip and/or handpiece. Adjusting aspiration rates or vacuum limits above
the preset values, or lowering the IV pole below the
WARNING! preset values, may cause chamber shallowing or
Poor clinical performance will result if tip is not collapse which may result in patient injury.
secured tightly to the handpiece.

1.10 8065750238
Presurgical Check-out Tests Vacuum Tone
Presurgical check-out tests must be performed as A vacuum tone is provided. The pitch will vary relative
outlined in the Operating Instructions section. If an to the amount of vacuum. A high vacuum can indicate
error message or advisory message is displayed on the that little to no flow is occuring. This tone can be
front panel, refer to the Troubleshooting section of this reduced in volume, but not turned off.
manual. If the problem persists, DO NOT PROCEED.
WARNINGS!
WARNINGS! A moderate to high vacuum tone may indicate
When filling handpiece test chamber, if stream of little to no flow is occuring. Use of the NeoSoniX®,
fluid is weak or absent, good fluidics response will OZil™ torsional, U/S, or AquaLase ® handpiece
be jeopardized. Good clinical practice dictates the in the absence of irrigation flow and/or in the
testing for adequate irrigation and aspiration flow presence of reduced or lost aspiration flow can
prior to entering the eye. cause excessive heating and potential thermal
injury to adjacent eye tissues.
Ensure that the tubings are not occluded during
any phase of operation. Do not exceed maximum capacity of drain bag (500
ml). Excessive pressure can result from exceeding
drain bag maximum capacity and potentially result
Footswitch in a hazardous condition for the patient.
Never pick up or move the footswitch by the cable.
Damage may result.
Coagulation Function
High Altitudes Listed below are general precautions to be followed when
Vitrectomy cutting performance may vary at high altitudes. using the Coagulation function:
Consult Alcon Technical Service for additional information. • To ensure safe operation of the coagulation function,
only approved cables and accessories must be
Occlusion Tones used (See your Alcon representative). Coagulation
Two different occlusion tones (intermittent beeping performance can be guaranteed only when using Alcon
tones during occlusion) indicate that the vacuum is near components or Alcon-endorsed components.
or at its preset limit, and aspiration flow is reduced or • To reduce the risk of accidental burns, caution should
stopped to avoid exceeding the limit. The first type, always be taken when operating high-frequency
the I/A occlusion tone, sounds when occlusion occurs surgical equipment.
during aspiration only (in the absence of ultrasonic • Interference produced by the operation of high-
power or AquaLase® magnitude). The I/A occlusion frequency surgical equipment may adversely influence
tone is a lower, intermittent single beep. The second the operation of other electronic equipment.
type of occlusion tone, the phaco occlusion tone, is • Accessories should be checked regularly; electrode
a higher, intermittent double beep, and sounds when cables should particularly be checked for possible
occlusion occurs during application of ultrasonic power damage to the insulation.
or AquaLase® magnitude. • Operation of the coagulation step is limited to
extraocular uses only.
The I/A occlusion and phaco occlusion tones indicate • The lowest power level in coagulation step should
that the vacuum has reached its maximum allowed preset always be selected for the intended purpose.
value. The I/A occlusion tone can be turned off, while • Skin-to-skin contact (for example between the arms
the phaco occlusion tone cannot be turned off. and body of the patient) should be avoided, for example
by insertion of dry gauze.
• When HF (high frequency) surgical equipment
WARNINGS!
The phaco occlusion bell indicates no aspiration and physiological monitoring equipment are used
flow. Use of high U/S settings and/or prolonged simultaneously on the same patient, any monitoring
use may lead to thermal injury. electrodes should be placed as far as possible from the
surgical electrodes. Needle monitoring electrodes are
Use of the NeoSoniX®, OZil™ torsional, U/S, or not recommended.
AquaLase ® handpiece in the absence of irrigation • In all cases, monitoring systems incorporating high
flow and/or in the presence of reduced or lost frequency current-limiting devices are recommended.
aspiration flow can cause excessive heating and
potential thermal injury to adjacent eye tissues.

8065750238 1.11
• The cables to the surgical electrodes should be Consumable Paks
positioned in such a way that contact with the patient Consumable items used with the Infiniti™* Vision
or other leads is avoided. System during surgery are designed to be used once and
• Temporarily unused active electrodes should be stored then discarded, unless labeled otherwise.
so that they are isolated from the patient.
• The use of flammable anaesthetics or oxidizing gases All Infiniti™* paks contain Directions for Use (DFU). It
such as nitrous oxide (N2O) and oxygen should be is important to read and understand the DFUʼs prior to
avoided if a surgical procedure is carried out in the use.
region of the thorax or the head, unless these agents
are sucked away. NOTE: If an inconsistency exists between
• Non-flammable agents should be used for cleaning and the instructions in the operatorʼs manual and
disinfection wherever possible. the Directions For Use (DFU) supplied with a
• Flammable agents used for cleaning or disinfecting, consumable pak or accessory, follow the DFU.
or as solvents of adhesives, should be allowed to
evaporate before the application of HF surgery. Some WARNINGS!
materials, for example cotton, wool and gauze, when
saturated with oxygen may be ignited by sparks Mismatch of consumable components and use
produced in normal use of the HF surgical equipment. of settings not specially adjusted for a particular
combination of consumable components may
create a patient hazard.
WARNINGS!
• Do not use the coagulation function on patients
Do not use paks that have exceeded the expiration
with pacemakers or implanted defibrillatory
date.
devices. If electrosurgery is used on patients with
implanted cardiac pacemakers or defibrillatory
Sterile disposable medical devices should not be
devices or pacemaker electrodes, be aware
reused! (Accreditation Manual for Hospitals, 1982.)
that irreparable damage to the pacemaker or
These components have been designed for one
defibrillatory device and its function may occur
time use only; do not reuse.
and lead to ventricular fibrillation. Please check
with the pacemaker or defibrillatory device
The equipment used in conjunction with the Alcon
manufacturers for their recommendations.
disposables constitutes a complete surgical
system. Use of disposables other than Alcon
• Failure of the HF surgical equipment (coagulation
disposables may affect system performance and
circuitry) could result in an unintended increase
create potential hazards, and if it is determined
of output power. to have contributed to the malfunction of the
equipment under contract, could result in the
voidance of the contract and/or invoicing at
CAUTION prevailing hourly rates.
The Infiniti™* Vision System is not protected against
the effects of defibrillator discharge. In all cases, the instrument setup instructions
contained in the manual should be thoroughly
Cautery, Diathermy, Coagulation Definition understood prior to using any of the pak
The Infiniti™* Vision System uses the word configurations.
“Coagulation” in place of Cautery, based on the
Read all package label material printed on the
following definition:
consumable paks prior to their use.

Coagulation - an isolated bipolar current supplied to

conductors (e.g. forceps). Current passes between these
electrodes, halting bleeding. (Abbreviated “Coag” in
some of the text of this operatorʼs manual.)

1.12 8065750238
Miscellaneous

CAUTIONS

• Do not use the Infiniti™* Vision System near flammable

anesthetics.
• Avoid spilling BSS® solution, or moisture of any kind,
around the electrical handpiece connectors.
• Do not push or pull the unit by the display, the tray, or the
IV pole. Handles located at the rear and sides of the unit
are provided for moving the instrument. The unit should
be pulled and not pushed, especially over elevator and
door thresholds.
• Do not place more than a 20 lb. load on tray support.
• The USB connector ( ) and Infiniti™* port ( )
located on the rear panel are for use by Alcon trained
personnel only. Failure to comply will void warranty.

WARNING!
Tray support must be set in its stored position
when moving instrument.

8065750238 1.13
INFINITI™* VISION SYSTEM DESCRIPTION When the system successfully completes the self-test, it
automatically goes into the Setup mode. If the system
Alconʼs Infiniti™* Vision System is a multi fails the self-test, an error message is displayed.
microprocessor-controlled ophthalmic surgical
instrument with associated memory and input/output This section of the manual is broken into two major
(I/O) circuitry. The system communicates to the user via parts. The first part describes the console and its
its Front Panel display, with voice confirmations, and accessories. All the parts of the system will be described,
with tones. An automatic self-test is initiated each time including the display panel, IV pole, connectors, fluidic
system power is turned on. interface, footswitch, and remote control. The second
part of this section describes the operator interface. This
This test performs a variety of functions including the is where the display screens for system setup, surgery,
following: programming, and dialogs are shown.

• Tests the Central Processing Unit (CPU)

• Tests the RAM and ROM memory, and the I/O circuits
• Initializes the system

IV Pole with Bottle Hanger

Front Display Panel and
Touch Screen

Front Connector Panel

Fluidic Management System (FMS)

inserted into Fluidic Module

Instrument Tray

Accessory Drawers

Footswitch Drawer

Caster Wheels (4)

Footswitch

Figure 1-5 The Console - The console contains all the controls, connectors, and communication devices required
by the surgeon to perform lens extraction surgery.

1.14 8065750238
CONSOLE Footswitch Drawer
The footswitch drawer is at the bottom of the front panel.
Fluidics Module When not in use, this drawer is used to store and protect
The fluidics module is located at the top of the front the footswitch. The enhanced Infiniti™* footswitch,
panel. The module allows fast and easy insertion of the identified by its ribbed rubber footpedal surface and
Fluidic Management System (FMS), and because the two small holes in its heel, requires that a plastic insert
module contains all the connections required, surgery be placed in the bottom of the drawer. This allows easy
can be started without delay. insertion and removal of the enhanced footswitch. If the
Accurus®/Legacy® footswitch is used, remove plastic
Front Display Panel and Touch Screen insert from bottom of drawer.
The front display panel tilts and rotates, allowing easy
maneuverability during setup and surgery. For storage Two footswitch cable connectors are located behind
and transport the front panel folds down. The front this drawer. The left connector is for the Infiniti™* and
display is the user's main source of system control, enhanced Infiniti™* footswitch; the right for Accurus®/
allowing fingertip command of system functions. Legacy® footswitch. The footswitch cord is also stored
in, and exits from, the drawer.
Front Connector Panel
The connector panel is located to the right of the fluidics Instrument Tray
module. It provides two self-locking U/S handpiece Provides a movable instrument tray within the sterile
connectors, one AquaLase® handpiece connector, field. There is a curved metal rod on the tray arm
two connectors for bipolar coagulation handpieces, an that allows for creation of a sterile pouch when used
AquaLase®/balanced salt solution bottle receptacle, with sterile tray support cover. The tray is capable of
and one luer lock pneumatic connector for the anterior accommodating a variety of positions in the operating
vitrectomy handpiece. Symbols near the connectors room environment: right, left, front and rear of the
facilitate handpiece identification. surgeon as well as the front of the bed. The tray is height
adjustable.

Coagulation Handpiece
Connectors (2)

AquaLase® Handpiece Connector

U/S and NeoSoniX® Handpiece
Connectors (2) AquaLase®/BSS® Bottle Receptacle

Vitrectomy Handpiece
Connector

Figure 1-6 The Front Connector Panel - The front connector panel allows quick and easy connection of hand-
pieces and consumables.

8065750238 1.15
IV Pole with Bottle Hanger Handles
A bottle of BSS® or BSS Plus® irrigating fluid is hung Handles are located on the sides and back of the
from the hook on top of this pole. The IV pole is used instrument, and should always be used to move the unit.
to raise and lower the bottle height, causing irrigation For greater safety and control, the unit should be pulled,
pressure to increase or decrease. not pushed.
CAUTION
WARNING! The system must be moved carefully, otherwise the
Do not use Legacy ® IV pole extender with Infiniti™* system could tip over and become damaged. Do not
IV pole. push or pull the unit by the display, the tray, or the IV
pole. Handles located at the rear and sides of the unit
are provided for moving the instrument. The unit should
Accessory Drawers be pulled and not pushed, especially over elevator and
Two drawers allow storage of miscellaneous accessories. door thresholds.

Caster Wheels
Four large caster wheels support the Infiniti™* Vision
System. The wheels rotate 360º for ease of system
mobility, and two wheels have a locking lever to secure
the system in place. The wheels should always be locked
when the unit is in use, and unlocked when being moved.

Connectors and CD/DVD Drive Cord Wrap

Equipotential Ground Connector

Fuse, Power Switch, and

AC Power Connector

Figure 1-7 The Rear Panel - The rear panel contains the power module, electrical connectors, CD/DVD drive,
cord wrap, and standby power switch (shown in Figure 1-8).

1.16 8065750238
REAR PANEL Data Card Slot
A data card (e.g., Multi Media Card (MMC)) can be
Power Module inserted into this data card slot when the user wants to
The power module contains an AC power connector, AC back up or restore system settings. This is done by using
power switch, and a fuse drawer (see Figure 1-7). The the Copy/Delete option from the Custom drop list. The
power module is located at the bottom of the rear panel. Copy/Delete dialog allows the user to copy data from
A standby power switch is located at the top of the rear the Infiniti™* Vision System to a data card (backup),
panel. or copy data from a data card to the Infiniti™* Vision
• AC Power Connector - Power cord from AC power System (restore).
outlet connects here. A hospital grade power cord must
be used. Standby Power Switch
• Main Power Switch - Connects AC power to power This pushbutton switch is used to turn secondary power
supply. ON and OFF. If system freezes and is unresponsive
• Fuse Drawer - Holds fuse. Refer to label on back of to operator commands, press Standby switch for five
system to identify size and type. seconds to shut down system, then re-boot.

Equipotential Ground Connector WARNING!

For Service personnel use. Inadvertent pressing of Standby switch when
system is active will cause unit to shut down.
Cord Wrap
Used to store the power supply cord. Located on the right
side of the rear panel. Audio Speaker
The audio speakers are located on each side of the
Connectors and CD/DVD Drive console. These speakers produce voice confirmations, in
This module, located in the middle of the rear panel, conjunction with multiple tones, to allow the Infiniti™*
contains various connectors and outlets used for Vision System to communicate with the user. Audible
electrical interconnections. A CD/DVD drive, located tones are generated to indicate a change in the operating
next to the connectors, is used for software upgrades to mode and to alert the operator of certain conditions such
the system. as an occluded line. Additionally, a varied pitch tone is
• USB Connector - Not used. generated to audibly indicate vacuum levels; the pitch
• 10101 Serial Connector - Used for VideOverlay. increases as the vacuum level increases. Speaker volumes
• Infiniti™* Port - Not used. are adjustable via the Custom menus.

CAUTION
The USB connector ( ) and Infiniti™* port ( )
located on the rear panel are for use by Alcon trained
personnel only. Failure to comply will void warranty.

Audio Speaker (2)

Standby Power Switch

Multi Media Card in
Data Card Slot

Figure 1-8 The Right Side Panel - The right side panel contains the data card slot and one-of-two audio speakers.
The left side panel has the other speaker and two accessory drawers.

8065750238 1.17
FOOTSWITCH Several functions within the system's operating modes
are controlled by the surgeon using the footswitch.
The Infiniti™* Vision System can utilize two different The footpedal enables the surgeon to control irrigation
Alcon footswitches. The Infiniti™* footswitch has a flow, aspiration rate; OZil™, NeoSoniX®, or U/S power;
footpedal, on/off toe switches (horizontal and vertical), AquaLase® energy, vitrectomy cut rate, and coagulation
and on/off footpedal swivel switches. The Accurus®/ power. The switches are used to turn functions on/off, to
Legacy® type of footswitch contains heel switches rather adjust function settings, and to progress through surgical
than a swivel footpedal. steps.

The footswitch icon button on the display screen is a The footswitch actions are shown in Figure 1-12.
graphical representation of the footswitch connected. Footpedal positions are shown in Figure 1-11, and
When connected, the icon's footpedal position (0, 1, 2, or footpedal positions/functions in each mode of operation
3) is displayed in the center of the icon, and a triangular are listed in Table 1-4. To program the footswitch, use
arrow appears next to the icon each time a switch is the Custom feature.
activated. If a footswitch is not connected, no footpedal
position is displayed in the icon.

Figure 1-9 The Accurus®/Legacy® and Infiniti™* Footswitches

1.18 8065750238
Plugging in the Footswitch NOTE: Only one footswitch connector is intended to
The footswitch plugs into one-of-two connectors be used at a time. If both connectors are used at the
behind the footswitch drawer. One connector is for the same time, only the Infiniti™* footswitch connector is
Infiniti™* footswitch; the other is for the Accurus®/ functional.
Legacy® footswitch. To plug in the footswitch follow the
directions below. 4. A cable restraint is located on the back of the drawer.
Loosen the two screws securing the cable restraint
1. Open the footswitch drawer. and place the cable through its center. Replace the
2. Simultaneously press a metal drawer extension latch cable restraint over the cable and secure it with the
on each of two hinges to release the drawer and two screws. Ensure that a slight amount of excess
allow access to the footswitch cable connectors. cable exists between the connector and the restraint.
3. Grasping the footswitch cable connector, plug the 5. Loop the cable through the slot in the back of the
cable into one of the two connectors. The red dot drawer, then route it through the left or right slot
on the cable connector must be in alignment with of the cable management system in the front of the
the red dot on the console connector, and when the drawer. There are high and low slots on each side of
connector is in the correct position it will slide in the drawer.
smoothly. 6. Shut the footswitch drawer.

footswitch cable connectors (2)

cable restraint

footswitch cable management system

footswitch drawer

drawer extension latch

Figure 1-10 Footswitch Cable Routing

8065750238 1.19
Footpedal Control range. Footpedal detents identify the transition from one
Depending on the surgery step, the user may have the footpedal position to another, and are felt by the operator
option to select linear or fixed footpedal control of a when slightly more pressure is required to press the
surgical parameter (i.e., aspiration, vacuum, power, footpedal from one position into the next. Detents can
coagulation). With linear footpedal control, the angle of also be accompanied by vibration if programmed to do so.
depression within the pedal range is directly proportional
to the parameter output. The parameter output is 0 at the The footswitch's Buttons and Treadle adjustments
very start of the treadle range, and the parameter output are programmable and are available by pressing the
is equal to the limit value specified at the end of the Footswitch Button in the Main Window. The Footswitch
treadle range. With fixed footpedal control, the parameter Button is described later in this section of the manual.
output is fixed at its limit value throughout the treadle

POSITION 0
resting position
POSITION 1
detent 1
PE DAL POSITION 2
FOOT detent 2
POSITION 3
full footpedal depression

FOOTSWITCH ASSEMBLY

Figure 1-11 Diagram of Footpedal Positions

Footpedal Control of Surgical Functions

Position Position Position Position

Mode 0 1 2 3

Phaco Resting Irrigation Irrigation/Aspiration Irrigation/Aspiration

• Phaco Power
or • NeoSonix Amplitude
NeoSonix® • Torsional Amplitude
• AquaLase Magnitude
or
OZil™ Continuous Irrigation Irrigation/Aspiration Irrigation/Aspiration
• Phaco Power
or • NeoSonix Amplitude
AquaLase® • Torsional Amplitude
• AquaLase Magnitude

I/A Resting Irrigation Irrigation/Aspiration

Continuous Irrigation Irrigation/Aspiration

I/A Cut Resting Irrigation Irrigation/Aspiration Irrigation/Aspiration

Cutting

Continuous Irrigation Irrigation/Aspiration Irrigation/Aspiration

Cutting

Cut I/A Resting Irrigation Irrigation/Cutting Irrigation/Cutting

Aspiration

Continuous Irrigation Irrigation/Cutting Irrigation/Cutting

Aspiration

Coag Resting Coagulation Power

Table 1-4 Table of Footpedal Positions - The footpedal is used by the surgeon to control several surgical func-
tions. This table shows the functions controlled, dependent on mode of operation and type of irrigation
selected. As the footpedal is depressed it travels from the resting position into its active positions.

1.20 8065750238
Switch Control and must be programmed by the user. When a switch is
The footswitch has six switches that can be programmed given a function already designated to another switch,
to control various surgical functions. The Infiniti™* the other switch is given a None designation. Choices are
footswitch has left and right toe switches that operate Reflux, Cont. Irr., Step+, Step-, Step+/-, Grade+, Grade-,
horizontally and vertically, and footpedal switches that Grade+/-, Irr. Up, Irr. Down, and None.
activate when the pedal is shifted left or right. The
Accurus® /Legacy® footswitch has left and right toe If the footpedal is not depressed, any switch may be
switches that operate horizontally and vertically, and heel engaged; however, the switches are mutually exclusive
switches that activate when pressed down. and cannot be engaged until all other switches are
disengaged. If the footpedal is depressed, depending on
Switch functions are programmable by pressing the the mode of operation, certain switches may or may not
footswitch icon and making selections on the display. be allowed to engage. Furthermore, even if a switch is
The left horizonal switch is the only switch with a permitted to be engaged with the treadle depressed, some
factory default action: Reflux. The other five switches are functions are not available when the treadle is depressed,
listed as None, their functions are mutually exclusive, and the command will not be performed.

Pressing this button allows the operator Footpedal swiveled left and right
to adjust the toe switch for a narrow (3), toggles switches. Accurus
medium (2), or wide (1) foot. footswitch utilizes heel switches
for the same functions.
The footswitch's removeable cable
plugs into this end. The footpedal
Left toe switch is pressed tension knob and carrying handle
left for one function, and are also on this end.
down for another.

Right toe switch is pressed right for

one function, and down for another.
123

321

Pressing this button allows the operator

to adjust the heel rest forward or backward
for a short (S), medium (M), or long (L) foot
size. It can also be adjusted to attain a
different balance and feel.

Tension Adjustment Knob

Footpedal

Left Horizontal/Vertical Switch Right Horizontal/Vertical Switch

Left Heel Switch Right Heel Switch

Figure 1-12 Footswitches Used with the Infiniti™* Vision System - Shown at the top is the Infiniti™* foot-
switch, and below it is the Accurus®/Legacy® footswitch.

8065750238 1.21
The following sections indicate whether each switch • Cataract Grade Increase, Decrease, Increase/Decrease
function is permitted with the treadle depressed. If it is A switch may be assigned as cataract grade increase
permitted, and the user intends to control that function (Grade +), cataract grade decrease (Grade -), or cataract
when the treadle is depressed, the function must be grade increase/decrease (Grade +/-). Footswitch control
assigned to a switch that is permitted to be engaged with of the cataract grade is only available in phaco and
the treadle depressed. AquaLase® steps, and is available whether or not the
footswitch treadle is depressed.
• Reflux
The default reflux pressure is equal to the current bottle If cataract grade increase or cataract grade decrease is
height pressure. The reflux pressure can be increased assigned, when the switch is pressed, the next or previous
using the Reflux Offset control in the Custom/Doctor cataract grade to the current cataract grade is selected. If
menu. cataract grade increase/decrease is assigned to a switch,
then cataract grade increase will be activated if the
In all cases, reflux is not available when the footpedal is switch is pressed for less than 1/2 second. If the switch is
depressed, and is not available in a Coagulation step. pressed for more than 1/2 second, then the cataract grade
decrease function will be activated.
• Continuous Irrigation On/Off
When a switch assigned to Continuous Irrigation On/Off If the highest cataract grade is currently selected, and
is toggled, the continuous irrigation status immediately cataract grade increase is selected, the lowest cataract
activates/deactivates. Continuous irrigation toggling is grade will be selected. Similarly, if the lowest cataract
available when the footpedal is in any position, but is not grade is currently selected and cataract grade decrease is
available in a Coagulation step. selected, the highest cataract grade will be selected.

• Step Advance, Step Back, Step Advance/Back When a new cataract grade is selected, surgical
A switch may be assigned as step advance (Step +), step parameters will be updated with those specified for the
back (Step -), or step advance/back (Step +/-).The Setup, new cataract grade.
Coagulation, and Anterior Vitrectomy steps are excluded
from this stepping sequence. • Irrigation Up, Irrigation Down
A switch may be assigned as irrigation up or irrigation
If step advance or step back is assigned, when the switch down. When the switch is pressed and immediately
is pressed, the next or previous step to the current step released, the IV pole position will increment up or
is selected in the surgery menu. If step advance/back is down. If the switch is pressed and held for more than 1/2
assigned to a switch, then step advance will be activated second, the IV pole will move continuously up or down
if the switch is pressed for less than 1/2 second. If the until the switch is released. Control of this irrigation
switch is pressed for more than 1/2 second, then the step function is available in all steps but coagulation, and in
back function will be activated. all footpedal positions.

1.22 8065750238
REMOTE CONTROL Remote Control Keys and Buttons
The following describes the remote control keys and
The Infiniti™* remote control is wireless and can buttons. The following sections will describe the function
be used in one of two ways. It can be laid in its tray of each, and indicate when they are valid. When a remote
assembly receptacle and operated under the sterile control key or button is pressed, a valid or invalid key
tray support cover supplied in the disposable pak; this tone is generated as appropriate.
offers the Scrub Nurse or Sterile Assistant access to
the controls from the sterile field. Alternatively, the The remote control is divided into three sections from
Circulating Nurse can operate the remote control in a top to bottom. Each section of the remote approximately
non-sterile manner. Programmability and custom user corresponds to its associated section of the Infiniti™*
setup features are functions which are not accessible Vision System display screen. The three sections of the
from the remote control. display screen are 1) the setup status/surgery control
window, 2) the main window, and 3) the setup steps/
CAUTION surgery menu. The Adjust button and items in the Adjust
Do not sterilize the remote control as it will damage bar are not accessible with the remote.
the unit.

Figure 1-13 The Remote Control - The remote control fits securely in its tray assembly receptacle and allows
rotation in any orientation. The sterile tray support cover is then draped over the remote and tray.

8065750238 1.23
• Irrigation Control Up/Down Keys • Parameter Selection Button
The Irrigation Control up/down keys on the remote The Parameter Selection button is used to select
function as they do on the touchscreen. Each individual parameters for adjustment, and to select Coag and Vit
press raises the IV pole 1 cmH2O up or down. To move steps. The current selection is indicated with a yellow
rapidly up or down, a key is pressed and held until the border. With this button the user can navigate up, down,
desired height is reached. The irrigation control keys are left, and right to select the desired parameter. This button
only valid in the Setup and Surgery screens, and are not is valid when the footpedal and/or a footswitch button is
valid when any dialog is displayed. up or depressed, but is invalid when a dialog is displayed.

• Cataract Grade Key • Parameter Value Adjustment Up/Down Keys

The Cataract Grade key is only valid in the setup The Parameter Value Adjustment up/down keys affect
screen and during lens removal surgery steps, and is settings in the Surgery Control Window that have
not valid when any dialog is displayed. Each time this adjustment arrows (i.e., power, vacuum, aspiration)
key is pressed it cycles the cataract grade upward in a and the linear/fixed toggle buttons. When a surgical
progression from 1 to 4, and then begins again at grade 1. parameter is selected via the Parameter Selection button,
a yellow border indicates that the item is selected; the
The first press of the Cataract Grade key, or the first Parameter Value Adjustment up/down keys can then be
press after five seconds have elapsed from the last press, used to adjust its value.
simply invokes the voice confirmation of the currently
selected grade. Each subsequent press of the key within If a linear/fixed toggle button is selected, either of the
five seconds selects the next cataract grade, with voice parameter value adjustment up/down keys can be pressed
confirmation of the grade. to toggle the value between linear and fixed.

Irrigation Control
up / down keys

TOP

Parameter Selection button

Cataract Grade key

Parameter Value Adjustment

up / down keys

Backlight button (2)

Forward / Back
arrow keys

Enter key

BOTTOM

Figure 1-14 The Remote Control Keys

1.24 8065750238
• Forward/Back Arrow Keys • Enter Key
The Forward/Back Arrow keys are used to move The Enter key is only valid to do the following: 1) select
left and right through the Setup Step buttons and the the Coag or Ant Vit step after it has been selected with
Surgery Menu steps. In the Surgery screens, when a step the Parameter Selection button, 2) go to the Setup Screen
is selected using the Forward key or Back key on the when the Setup button has been selected with the Back
remote, the step is immediately selected. The Forward key, 3) invoke a setup function (e.g. prime FMS, fill,
key and Back key do not wrap around. test handpiece.) when the function has been selected in
the Setup screen with the Forward/Back key, 4) invoke
If Coagulation or Anterior Vitrectomy is the current the highlighted button in dialogs, 5) toggle between
step, a Forward/Back key will select the next or previous Irrigation/Continuous Irrigation when the Irrigation
step relative to the last non-coagulation and non-anterior Controls window is selected with the Parameter Selection
vitrectomy step selected. Additionally, if the Back key button, and 6) select and Reset Metrics to zero when the
scrolls all the way to the left, the system will select the Metrics window is selected with the Parameter Selection
Setup button; the Enter key must be pressed to invoke the button.
Setup Screen.
Remote Control Batteries
In the Setup Screen, when a Forward/Back key is used When the batteries in the remote control are low, the
to move to a Setup Step button, the button will be status message “Remote Battery Low” will appear below
highlighted, but the Enter key must be pressed to activate the irrigation controls each time a remote key is pressed.
the button. If the Forward key is pressed during the draw The message will disappear after new batteries are
fluid portion of the priming sequence, the system will installed and a remote control key is pressed.
skip to the vacuum check.
A battery holder inside the remote holds three (3) AAA
The Forward key and Back key can also be used in an (LR3) batteries. To replace batteries, refer to Section
information dialog to select a button (e.g., OK, Cancel, Four of this manual.
Save, etc.).

8065750238 1.25
Select Remote Control Channel
The remote control can be configured to operate on one-
of-four channels. This feature allows four remote controls
to independently control four Infiniti™* Vision Systems
operating in the same room or area. Remote controls are
factory preset to channel A. For proper remote operation,
the Infiniti™* Vision System must be set to the same
channel as the remote.

The Custom/System Settings window allows the

selection of four remote receive codes: A, B, C, & D.
This selection must correspond to the channel selection
on the remote control. Set the remote channel as
instructed below.

To select a remote channel on the Infiniti™* Vision Figure 1-15 The Remote Control Settings Dialog
System:
1. Press the Custom key to activate its drop-down
menu.
2. Press the System key to bring up the System Settings
window.
3. Press the Remote Channel button to bring up the
Remote Control Settings dialog (see Figure 1-15).
4. Hold the remote control in front of the Infiniti
display screen and simultaneously press its
parameter value adjustment up/down keys (labeled
1 & 2 on the screen). Simultaneously release the
buttons.
5. Press the parameter selection button corresponding
to the new channel (labeled A at 9:00, B at 12:00, C
at 3:00, and D at 6:00 on the screen).
6. Press the Enter button on the remote (see Figure
1-14), then press Save on the screen.

No additional steps are needed once the remote channel

is set, and only one remote channel is stored per unit.

NOTE: If necessary to distinguish between remote

controls, identify the remote controls and the units
with unique labels.

CAUTION
Do not sterilize the remote control as it will damage
the unit.

1.26 8065750238
HANDPIECES, TIPS, AND INFUSION SLEEVES CAUTIONS

Different handpieces, tips, and infusion sleeves are Do not test or operate U/S, OZil™ torsional, or
required for different procedural steps and/or functions. NeoSoniX® handpieces unless the tip is immersed in
A full selection of handpieces, along with tip styles BSS® sterile irrigating solution or distilled water or is
and sizes are available. Please contact your Alcon in surgical use. Irreparable damage to the handpiece
representative for information regarding the appropriate and tip can result if run dry.
handpieces, tips, and infusion sleeves for your specific
technique and needs. Ensure that test chamber is filled with BSS® sterile
irrigating solution before tuning U/S, OZil™ torsional,
Following is a general description of the various or NeoSoniX® handpieces. Tuning a handpiece dry may
handpieces, tips, and infusion sleeves used to perform result in premature tip failure and breakage.
lens removal procedures.

Phaco Ultrasound Handpieces WARNINGS!

Alcon's phaco handpieces integrate irrigation, aspiration
and emulsification. The three functions of the lens Use of an ultrasonic handpiece other than the
extraction step enable the surgeon to simultaneously OZil™ torsional, NeoSoniX®, or U/S, or use of a
maintain or inflate the anterior chamber, emulsify the handpiece repaired without Alcon authorization,
lens, and aspirate the lens material from the eye. is not permitted, and may result in patient injury,
including potential shock hazard to patient and/or
operator.
These handpieces require no disassembly other than
removal of the disposable tubing, the ultrasonic tip, and Use of the OZil™ torsional, NeoSoniX®, U/S, or
the infusion sleeve with bubble suppression insert. AquaLase ® handpiece in the absence of irrigation
flow and/or in the presence of reduced or lost
• OZil™ Torsional Handpiece - The OZil™ torsional aspiration flow can cause excessive heating
handpiece integrates all functions of the ultrasonic and potential damage to the cornea and other
handpiece, and in addition provides ultrasonic tissues.
oscillations. This handpiece uses many of the same tips
as the U/S handpiece; for best performance of OZil™
torsional handpiece, use tips recommended by your
Alcon representative.
soni
ltra llati c
• Infiniti™* Ultrasonic (U/S) Handpiece - This sci on
U
O

handpiece is used for ultrasonic applications on the

so und
Infiniti™* Vision System with 1.1 mm TurboSonics® Ultra

tips or 0.9 mm TurboSonics® tips, including flared

and/or ABS® tips. Figure 1-16 OZil™ Torsional Handpiece

• Infiniti™* NeoSoniX® Handpiece - The NeoSoniX®

handpiece integrates all functions of the ultrasonic
handpiece, and in addition provides sonic oscillations.
This handpiece uses the same tips as the U/S
handpiece.

Figure 1-17 Infiniti™* Ultrasonic (U/S) Handpiece

scillation
O

ound
Ultras

Figure 1-18 Infiniti™* NeoSoniX® Handpiece

8065750238 1.27
TurboSonics® Family of Tips • Mackool** U/S Tips - The Mackool** ultrasonic tips
U/S tips are made of medical grade titanium alloy, and contain a polymer tubing over the main part of the
are attached to an Ozil™ torsional, U/S, or NeoSoniX® tip shaft. This necessary part of the Mackool** tip
handpiece to deliver mechanical energy to the lens, provides additional thermal and fluidic advantages.
assisting in its removal by aspiration. Depending on the • Aspiration Bypass System - Tips with the ABS®
needs and technique preferred by the surgeon, various feature contain a small hole in the distal portion of
styles of tips and tip bevels are available (see Figure 1-19). the tipʼs wall. This helps to maintain flow through the
Various U/S tip styles are color coded. system even during occlusion of the tipʼs main port.

• 1.1 mm U/S Tips - The standard ultrasonic tips are the WARNINGS!
original 1.1 mm TurboSonics® tips. They are designed
for use only with 1.1 mm infusion sleeves. Use 0.9 mm tips with 0.9 mm infusion sleeves.
• 0.9 mm U/S Tips - The 0.9 mm ultrasonic tips are Use 1.1 mm tips with 1.1 mm infusion sleeves.
designed to allow entry through a smaller incision. Mismatch of consumable components and use
They are designed for use only with 0.9 mm infusion of settings not specially adjusted for a particular
combination of consumable components may
sleeves.
create a patient hazard.

Read all package label material printed on the

consumable paks prior to their use.

Standard U/S Tips - The 1.1 mm TurboSonics® tip Kelman® Tips - The Kelman® tips have a bent shaft
with the round shaft is the original, classical U/S which generates transverse ultrasound motion, in addition
tip shape. The 0.9 mm has a smaller diameter shaft. to the conventional longitudinal motion, to enhance cutting
efficiency. In addition, the bend allows better visibility
during the surgical procedure.
ABS® hole
ABS® hole

The Aspiration Bypass System - Tips with

the ABS® feature contain a small hole in the distal
Flared ABS® Tips - The flared tips have a larger proximal
portion of the tip's wall.
port, providing increased holding force. They narrow in the
middle of the shaft, thus allowing smaller incisions and
improving occlusion breaks by reducing outflow from the
ABS® hole anterior chamber, following occlusion breaks. Flared tips
also have the Aspiration Bypass System feature, to further
enhance performance.

Tapered Tip - The tapered ABS® tip is a combination polymer tubing

of the 0.9 mm tip and the flared ABS® tip. The shaft
inner and outer diameters is equivalent to straight tips,
while the distal end is comparable to flared tips. The
tapered ABS® tip has the improved holding force of a Mackool** Series U/S Tips - The Mackool**
flared tip, and the same aspiration flow characteristics ultrasonic tips contain a polymer tubing over the
as a straight tip. main part of the tip shaft.

Figure 1-19 TurboSonics® Tips - Shown here are samples of U/S tips used with the OZil™ torsional, U/S, and
NeoSoniX® handpieces.

1.28 8065750238
AquaLase® Liquefaction Handpiece Depending on the needs and technique preferred by the
The AquaLase® handpiece utilizes warmed high energy surgeon, various styles of infusion sleeves are available.
rapid pulses of fluid to perform liquefaction on the lens,
while at the same time irrigating the anterior chamber • Standard MicroSmooth™* Infusion Sleeves - These
and aspirating the lens material from the eye. are the original infusion sleeves. Standard infusion
sleeves are available in 1.1 mm (blue), to be used with
• 1.1 mm Liquefaction Tip - Used with AquaLase® 1.1 mm tips; and 0.9 mm (purple), to be used with 0.9
handpiece and for use with 1.1 mm infusion sleeves. mm tips.

• MicroSmooth™* High Infusion Sleeves - High

infusion sleeves (HIS) have a larger shaft diameter than
original infusion sleeves. The larger shaft diameter of
the high infusion sleeves is compatible with a larger
Figure 1-20 AquaLase® Liquefaction Handpiece
incision. Reduced resistance to irrigation flow resulting
from this larger shaft diameter creates a more stable
anterior chamber. High infusion sleeves are available
MicroSmooth™* Infusion Sleeves in semi-transparent blue, to be used with 1.1 mm tips;
Infusion sleeves cover the tip of the handpiece to provide and semi-transparent purple, to be used with 0.9 mm
irrigation to the anterior chamber of the eye during tips.
surgery (see Figure 1-21). Infusion sleeves are used with
the Infiniti™* U/S, OZil™ torsional, NeoSoniX®, and • MicroSmooth™* Ultra Infusion Sleeves - Ultra
AquaLase® handpieces, and with some Ultraflow™* I/A infusion sleeves have a smaller shaft diameter than
handpieces. Infusion sleeves used with Infiniti™* U/S, original infusion sleeves. The smaller shaft diameter of
OZil™ torsional, and NeoSoniX® handpieces require a the Ultra infusion sleeves is compatible with a smaller
BSI (bubble suppression insert). Infusion sleeves must incision. Ultra infusion sleeves are available in 1.1 mm
be correctly matched to the specific tip type (see the (green), to be used with 1.1 mm tips; and 0.9 mm (red),
following descriptions). Infiniti™* paks contain only to be used with 0.9 mm tips.
MicroSmooth™* infusion sleeves.
WARNINGS!
INFUSION SLEEVE BUBBLE SUPPRESSION INSERT (BSI) Use 0.9 mm U/S tips exclusively with 0.9 mm
infusion sleeves. Use 1.1 mm U/S and 1.1 mm
liquefaction tips exclusively with 1.1 mm infusion
sleeves. Mismatching U/S tips and infusion
sleeves may create potentially hazardous fluidic
imbalances.

Figure 1-21 Infiniti™* U/S Handpiece shown with Mismatch of consumable components and use
Infusion Sleeve and Bubble Suppression Insert of settings not specially adjusted for a particular
combination of consumable components may
create a patient hazard.

Read all package labelling on the consumable

paks prior to their use.

8065750238 1.29
Ultraflow™* Handpieces and Tips • Ultraflow™* SP Handpiece (Single-Piece with fixed
The Ultraflow™* handpiece is used in I/A mode tips) - The Ultraflow™* SP consists of a single-piece
to maintain chamber pressure with irrigation while handpiece with irrigation tip, threaded tip adapter, or
removing cortical material via aspiration. (See Figure 1-23 I/A tip with a built-in metal infusion sleeve. Various tip
and note the band markings on the tips that identify size configurations are available.
of tip aperture.) Some configurations of the Ultraflow™*
IT and SP handpieces also use infusion sleeves. The WARNINGS!
following Ultraflow™* I/A handpieces and tips are
available: Use of non-Alcon surgical reusable or disposable
I/A handpieces that do not meet Alcon surgical
• Ultraflow™* IT Handpiece and Interchangeable Tips - specifications, or use of an Alcon handpiece not
The Ultraflow™* IT consists of a handpiece body that specified for use with the Infiniti™* Vision System,
may result in a fluidic imbalance. This, in turn, may
accepts interchangeable tips. These tips do not require
cause a shallowing or collapsing of the anterior
an adapter or infusion sleeve as they contain a built-in chamber.
metal infusion sleeve.
Exceeding the recommended level of 100 mmHg
• Ultraflow™* IT Handpiece and Threaded Tip Adapter with a 0.5 mm or larger I/A tip may cause anterior
- Reusable I/A tips with TurboSonics® silicone chamber shallowing and/or incarceration or tearing
infusion sleeves can be used with the Ultraflow™* IT of the posterior capsule.
handpiece with threaded tip adapter.
I/A tips are not to be used with U/S, NeoSoniX®,
or OZil™ torsional handpieces.

120° Tip 90° Tip 45° Tip Curved Tip

O-Rings

Straight Tip

Figure 1-22 Ultraflow™* IT handpiece and tips

1.30 8065750238
 0.2 mm I/A Tip 0.5 mm I/A Tip

O-Rings

0.3 mm I/A Tip Threaded Tip Adapter

Figure 1-23 Ultraflow™* IT handpiece with infusion sleeve, reusable I/A tip, and threaded tip adapter

O-Ring Extractor

Large O-Rings

Small O-Rings

Figure 1-24 Ultraflow™* O-ring tool with large and small O-rings

Figure 1-25 Ultraflow™* SP handpiece (handpiece shown with .3 mm 45° tip)

8065750238 1.31
Infiniti™* Vitrectomy Probe
The vitrectomy probe is a sterile, single-use, vitreous WARNINGS!
cutter which provides for aspiration and cutting. An
Do not test or operate vitrectomy probes unless
irrigating cannula is provided in the pak to allow for
the tip is immersed in BSS ® sterile irrigating
bimanual irrigation. An irrigation sleeve to allow for solution or distilled water or is in surgical use.
simultaneous coaxial irrigation is available as a separate Irreparable damage to the handpiece and tip can
accessory. result if run dry.

The handpiece is completely preassembled and requires After priming and before surgical use, verify that
no lubrication or cleaning prior to surgery. This the probe is properly actuating and aspirating.
oscillating guillotine vitreous cutter is intended for single Prior to entry into the eye and with the probe tip in
use only. sterile irrigating solution, the surgeon should step
on the foot treadle until there is visual verification
that the probe is cutting.
• If the cutter is observed to not fully close or does
not move when the probe is actuated, replace
the probe.
• The port should always remain in an open
position in footpedal position 0 or 1. If the cutting
port is partially closed while idle, replace the
probe.
• If air bubbles are observed in the aspiration line
or exiting the probe tip during priming, replace
the probe.
• If a reduction of cutting capability or vacuum is
observed during the surgical procedure, stop
immediately and replace the probe.

Infiniti™ Vitrectomy Probe

Irrigating Cannula

Irrigation Sleeve

Figure 1-26 Infiniti™* vitrectomy probe with irrigating cannula and optional irrigation sleeve.

1.32 8065750238
Bipolar Coagulation Handpieces FLUIDIC MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
• Bipolar Coagulation Forceps are lightweight and
ergonomically designed to reduce hand fatigue as well Two types of Fluidic Management System (FMS) are
as to provide precise control and safety. The forceps offered for use with the Infiniti™* Vision System:
are available with a wide variety of tip styles. one FMS for ultrasound applications, and another for
AquaLase® Liquefaction Device applications. The type
• Bipolar Coagulation Brushes are available in a wide of FMS inserted is automatically identified by the system
variety of configurations: straight, curved, tapered, when it is inserted into the fluidics module. Inserting the
and widestroke. All disposable bipolar accessories are FMS into the console fluidics module establishes fluidics
available both with and without cords. system connections, contributing to quick and easy
surgical setup.
Coagulation Cords are available in disposable and
reusable configurations. The FMS is an interface between the Infiniti™* console
and the surgical handpiece. It is used to regulate BSS®
See your Alcon representative for a complete listing of irrigating fluid to the handpiece, aspirate debris from the
products and accessories. handpiece, monitor irrigation and aspiration pressure,
and deposit the debris in a sealed drainage bag for
disposal. This single assembly contains a rigid plastic
fluidic chamber, non-invasive pressure sensor, drain bag,
irrigation (clear) and aspiration (blue stripe) tubing, and
a clear tubing with spike for connection to the bottle of
BSS® irrigating solution. For AquaLase® Liquefaction
Device there is an additional tubing (black stripe) for
Figure 1-27 Single use bipolar brush connection to the bottle of AquaLase® balanced salt
solution.

Figure 1-28 The Infiniti™* Ultrasound Fluidic

Management System (FMS)

8065750238 1.33
INFINITI™* AQUALASE® BALANCED SALT CONSUMABLE PAK CONFIGURATIONS
SOLUTION BOTTLE
The family of Infiniti™* paks consist of various
When performing an AquaLase® liquefaction procedure, combinations of fluidic management systems (FMS),
the Infiniti™* Vision System must be equipped with an handpiece tips, infusion sleeves, and other components.
AquaLase® balanced salt solution bottle containing AquaLase® complete paks include a bottle of AquaLase®/
BSS®. This solution is emitted in warm high energy Balanced Salt Solution. Consumable items used with the
pulses from the tip of the handpiece. Infiniti™* Vision System during surgery are designed to
be used once and then discarded, unless labeled otherwise.
During the setup procedure the bottle is inserted into its
receptacle on the front of the console, with its alignment Please contact your Alcon Sales representative for
arrow at the 12 o'clock position, and turned clockwise 1/4 complete up-to-date listings, and for in-service
turn to secure it in position information prior to initial use of Alcon paks. All
Infiniti™* paks contain Directions for Use (DFU). It is
CAUTION important to read and understand the DFU's prior to use.
To avoid damaging the bottle, take care not to
overtighten. NOTE: If an inconsistency exists between the instructions
in the operator's manual and the Directions For Use
To remove the bottle, press it in and turn (DFU) supplied with a consumable pak or accessory,
counterclockwise before pulling it out from its receptacle. follow the DFU.
The spike on the black-striped tubing is inserted into
the AquaLase®/BSS® bottle and then connected to the Custom Pak® Configurations
AquaLase® handpiece. To better serve our customers we offer the opportunity for
surgeons to specify a Custom Pak® for their own individual
needs. Please contact your Alcon Sales representative for
more information on how to design your own Custom Pak®.

WARNINGS!
Mismatch of consumable components and use
of settings not specially adjusted for a particular
! combination of consumable components may
create a patient hazard.

Don't use paks that have exceeded expiration date.

Sterile disposable medical devices should not be

reused! (Accreditation Manual for Hospitals, 1982.)
These components have been designed for one
time use only; do not reuse.

The equipment used in conjunction with the Alcon

Figure 1-29 The AquaLase® Balanced Salt Solution disposables constitutes a complete surgical
Bottle system. Use of disposables other than Alcon
disposables may affect system performance and
create potential hazards, and if it is determined
to have contributed to the malfunction of the
equipment under contract, could result in the
voidance of the contract and/or invoicing at
prevailing hourly rates.

In all cases, the instrument setup instructions

contained in the manual should be thoroughly
understood prior to using any of the pak
configurations.

Read all package label material printed on the

consumable paks prior to their use.

1.34 8065750238
Infiniti™* U/S Fluidic Management System Paks
When performing a phacoemulsification procedure, one
of the Infiniti™* U/S family of paks with handpiece tip is
used. The pak can contain all the items listed below:
Fluidic Management System (FMS)

• Fluidic Management System (FMS) - This single

assembly consists of irrigation (clear) and aspiration
(striped) tubing, a plastic reservoir/pump device, and a
drainage bag (maximum capacity of 500 cc). Inserting
U/S Tip with Tip Holder/Wrench
the FMS into its console receptacle establishes the
Infiniti™* fluidic system, allowing quick and easy
surgical setup.

• U/S Tip with Tip Holder/Wrench - The tip attaches to

the ultrasonic handpiece. Securely tighten the tip with
the all-in-one tip wrench/assembly, then remove the
wrench from the tip. Several tip designs are available. Infusion Sleeve with BSI

• Infusion Sleeve with BSI - This single-piece silicone

sleeve fits over the handpiece tip to provide irrigation
into the eye, protection to the surrounding tissues, and Test Chamber
fluidic balance. One infusion sleeve contains a bubble
suppression insert (BSI); a second infusion sleeve is
included to be used with the I/A handpiece/tip.
I/A Tip Wrench
• Test Chamber - The test chamber is a small elastomeric
cap that fits over the handpiece tip to facilitate a
functional irrigation and aspiration check of the
handpiece and instrument prior to surgery. Tray Support Cover

• I/A Tip Wrench - A separate wrench is required to

securely fasten the I/A tip to its handpiece, and also to Figure 1-30 Contents of the Infiniti™* U/S Fluidic
remove the tip when the surgery is completed. Management System Pak (parts not to scale).

• Tray Support Cover - The tray support cover is a sterile

plastic bag that is placed around the instrument tray
and support arm. The cover is used to form a pouch in
the tray to provide storage for the handpiece and tubing
during surgery.

• Directions for Use (DFU) - Instructions for setup and

removal of pak contents (not shown).

8065750238 1.35
Infiniti™* AquaLase® Fluidic Management System Paks
When performing a lens extraction procedure with
the AquaLase® handpiece, a single-use Infiniti™*
AquaLase® pak is used. This pak can contain all the Fluidic Management System (FMS)
items listed below:

• Fluidic Management System (FMS) - This single

assembly consists of irrigation (clear), aspiration
(blue striped), and AquaLase® (black striped) tubing;
a plastic reservoir/pump device, and a drainage bag
(maximum capacity of 500 cc). Inserting the FMS into AquaLase® Liquefaction Tip with
integral Tip Holder/Wrench
its console receptacle establishes the Infiniti™* fluidic
system, allowing quick and easy surgical setup.

• AquaLase® Liquefaction Tip with integral Tip

Holder/Wrench - The tip attaches to the AquaLase®
Infusion Sleeve
handpiece. Securely tighten the tip with the all-in-one
tip wrench/assembly, then remove the wrench from the
tip.
Test Chamber
• Infusion Sleeve - This single-piece silicone sleeve fits
over the handpiece tip to provide irrigation into the
eye, and fluidic balance. A second infusion sleeve is
included to be used with the I/A handpiece/tip. I/A Tip Wrench

• Test Chamber - The test chamber is a small elastomeric

cap that fits over the handpiece tip to facilitate a
functional irrigation and aspiration check of the Tray Support Cover
handpiece and instrument prior to surgery.

• I/A Tip Wrench - A separate wrench is required to

securely fasten the I/A tip to its handpiece, and also to
remove the tip when the surgery is completed. AquaLase® Balanced Salt Solution Bottle

!
• Tray Support Cover - The tray support cover is a sterile
plastic bag that is placed around the instrument tray
and support arm. The cover is used to form a pouch in
the tray to provide storage for the handpiece and tubing
during surgery.
Figure 1-31 Contents of the Infiniti™* AquaLase®
• AquaLase® Balanced Salt Solution Bottle - Fluidic Management System Pak (parts not to scale).
Liquefaction solution.

• Directions for Use (DFU) - Instructions for setup and

removal of pak contents (not shown).

1.36 8065750238
FRONT DISPLAY PANEL AND TOUCH SCREEN The Infiniti™* Vision System emits an audible tone to
indicate button activation. Activation of a valid touchscreen
The Infiniti™* Vision System front display panel and button or remote control button results in a valid key tone; an
touch screen has a flat, non-glare surface, and is mounted invalid button results in an invalid key tone, and sometimes
above the console. For ease of viewing the display panel its icon symbol is ghosted to indicate an invalid function.
swivels and rotates, and it folds down into a protected
position for storage. There are three types of display screens: the Setup screen,
Surgery screens, and Dialogs.
Control buttons are • The Setup screen is used to prepare for surgery; i.e.,
located within the priming the fluidic management system and testing the
active touch screen handpiece.
area. There are • Surgery screens contain special surgical settings for
two basic types of each of the current surgical procedures. Pressing the
pushbuttons on the touch screen buttons (or footswitch or remote control)
display screen: up/ allows the user to adjust the settings for his current
down arrow buttons step.
and momenta r y • Dialogs are displayed as a result of selecting an option
buttons. The user from the Custom drop list (i.e., System, About, Doctor,
can press and hold etc.) or pressing the Metrics or Footswitch button.
the up/down arrow Dialogs enable the user to view and modify system
buttons until the settings, doctor settings, and some surgical settings.
Figure 1-32 The Infiniti™* Front There is another class of dialogs that are displayed
desired adjustment is Display Panel and Touch Screen
complete, and he can when the user needs to be advised or warned of a
press the momentary situation, or to indicate progress on a function in the
buttons with a single Setup screen.
push-and-release to
activate a function.

Initialization Screen

Setup Screen Custom

Surgery Screens
OZil™ NeoSoniX® U/S AquaLase® Irrigation/Aspiration Vitrectomy Coagulation
• Continuous • Continuous • Continuous • I/A Cut
• Pulse • Pulse • Pulse • Cut I/A
• Burst • Burst • Burst
• Custom Pulse* • Custom Pulse* • Custom Pulse*

* Custom Pulse is enabled/disabled through the Advanced tab on the Doctor Settings dialog.

Figure 1-33 Navigating the Infiniti™* User Screens

8065750238 1.37
SETUP SCREEN AND ITS FUNCTIONS 1.1 Doctor Name
The Doctor Name button displays the currently-selected
The Setup screen is displayed when one of the following doctor. When pressed, this button displays a drop list
occurs: of all the doctors entered in the system. The first doctor
• The system is powered up and initialization is at the top of the list is the Alcon Settings doctor, which
successful. contains all the Alcon defaults. Listed in the second
• The screen is explicitly invoked by pressing the Setup position from the top is the Add Doctor selection which
button from a Surgery screen. allows the user to add a new doctor to the list. The
• The FMS is removed while in a surgery screen other remaining doctors will be listed with the most-recently-
than Coagulation. selected doctor in the third position.
• The handpiece tip is changed in a surgery screen and
the user indicates on the resulting popup message that When a doctor is selected (other than Add Doctor), the
he selects the Setup screen. following occurs:
• A handpiece is selected in a surgery screen and the • The drop list collapses and the selected doctor name is
handpiece is not tuned. displayed.
• A valid FMS is inserted while the user is in a surgery • The surgical handpiece, phaco tip, procedure, and I/A
screen. tip are selected in accordance with the following:
- The I/A tip is changed to that last used by the doctor.
The Setup screen is divided into three sections. At the - If no handpiece is connected, the surgical handpiece,
top is the Main Window, below that is the Setup Status tip, and procedure are changed to those last used by
Window, and below that are the Setup Steps. the doctor, or defaults selected in Doctor Settings.
- If the currently-selected handpiece is connected but
1. Main Window not tuned, the selected handpiece does not change.
The Main Window consists of buttons and readouts that The tip and procedure change to those last used by
are used to set up the system and then perform surgery the doctor for the selected handpiece. If the tip or
(see Figure 1-34). The Setup Main Window is the same procedure do change, a dialog is displayed notifying
in most areas as the Surgery Main Window discussed the doctor that the tip and/or procedure have changed.
later. - If the currently-selected handpiece is tuned, the
selected handpiece and tip do not change. The
procedure changes to that last used by the doctor for
the selected surgical handpiece and tip.
• The Cataract Grade is set to the doctorʼs default.

1.1 Doctor Name 1.4 Procedure Type

1.2 Handpiece Type 1.5 Cataract Grade
1.3 Tip Type

1. Main Window
1.9 Custom Button

1.8 Footswitch Button

1.7 Metrics Display

or I/A Tip Type

2. Setup Status Window 1.6 Irrigation Controls

3. Setup Steps

Figure 1-34 Functional Areas of the Setup Screen

1.38 8065750238
Add Doctor 1.3 Tip Type
When Add Doctor is selected from the doctor drop The Tip Type button displays the currently-selected
list, a dialog window with keyboard appears. The user surgical tip. When pressed, this button displays a drop
can enter a doctorʼs name in the designated box using list of available tips for the selected handpiece. When a
the alphanumeric keypad. When a doctorʼs name is tip is selected, the following occurs:
typed and the OK button is pressed, the dialog window • The drop list collapses and the selected tip is displayed.
disappears and the doctor name is saved with Alconʼs • The Procedure Type is changed to that last used by the
default parameters (names are not case-sensitive). When doctor for the selected handpiece and tip.
a new doctor is successfully saved, he becomes the • If there are unsaved changes to surgical parameters,
current doctor and is entered in the third position from a dialog will be displayed giving the user the option
the top, just below Add Doctor. either to save or discard the changes, or just cancel the
dialog. If the dialog is canceled, the surgical tip is not
1.2 Handpiece Type changed.
The Handpiece Type button displays the currently-
selected surgical handpiece: OZil™ torsional (OZil), 1.4 Procedure Type
NeoSoniX® (Neo), Ultrasound (U/S), or AquaLase® The Procedure Type button displays the currently-
(AqL). Pressing this button displays a drop list of selected surgical procedure name. When pressed, this
available surgical handpieces. When a handpiece is button displays a drop list of the available procedures for
selected, the following occurs: the selected handpiece tip. When a procedure is selected,
• The drop list collapses and the selected handpiece is the following happens:
displayed. • The drop list collapses and the procedure is selected.
• The surgical tip and procedure are changed to those • If there are unsaved changes to surgical parameters, a
last used by the doctor for the selected handpiece. The dialog will be displayed giving the user the option to
current surgical steps in the Surgery Menu are replaced save or discard these changes, or just cancel the dialog.
with the steps associated with the newly selected If the dialog is canceled, the procedure is not changed.
procedure, and the first step is entered.
Procedures can be customized by pressing the Custom
During setup, the handpiece selection will automatically button and using the Copy/Delete function.
correspond to the installed handpiece. Automatic
selection of the handpiece is disabled when the case is 1.5 Cataract Grade
started. The Cataract Grade button displays the currently selected
cataract grade: 1, 2, 3, or 4. When selected, this button
The system has two surgical connectors for OZil™ displays a drop list of the four cataract grades. When a
torsional, NeoSoniX®, and U/S handpieces; however, new cataract grade is selected, the following occurs:
only one connector can be used at one time. There is a • The drop list collapses and the selected cataract grade
third connector for an AquaLase® handpiece, and it can is displayed.
be connected at the same time as an OZil™ torsional, • The cataract grade is enunciated.
NeoSoniX®, or U/S handpiece. • Surgical step parameters that are dependent upon the
cataract grade are updated with the parameter values
If handpieces are plugged into both of the OZil™ specified for the new cataract grade.
/ NeoSoniX® / U/S connectors, the message “Two
handpieces detected. Remove a handpiece.” will appear.
The message can be dismissed by pressing the OK
button; however, U/S power will not be available until
one of the handpieces is removed.

8065750238 1.39
1.6 Irrigation Controls height, respective to the PEL. The adjustment arrows
• Irrigation/Continuous Irrigation and PEL Indicators are pressed to adjust the IV pole height, and thus
- Pressing the bottle height readout will toggle the change the irrigation pressure value and readout.
readout from "Irrigation" to "Continuous Irrigation"
and back to "Irrigation" again. Continuous irrigation Irrigation Control
can also be activated several other ways as described Irrigation operates on a gravity-feed principle from the
on the next page. IV bottle to the FMS to the handpiece. The console's
irrigation valve is normally closed when the fluidic
The Patient Eye Level (PEL) readout indicates the interface device is inserted. In most modes of operation
number of centimeters below the FMS that the irrigation begins flowing when the footpedal transitions
patientʼs eye is located. The PEL is programmed in the from position 0 to position 1.
Custom/Doctor menu. When the PEL is set to a value
other than 0, “PEL= xx” is displayed in the lower-right Irrigation pressure is increased or decreased by raising
corner of the box. or lowering the IV pole that holds the irrigation bottle.
Default height for Ultrasound and I/A modes is 95
WARNING! cm from the center of the drip chamber to the center
Avoid setting the patient above the FMS. Operating of the FMS aspiration pressure sensor; for Anterior
with the patient above the FMS will result in a lower Vitrectomy mode it is 55 cm. Patient Eye Level (PEL)
irrigation pressure than indicated on the display, is measured from the FMS aspiration pressure sensor
and possible underventing. to the patientʼs eye. Maximum bottle height of 110 cm
results in maximum irrigation pressure. In the event of
power loss, bottle position is maintained; however, if the
• Irrigation Pressure Bar Display - This bar display is a unit is turned off using the Standby switch, the IV pole
visual indication of the irrigation pressure as measured automatically retracts to its storage position.
by the fluidics mechanism, irrespective of the IV pole
position. Continuous Irrigation
Continuous irrigation is available in all applicable
• Bottle Height and Adjustment Arrows- The bottle surgical steps and allows for continuous irrigation of
height readout is representative of the actual bottle the eye during surgery by opening the irrigation valve.

t
Heigh
Bottle

L)
vel (PE
Eye Le
ent
Pati

Figure 1-35 BOTTLE HEIGHT MEASUREMENT - Bottle height for gravity-fed irrigation is measured from the
center of the drip chamber to the patient's eye. Default bottle height is 95 cm above the center of
the round aspiration pressure sensor in the FMS. PEL is measured from the aspiration pressure
sensor to the patient's eye.

1.40 8065750238
Changing a doctor or handpiece shuts off continuous 1.7 Metrics Display
irrigation, allowing exchange of irrigation and aspiration The Metrics display is available in the surgery screen
tubing between handpieces without loss of irrigation during lens removal steps (see Figure 1-38 on next page).
solution. Continuous irrigation is not available in Setup During Ultrasound and NeoSonix® surgical procedures
or Coagulation modes. the metrics figures shown in this box display U/S Time
and Average Power. During an AquaLase® procedure
The continuous irrigation feature is normally turned off. the metrics figures shown are AquaLase® Time, Pulses,
Continuous irrigation can be toggled from "Irrigation" to and Average Magnitude. For the OZil™ mode it shows
"Continuous Irrigation" and back to "Irrigation" again by Cumulative Dissipated Energy. When the Metrics box is
using the four methods described below: pressed, the Metrics dialog is displayed, and the metrics
- Press the bottle height readout on the display. readouts can be reset to 0. The display will close when
- Use the remote control's Parameter Selection button to Reset is pressed.
select the Irrigation window on the display, then press
the Enter key on the remote control. 1.8 Footswitch Button
- Program a footswitch button for the Continuous The Footswitch button is a graphical representation of
Irrigation function, then press down on the designated the currently-installed footswitch (either Infiniti™* or
footswitch button. Accurus®/Legacy® footswitch). The current footpedal
- Custom/Doctor/General tab/Continuous Irrigation can position (0, 1, 2, or 3) is displayed in the center of the
be turned On to activate continuous irrigation when the footswitch. Right/left and up/down arrows appear in the
footpedal is depressed. It can be turned off using one box whenever a momentary switch is activated.
of the other three methods.
When the Footswitch Button is pressed, the Footswitch
When continuous irrigation is on, footswitch treadle Buttons dialog (see Figure 1-36) or Footswitch Treadle
range 1 is eliminated, and ranges 2 & 3 are expanded. dialog (see Figure 1-37) appear. These dialogs allow
the user to view and modify the current settings of the
NOTE: Before switching handpieces it is advised to footswitch. Switching between the Buttons and Treadle
turn continuous irrigation off, after exiting the eye, dialogs is performed by pressing the corresponding tab
to close the irrigation valve and prevent excess BSS® on the viewing screen.
sterile irrigating solution from flowing out of the
handpiece.

Figure 1-36 FOOTSWITCH BUTTONS DIALOGS - Figure 1-37 FOOTSWITCH TREADLE DIALOGS -
Pressing the Footswitch Button pulls up a dialog that Pressing the Footswitch Button pulls up a dialog that
corresponds to the connected footswitch. Pressing corresponds to the connected footswitch. Pressing
the Buttons tab activates one of these dialogs. Shown the Treadle tab activates one of these dialogs. Shown
here is the Infiniti™* footswitch. Pressing a button next here is the Infiniti™* footswitch. The buttons on the
to a switch activates a drop-down list, with functions screen allow you to adjust the treadle settings to your
that can be selected. own personal preferences.

8065750238 1.41
Figure 1-38 METRICS DIALOG SCREEN - Metric definitions are listed below.

U/S
U/S Total Time: Sum of Phaco Time and Torsional Time.
U/S Total Equivalent Power in Position 3:
CDE
U/S Total Time
Cumulative Dissipated Energy: Total U/S energy in footpedal position 3 (both phaco and torsional) calculated as:
(Phaco Time x Average Phaco Power) + (Torsional Time x 0.4 x Average Torsional Amplitude)
The factor 0.4 represents approximate reduction of heat dissipated at the incision as compared to conventional phaco.
Phaco
Phaco Time: Total time phaco power was active. This records the phaco On-time, displayed in minutes and seconds.
Average Phaco Power: Average phaco power over the time when phaco power was applied. For example, if Ultrasound Burst
mode was selected and 100 mS burst pulses at 70% stroke were generated once a second, the Average Power would record
70%.
Average Phaco Power in Position 3: Average phaco power over the time when phaco power was applied in footpedal position
3. This takes into account the U/S modulation aspects, resulting in a significantly lower reading than Average phaco Power. For
example, if Ultrasound Burst mode was selected and 100 mS burst pulses at 70% stroke were generated once a second, the
Average Power in Position 3 would record 7%.
Torsional
Torsional Time: Total time torsional power was active. This records the torsional On-time in minutes and seconds.
Average Torsional Amplitude: Average torsional amplitude over the time when torsional power was applied. For example, if
OZil™ Burst mode was selected and 100 mS burst pulses at 70% amplitude were generated once a second, the Average torsional
amplitude would record 70%.
Average Torsional Amplitude in Position 3: Average torsional amplitude over the time when torsional power was applied in
footpedal position 3. This takes into account the U/S modulation aspects, resulting in a significantly lower reading than Average
Torsional Amplitude. For example, if Ultrasound Burst mode was selected and 100 mS burst pulses at 70% amplitude were
generated once a second, the Average Torsional Amplitude in Position 3 would record 7%.
Eqv. Avg. Torsional Amplitude in Position 3: Average U/S energy in footpedal position 3 calculated as:
0.4 x Average Torsional Amplitude in Position 3.
NeoSoniX
NeoSoniX Time: Total time NeoSoniX® was active. This records the NeoSoniX® On-time in minutes and seconds.
Average NeoSoniX Power: Average NeoSoniX® amplitude only when NeoSoniX® was active.
Fluidics
Aspiration Time: Total time the system was aspirating in footpedal position 2 or 3 for U/S and I/A, and in footpedal position 3 for
anterior vitrectomy (ICA mode).
Peak Aspiration: Highest flow rate achieved during the case.
Peak Vacuum: Highest vacuum achieved during the case.
AquaLase
AquaLase Time: Total time when AquaLase® was active, displayed in minutes and seconds. This is a summation of all the
AquaLase® pulse On-times.
AquaLase Number of Pulses: Total number of AquaLase® pulses used in the case.
Avg. AquaLase Magnitude: Average AquaLase® magnitude only when AquaLase® was active.
Avg. AquaLase Magnitude in Position 3: Average AquaLase® magnitude over the time in footpedal position 3. This takes into
account the burst control which sets the duty cycle. For example, if an 80% amplitude was used and a 60% burst (duty cycle)
was set, Average Magnitude in Position 3 would record 48%.

Case Time: The timer starts (Case Begin) when first step is chosen and footpedal is depressed. The timer stops (Case Ended)
when the FMS and all active handpieces are removed (U/S, Neo, Aql, OZil). The timer pauses when system is placed in Set-up
mode (Case is Inactive).

1.42 8065750238
 Treadle Function Adjustment Method Type of Adjustment Description of Function

Vibration Horizontal Bar with Minimum to Maximum Treadle vibration level applied at both
Up/Down Arrow Keys Vibration upward and downward treadle move-
ment.

Button Selection On Vibration active during upward and

downward treadle movement.

Vibration not active during upward and

Off downward treadle movement.

Detent Firmness Horizontal Bar with Minimum to Maximum Firmness (0 to Detent firmness for all detents of the
Up/Down Arrow Keys 100% of maximum firmness) footswitch.

Span 1 Value Adjust with Percentage value (0 to 26) such that The span of footpedal position 1. When
Up/Down Arrow Keys the total of Span 1, Span 2, and Span the first set of arrow keys is used to in-
3 equal 95% (the first 5% is always crease or decrease the span 2 start po-
reserved for the 0 position) sition, span 1 is increased or decreased
by the same amount.

Span 2 Value Adjust with Percentage value (19 to 95), such The span of footpedal position 2. When
Up/Down Arrow Keys that the total of Span 1, Span 2, and the first set of arrow keys is used to in-
Span 3 equal 95% crease or decrease the span 2 start po-
sition, span 2 is decreased or increased
by the same amount. When the second
set of arrow keys is used to increase or
decrease the span 3 start position, span
2 is increased or decreased by the same
amount.

Span 3 Value Adjust with Percentage value (0 to 50), such that The span of footpedal position 3. When
Up/Down Arrow Keys the total of Span 1, Span 2, and Span the second set of arrow keys is used
3 equal 95% to increase or decrease the span 3
start position, span 3 is decreased or
increased by the same amount.

Table 1-5 PROGRAMMING THE FOOTSWITCH TREADLE - This table describes all the objects in the Footswitch
Treadle tab, accessed by pressing the Footswitch Button in the display screen’s Main Window.

8065750238 1.43
1.9 Custom Button 1.9.1 Doctor
The Custom button enables the user to view and modify The Doctor Settings dialog is invoked when the user
system settings, doctor settings, and some surgical presses Doctor on the Custom drop list menu (see Figure
settings. When the Custom button is pressed, a drop list 1-40). The Doctor Settings dialog enables the user to
menu appears with the following options (see Figure 1-39). view and modify surgeon preferences for the currently
When one of the options is selected from the menu, the selected doctor.
respective dialog for that option is displayed and the drop
list menu disappears. If no selection is made, the drop list The dialog has Save and Cancel buttons. When Save
menu disappears after about five seconds. is selected, all settings changed since the dialog was
invoked are saved to persistent storage, the doctor dialog
The following describes the purpose of each drop list closes, and the settings take immediate effect. If the
menu item, the function of the controls in its dialog, current doctor is the Alcon Settings default, the changes
and how the selections are invoked. The selections may take immediate effect, but they are not saved to persistent
be invoked whether the footswitch treadle and/or a storage; the changes are temporary. If Cancel is selected,
footswitch button is depressed or not depressed, and the the whole doctor dialog closes and the system returns to
footswitch is functional when the dialog is displayed. its prior settings.
The drop list menu items provide the user with options
relating to viewing, copying, deleting, modifying, General Tab
backing up, and restoring doctor/system settings. Continuous Irrigation
Continuous irrigation is applicable for lens removal,
• Doctor I/A, and vitrectomy surgical steps. When Continuous
• Save Irrigation is set to On (enabled), continuous irrigation
• Copy/Delete will be active following the first footpedal depression.
• System When activated “Continuous Irrigation” is displayed
• Sound in the irrigation section of the Main Window, and
• AqL Occlusion the continuous irrigation On tone is generated. When
• About transitioning to another step of the same surgical
• Shutdown type, continuous irrigation remains activated. When
transitioning to a step that is a different surgical type,
continuous irrigation is inactivated but then re-activated
when the footpedal is depressed (except for Coagulation).

1.9 Custom Button

1.9.1 through 1.9.8

Custom Drop List Menu

Figure 1-39 Setup Screen with Custom Drop List Menu

1.44 8065750238
 the value being maintained for Vitrectomy Irrigation
Pressure Maintenance.
• The IV pole height will be automatically moved when
a Fill step is activated.

PEL
The Patient Eye Level (PEL) indicates the number of
centimeters below the FMS that the patientʼs eye is
located. The IV pole height is automatically adjusted to
compensate for the PEL when the Save button is pressed.

Default Grade
Indicates the initial cataract grade that will be selected
Figure 1-40 Doctor Settings Dialog Screen when a doctor is selected.
General Tab
Footswitch Position One Tone Infusion Pressure Drop
When enabled, continuous irrigation On tone will sound When the acquired value of the irrigation pressure sensor
when transitioning from footpedal position 0 to 1 in any is below the value specified for the Infusion Pressure
phaco, I/A, or vitrectomy step. Continuous irrigation Drop, the system will display an advisory dialog. When
Off tone will sound when transitioning from footpedal this setting is 100%, this feature is disabled.
position 1 to 0. This feature is mutually exclusive with
Continuous Irrigation, as they cannot both be enabled at Reflux Offset
the same time. The software limits reflux pressure to a level equal to
the current infusion pressure plus the value specified for
Vitrectomy Bottle Height Maintenance the Reflux Offset, or the maximum infusion pressure the
If the Vitrectomy Bottle Height Maintenance feature is system is capable of, whichever is less.
enabled, and during vitrectomy surgery the footpedal
is depressed, upon a transition to a non-vitrectomy step Steps Tab
a confirmation dialog will appear. If the user confirms According to doctor's preferences the Irrigation
the desire to begin irrigation pressure maintenance, the Footswitch, Coag, Vit, and Fill steps can be placed
irrigation pressure level used in the vitrectomy step will at different locations in the surgery step sequence by
be maintained, and the following rules will be in effect enabling these buttons.
until 1) a Vitrectomy step is reentered and then the desire
to continue irrigation pressure maintenance is denied, Irrigation Footswitch Before Phaco Steps
or until 2) the Vitrectomy Bottle Height Maintenance The Irrigation Footswitch step can be placed before
feature is disabled in the Doctor Settings Dialog, or until phaco steps in the surgery step sequence by pressing the
3) a new doctor is selected with the Vitrectomy Bottle Enable button.
Height Maintenance feature disabled, or until 4) the
surgery ends:

• If the PEL is changed, the IV pole height will be

adjusted up/down as needed to maintain the irrigation
pressure.
• The user can manually change the irrigation pressure
using the remote, footswitch buttons, or touchscreen
buttons. If the user manually changes the irrigation
pressure while in the Surgery mode, the new irrigation
pressure value will be maintained until the surgery ends.
• Manual changes to irrigation pressure will not be saved
to the doctor database.
• The IV pole height will be automatically moved when
the Setup mode is entered, and to accommodate prime/
tune/test while in Setup mode. When Surgery mode is
Figure 1-41 Doctor Settings Dialog Screen
re-entered, the irrigation pressure will revert back to Steps Tab

8065750238 1.45
Coag Before Phaco Steps - Coag After I/A Steps Advanced Tab
The Coag step can be placed before the phaco steps Selecting this tab allows the user to enable or disable the
and/or after the I/A steps in the surgery step sequence by Custom Pulse feature in Phaco steps.
enabling these buttons.

Vit Before I/A Steps - Vit After I/A Steps

The Vit step can be placed before and/or after the I/A
steps in the surgery step sequence by enabling these
buttons.

Fill Before I/A Steps - Fill After I/A Steps

The Fill step can be placed before and/or after the I/A
steps in the surgery step sequence by enabling these
buttons. If Irrigation Fill is enabled in System Settings,
this step will be Irrigation Fill.

If all of these optional Doctor Settings steps are enabled,

they will be placed in the following order before and
after the phaco and I/A steps: Figure 1-43 Doctor Settings Dialog Screen
Advanced Tab

Coag - Irr F/S - PHACO STEPS - Ant Vit - Fill - I/A STEPS - Ant Vit - Coag - Fill

Defaults Tab 1.9.2 Save

Selecting this tab allows the user to select default The Save dialog can be invoked when a change has
settings for the active surgeon, shown in the upper right been made to the current surgical parameters and the
corner of the screen (in this case the active surgeon is user selects the Save option from the Custom drop list
Alcon Settings). Enabling the options in this screen will menu. If there are no unsaved changes, the Save button is
activate the selected Handpiece, Tip, and Procedure each disabled.
time the associated doctor name is activated. If Defaults
are not enabled, the doctor's settings will return to those The Save dialog provides the user with three buttons:
"last used." Save, Discard Changes, and Cancel. If the Save button
is pressed, the changes are saved to the current doctor.
If Discard Changes is selected, the unsaved changes to
the surgical parameters for the current doctor will be
discarded and the dialog will be closed. If Cancel is
selected, surgical parameters will not be saved to the
current doctor and the dialog will close.

The Alcon Settings doctor is the factory default and

cannot be permanently changed. When Alcon Settings
is the current doctor, the Save dialog provides the user
with three buttons: Save As, Discard Changes, and
Cancel. If the Save As button is pressed, a keyboard
appears allowing the user to add a new doctor. Once the
new doctor is added, the changes are saved to the new
doctor. Settings can be saved for up to 60 doctors. If
Figure 1-42 Doctor Settings Dialog Screen
Discard Changes is selected, the unsaved changes will
Defaults Tab be discarded and the dialog will be closed. If Cancel is
selected, changes will not be saved and the dialog will
close.

1.46 8065750238
1.9.3 Copy/Delete The second level under DATA CARD is either Full
The Copy/Delete dialog is opened when the user selects Backup or Doctors. The level under Full Backup is the
Copy/Delete from the Custom drop list menu (see doctor backup name, and all doctors included in that
Figure 1-44). The Copy/Delete dialog allows the users to full backup are displayed. The level under Doctors is
perform these actions: the doctor backup name, and all doctors that have been
• Copy data from the Infiniti™* Vision System to a data individually backed up are displayed.
card (backup).
• Copy data from a data card to the Infiniti™* Vision The second level under INFINITI is the doctor name.
System (restore). When the doctor name is selected, there is a third level
• Save changes previously made to surgical parameters. which may be a handpiece, step, or preference. When a
• Copy, delete, and rename groups of doctor settings on handpiece is selected, the fourth level is either an I/A tip
the Infiniti™* Vision System. These settings include 1) or a phaco tip. When an I/A tip is selected, the fifth level
surgical parameters for handpieces, tips, procedures, is an I/A step. When phaco tip is selected, the fifth level
and steps; and 2) doctor preferences. is a phaco procedure, and the sixth level is a phaco step.
• Add, Remove, Rename, and change the order of steps.
Collapse/Expand Buttons
In the Copy/Delete dialog two hierarchies are shown: the The Collapse button (–) is displayed to the left of each
left hierarchy is the source pane invoked with the Copy non-selected level in the hierarchy. Touching this button
button, and the right hierarchy is the destination pane. hides all lower levels, making the label at that level the
The source pane can be manipulated using the source selected label. The Expand button (+) is displayed to the
level buttons below it (Save, Save As, Edit, Reset, Delete, left of each level for which a lower level exists. Touching
Rename). The destination pane cannot be similarly this button opens the node selection drop-down menu for
manipulated. The Info Window, immediately below each the next lower level.
hierarchy, provides additional information about the
selected hierarchy level. Label Selection Button
Each hierarchy level is a button which displays a
Upon entry to the Copy/Delete dialog, the hierarchy of the drop-down menu of possible labels for that level when
source pane (on the left side) reflects the current surgical touched. Selecting an item from this list collapses all
procedure. The destination hierarchy (on the right side) is lower levels, changes to the selected label, and opens the
not expanded and the destination pane is INFINITI. drop-down menu for the next lower level. The system
provides a visual indication in all levels to indicate there
Data Hierarchy are unsaved parameters.
The first level of the hierarchy is either INFINITI or
DATA CARD.

Source Pane Destination Pane

Hierarchy Levels

Info Window (2)

Source Level Buttons

Figure 1-44 Copy/Delete Dialog

8065750238 1.47
Copy Button Source Node Manipulation Buttons
The Copy button, located above and between the left and The Save, Save As, Edit, Reset, Delete, and Rename
right hierarchies, is used to copy data from the source buttons are used to manipulate the source node. The
(left) node to the destination (right) node. When the Copy destination node cannot be similarly manipulated.
button is touched the action taken is determined by the
source and destination. • Save - When parameters have been changed during
surgery, this button can be pressed to update the
The button is labeled Copy when the source node is procedure type with the new settings.
a surgeon, and the destination node is a surgeon. The • Save As - This button is pressed to save current
button is labeled Back Up when the source node is settings under a new procedure type name using the
INFINITI, and the destination node is DATA CARD. on-screen keyboard.
The button is labeled Restore when the source node is • Edit - To edit the steps of a procedure type, press this
the DATA CARD, and the destination node is INFINITI. button to open an editing dialog. The sequence, names,
icons, and number of steps can be manipulated in this
Info Window dialog using its Delete, Rename, Add As, and Edit
The Info Window, immediately below each hierarchy, buttons.
provides additional information about the selected node. • Reset - Reset data to system default settings.
If a Backup doctor node or doctor node is selected, • Delete - When enabled this button can be pressed to
the Info Pane displays the date and time at which the delete the highlighted label.
parameters were archived and the software release. If • Rename - When this button is enabled it can be pressed
the selected node has lower level nodes, the Info Pane to activate an on-screen keyboard. Typing in a new
provides a preview of the lower level nodes. name will replace the old name.

BACKUP / DELETE / RESTORE EXERCISE

Data card must be blank before beginning this procedure. 3. Restore TEST DOC data from data card to Infiniti™*
console.
1. Backup data from Infiniti™* console to data card. 3.1 Press the Custom button, then Copy/Delete.
1.1 Press Doctor Name (Alcon Settings) button in upper- 3.2 Press top-left source pane button to select DATA CARD.
left corner of screen. 3.3 Press Doctors and select TEST DOC.
1.2 Select Add Doctor from drop down list, type TEST DOC 3.4 Press top-right destination pane button to select INFINITI.
on keyboard, then press OK. 3.5 Press the Restore arrow button in the top-center of the
1.3 Select U/S handpiece, Cataract Grade 1, and press screen. The system restores the TEST DOC data from
Surgery button to enter surgery screen. Select the data card to the Infiniti™* console.
Ultrasound Continuous, and set Power Limit to 50. 3.6 Press Exit to leave Copy/Delete screen and return to
1.4 Press the Custom button, then Save. The dialog "Save surgery screen.
changes to the surgical step parameters of the current 3.7 To verify transfer of TEST DOC cataract grade 1 settings
doctor?" appears. Press the Save button to save new to Infiniti™* console, press Alcon Settings, select TEST
doctor settings. DOC, select U/S handpiece, press Cataract Grade 1
1.5 Insert data card into its slot on the right side of the button, Ultrasound Continuous, and verify Power Limit
Infiniti™* console below the speaker. is 50.
1.6 Press the Custom button, then Copy/Delete.
1.7 Press the top-left source pane button to select INFINITI. 4. Delete TEST DOC data from data card and Infiniti™*
Select TEST DOC. console.
1.8 Press the top-right destination pane button to select 4.1 Press the Custom button, then Copy/Delete.
DATA CARD. 4.2 Press top-left source pane button to select DATA CARD.
1.9 Press the Backup arrow button in the top-center of the 4.3 Press Doctors and select TEST DOC.
screen. The system archives the TEST DOC data from 4.4 Press Delete in the lower-left corner of the screen. The
the Infiniti™* console to the data card. dialog "Delete doctor backup on Data Card" appears.
Press the OK button.
2. Delete TEST DOC data from Infiniti™* console. 4.5 Press the top-left source pane button to select INFINITI.
2.1 Press Delete in the lower-left corner of the screen. The Select TEST DOC.
dialog "Delete selected doctor setting? It is currently in 4.6 Press Delete in the lower-left corner of the screen. The
use" appears. Press the OK button. dialog "Delete selected doctor setting? It is currently in
2.2 Press Exit to leave Copy/Delete screen and return to use" appears. Press the OK button.
surgery screen. 4.7 Press top-left source pane button to select INFINITI.
2.3 Press Alcon Settings and verify TEST DOC has been Press its "+" button to ensure TEST DOC is no longer
deleted from Infiniti™* console drop down list. on Infiniti™* console.
4.8 Remove data card from its slot.

1.48 8065750238
1.9.4 System 1.9.5 Sound
The Systems Settings dialog is invoked when the user The Sound dialog is invoked when the user selects Sound
selects System from the Custom drop list menu. This from the Custom drop list menu. The Sound dialog
dialog enables the user to view and modify the current enables the surgeon to set a volume level for all tones and
system settings such as Language, Remote Channel, voice confirmations.
Date, and Time. System settings apply to all doctors,
and remain in effect until modified; the settings are The volume levels are set individually. When an
not lost when the system is powered down. The System individual button is selected, the volume level adjustment
Settings dialog has a Save button and a Cancel button. will pertain only to the selected tone. Each selection;
If Save is selected, the current settings are saved to except for Vacuum Level, Phaco Occlusion, and
persistent storage, the dialog closes, and the settings Coagulation Power; may be turned Off so that no tone
take immediate effect. If Cancel is selected, the dialog will be heard. Pressing the Play Sound button emits a
closes and any changes made to the system settings are sample of the volume level selected.
neglected.

Setting Remote Channel

The remote channel displayed in the System Settings
dialog is for display only. To change the remote channel,
press the Remote Channel button to bring up the remote
control graphic with instructions to change the remote
channel; this screen must be displayed while changing
the remote channel. The newly-selected remote channel
takes effect immediately. Pressing Cancel on the System
Settings dialog returns the system to its previously-saved
remote channel.

Irrigation Fill
When enabled, irrigation is activated without reflux to Figure 1-46 Sound Settings Dialog
fill handpiece. The result is that the Irrigation Fill step
replaces the Fill step, in all instances, for all users of the
console.

Figure 1-45 System Settings Dialog

8065750238 1.49
1.9.6 AqL Occlusion 1.9.7 About
The AquaLase® Occlusion option is invoked when the The About dialog is invoked when the user selects About
user selects Aql Occlusion from the Custom drop list from the Custom drop list menu. The About dialog
menu. The AquaLase® Occlusion option enables the displays the software and hardware revisions for system
surgeon to specify parameters (Magnitude and Burst) mechanisms, is for display only, and may not be modified
for reduction of AquaLase® power at the onset and full by the user. Pressing OK closes the About dialog and
occlusion during AquaLase® surgery steps. The Total returns the system to its prior state.
Power Reduction readout is the product of the Magnitude
and Burst settings.

The AquaLase® Occlusion feature can be enabled and

disabled by pressing the appropriate button in this option.
The Adjust bar indicates whether occlusion watch is off
or on, and when enabled in the AquaLase® Occlusion
option, user is able to turn this feature on and off in the
Adjust bar.

Figure 1-48 About Dialog

1.9.8 Shutdown
Pressing the Shutdown button invokes a message asking
if the user wants to Shutdown system? Pressing the
Cancel button in the dialog returns the system to its
prior state; pressing OK turns standby power off. To turn
Figure 1-47 AquaLase® Occlusion Settings Dialog
system power off the user must then press the power
switch at the bottom of the Infiniti™* Vision System rear
panel.

1.50 8065750238
2. Setup Status Window 3. Setup Steps
This area of the Setup Screen is used to display current This area of the Setup Window is used for initiating
system status during the setup phase of operation, and is setup functions as well as activating the surgery screen
for display only (see Figure 1-49). The user is alerted to (see Figure 1-50). When the Setup Screen is initially
situations like handpiece status (“Tuned,” “Not Tuned,” entered, the Prime FMS button is highlighted.
etc.), prime status, and type of FMS. The user can also
be alerted when a remote control battery is low, or the 3.1 Prime FMS Button
AquaLase®/Balanced Salt Solution bottle is inserted. The Prime FMS button may be selected as long as a
This area is also used for pictures to help the user valid FMS is installed, regardless of current prime and
perform a procedure (i.e., luers being connected to a tune status. With the irrigation and aspiration luer fittings
handpiece). connected together, the priming sequence is 1) raise the
IV pole, 2) draw fluid, and 3) vacuum/vent check. When
If a valid FMS is not inserted, “No FMS” is displayed in selected, the Prime FMS button is highlighted, metrics
the Setup Status area, and the Prime FMS, Fill, and Test are reset to 0, and a priming dialog box is invoked which
Handpiece Setup Steps are unavailable. Text is displayed contains the following:
in the Setup Status area indicating “Insert FMS. . .” • Progress bar to show the progress of the draw fluid
priming sequence.
When a valid FMS is inserted, “Calibrating FMS” is • Vacuum bar as well as the actual vacuum value to
displayed while the fluidics mechanism performs a test show the vacuum check progress and actual vacuum
of the aspiration pressure sensor. If the test fails, a dialog value.
is displayed and the FMS is rejected. If the test succeeds, • Text message indicating “Drawing Fluid…”, “Checking
the FMS type and “Not Primed” is displayed, and the Vacuum…”
Prime FMS and Fill Setup Steps are available. The Test • Two buttons; one for Advance to Vacuum Check, and
Handpiece button is not available until the system is another for Cancel.
primed and a valid handpiece is connected to the system.
Once the prime sequence is initiated and the system
is raising the IV pole or drawing fluid, then pressing

2. Setup Status Window

Figure 1-49 Functional Area of the Setup Status Window

8065750238 1.51
Advance to Vacuum Check on the dialog will 3.3 Test Handpiece Button
immediately skip to the vacuum/vent check. Once the The Test Handpiece button may be selected only
prime sequence is initiated it can be aborted by pressing when the FMS is primed and the selected handpiece
Cancel or by removing the FMS. is inserted. In addition, if an AquaLase® handpiece is
selected, the AquaLase® bottle must be inserted.
When the priming and vacuum checks are completed
successfully, the prime status becomes “Primed” and the The Infiniti™* Vision System allows an AquaLase® and
Fill Button is highlighted. a U/S, NeoSoniX®, or OZil™ torsional handpiece to be
connected at the same time, but the user must perform
3.2 Fill Button the Test Handpiece sequence for each handpiece; once
The Fill button is automatically highlighted when when the U/S or NeoSoniX® handpiece is selected, and
the priming sequence has completed successfully (if once when the AquaLase® handpiece is selected.
Irrigation Fill is enabled in System Settings, this button
will be Irrigation Fill). Pressing the Fill Button activates When the Test Handpiece button is selected the test
the fluidics system to fill the handpiece. During the fill handpiece dialog will display progress of the flow check
process a text message indicating “Filling Handpiece….” with a vacuum bar as well as the actual vacuum value.
appears on the screen. Also displayed is a dialog with a A Cancel button also appears. Once the test sequence
Cancel button and an Advance To Test button. (Note that is initiated, it can be aborted by the user by pressing
the Advance to Test button is ghosted if the conditions Cancel or removing the FMS, or it can be left to proceed
for testing are not met.) to completion. For the AquaLase® handpiece only, a
momentary collapse of the test chamber is normal.
Once the fill sequence is initiated it can be aborted by
pressing Cancel or by removing the FMS, whereby Upon successful completion of the handpiece test
the Fill dialog closes and the Fill Button remains sequence, the system exits the Setup Screen and enters
highlighted. If Advance To Test is pressed, or if the the appropriate Surgery Screen.
system is left to proceed to completion, the Fill dialog
closes and the Test Handpiece function is selected. 3.4 Surgery Button
If the Surgery button is pressed the system goes to
The Fill step activates both irrigation and reflux to clear the appropriate Surgery Screen as determined by the
air bubbles from the fluidics system. If Irrigation Fill is procedure selected. The first surgery step for the doctorʼs
enabled, irrigation is activated without reflux. procedure is entered.

3. Setup Steps

3.3 Test Handpiece Button

3.2 Fill Button
3.1 Prime FMS Button 3.4 Surgery Button

Figure 1-50 Functional Areas of the Setup Steps Window

1.52 8065750238
SURGERY SCREEN AND ITS FUNCTIONS 1. Main Window
The buttons in the Surgery Main Window for U/S are
The Surgery Screens contain the buttons, readouts, and nearly the same as in the Setup Main Window (read 1.1
controls that allow the user to perform surgical functions. through 1.9 in the Setup Screen for descriptions). The
This screen is displayed when one of the following Main Window for I/A, Coagulation, and Vitrectomy are
occurs: discussed later in this section.
• The Surgery button is pressed from the Setup Screen.
• The Test Handpiece function is completed in the Setup Depending on the active surgery step, the buttons
Screen and no other connected handpieces are “Not available in the Main Menu vary; however, the
Tuned.” behavior of a button is consistent, regardless of the
surgery step from which it is pressed. All buttons are
The Surgery Screen is divided into three sections (see available regardless of whether the footpedal and/or a
Figure 1-51). At the top is the Main Window, below that footswitch button is depressed or not depressed, and the
is the Surgery Control Window, and below that is the functionality provided by the footswitch will continue.
Surgery Menu. Depending on the handpiece, procedure • Doctor Name - When a new doctor is selected, the
type, and surgery step selected, the Surgery Screen system setup is changed to the settings associated with
is updated with the buttons and surgical parameters the newly-selected doctor.
corresponding to the selections. Although several • Handpiece Type, Tip Type, Procedure Type, and
representative surgery screens are shown in this section Cataract Grade - These selections along the top
of the manual, screens showing all handpiece/procedure/ row of the Main Window are displayed during
steps are not shown. U/S, NeoSoniX®, OZil™, and AquaLase® steps.
The selections change during I/A, Vitrectomy, and
Coagulation steps.
• Irrigation Controls, Metrics Display, Footswitch
Button, and Custom Button - These selections along
the second row of the Main Window are displayed in
all step types. Their descriptions, except for Metrics,
are the same as in the Setup Screen.

1.1 Doctor Name 1.4 Procedure Type

1.2 Handpiece Type 1.5 Cataract Grade
1.3 Tip Type

1. Main Window
1.9 Custom Button

1.8 Footswitch Button

1.7 Metrics Display

2. Surgery Control Window 1.6 Irrigation Controls

3. Surgery Menu

Figure 1-51 Functional Areas of the Infiniti™* Vision System Surgery Screen - This screen is for the Ultra-
sonics Continuous mode of operation. Other modes of operation look similar to this, but may
have more or fewer buttons and surgical parameters corresponding to the surgery step.

8065750238 1.53
2. Surgery Control Window 2.1 Fluidics Controls
This window contains an Information Bar. Surgical Below the Information Bar in the Surgery Control
parameters are situated above and below the bar. Window are the Fluidics Controls. These parameters are
Parameters related to the fluidics, vacuum, and aspiration always vacuum and aspiration and are independent of the
flow rate are located below the bar. Parameters related Surgery Controls. Fluidics Controls are available in all
to the chosen mode, for example ultrasound power, are steps but Coagulation.
located above the bar. Parameters above the bar are
independent of the fluidics parameters. The content of 2.2 Surgery Controls
these areas is determined by the active surgical step. For Phaco steps, the area above the Display Bar contains
the Surgery Controls for U/S functions. The surgery
The actual values for certain parameters are shown controls available are dependent on the type of lens
using Display Bars. With the exception of the Vacuum removal step and mode selected. The possible parameters
parameter, the upper limits of the power bars are equal are a power bar to display a real-time representation of
to their maximum settings. For the Vacuum parameter, the actual power level, a linear/fixed button to toggle
if the vacuum limit is set to 650+, then the upper limit between linear (/) or fixed (-) footswitch-controlled
does not exist; otherwise, the upper limit is equal to the power, and limit boxes with adjustment arrows to display
vacuum limit setting. and set maximum or minimum settings (see Table 1-6).

Saving Modifications to Surgical Parameters The Mode button in the top-center of this area displays the
Each surgery step has surgical parameter values that current mode (continuous, pulse, custom pulse, burst) for
are established by default. During surgery the user may the step. The mode can be changed by pressing the Mode
change surgical parameters in any of the steps. Any Button and selecting another from a drop list. Depending
parameter changes made may be explicitly saved by the on the current handpiece the mode selections are:
user using the Save option in the Custom drop list. Also,
• OZil™ Continuous • NeoSoniX® Continuous • Ultrasound Continuous
if there are unsaved changes to the surgery steps and • OZil™ Pulse • NeoSoniX® Pulse • Ultrasound Pulse
the user changes the doctor, phaco handpiece, phaco tip, • OZil™ Burst • NeoSoniX® Burst • Ultrasound Burst
• OZil™ Custom Pulse • NeoSoniX® Custom Pulse • Ultrasound Custom Pulse
I/A tip, or lens removal procedure, a dialog box appears
asking the user to save or discard any unsaved changes.
For AquaLase® liquefaction and Irrigation/Aspiration the
Powering down the system automatically dismisses any
Mode Button in the Surgery Controls area is for display
unsaved changes.
only.

Display Bar Limit Box with Adjustment Arrows

Mode Button

2.2 Surgery Controls

2. Surgery Control Window
2.3 Adjust Button and
Information Bar
2.1 Fluidics Controls

Figure 1-52 Surgery Control Window - Above the Adjust bar is the area reserved for Surgery Controls, and
below the bar is the area reserved for Fluidics Controls. This Window is used to adjust system
settings with the up/down arrows, and to observe current performance levels on the power bar
displays. Depending on the mode of operation, the Adjust Bar is used to adjust other settings.

1.54 8065750238
 Ultrasound, NeoSoniX®, AquaLase®, Coagulation, Vitrectomy
Power % Power Limit Burst % Burst % Time pps % Time On On ms On ms Off ms Amplitude Threshhold Cut Rate Cut Rate
Bar Linear/Fixed Time On On Limit Box Box Box Limit Limit Box Box cpm Bar Limit Box
Button Bar Linear/Fixed
MODE Button

Ultrasound
Continuous X X

Ultrasound
Pulse X X X X

Ultrasound
Burst X X X X

U/S
Custom Pulse X X X X

NeoSoniX®
Continuous X X X X

NeoSoniX®
Pulse X X X X X X

NeoSoniX®
Burst X X X X X X

NeoSoniX®
Custom Pulse X X X X X X

AquaLase® X* X* X X X

Coagulation X X

Vitrectomy X X

* For AquaLase® these labels are Magnitude instead of Power.

OZil™
Mode Phaco Power/ Torsional Amplitude

% Limit On ms Limit Off ms Limit On % Off PPS

Bar Linear/Fixed Linear/Fixed Linear/Fixed ms Time On ms
Button Button Button Limit

OZil™
Continuous X X

OZil™
Pulse X X X X

OZil™
Burst X X X X

OZil™
Custom Pulse X X X X

Table 1-6 PARAMETERS IN SURGERY CONTROLS AREA - The top half of the Surgery Control Window
contains surgery controls; fluidics controls are in the lower half. Listed here are the operating
parameters in the surgery controls section for identified surgical modes.

8065750238 1.55
2.3 Adjust Button and Information Bar 2.5 Surgery Controls Window with Vitrectomy Steps
When the Adjust button is pressed, the Display Bar is All Vitrectomy steps contain Surgery Controls for cut
depicted with buttons representing the current settings rate parameters, and Fluidics Controls for vacuum
of each of the Adjust parameters. The Adjust parameters and aspiration parameters. The Surgery Controls area
may be changed at this time. If the parameter is a drop also contains a Mode Button indicating the current
down type, when the parameter button is pressed, a drop Vitrectomy step type (Vitrectomy I/A Cut or Vitrectomy
down list appears and the user can select the option Cut I/A).
desired. If the parameter is a toggle type, when the
parameter button is pressed, the value will be toggled. 2.6 Surgery Controls Window with Coagulation Steps
The Display Bar can be removed manually by pressing All Coagulation steps contain just one surgical
the Adjust Button again, or by waiting five seconds and parameter: Power. This parameter is displayed in
it will be disappear automatically. The Display Bar is the upper portion of the Surgery Control Window.
available in all surgery steps except Coagulation. This window also contains a mode indicator showing
Coagulation.
Dynamic Rise - The value in the display bar indicates the
current rise time for the aspiration pump rate adjustment 3. Surgery Menu
at occlusion onset. The Dynamic Rise setting can vary The Surgery Menu consists of the buttons at the very
from –2 to 4, in increments of 1. When Dynamic Rise bottom of the surgery display (see Figure 1-53). These
-2 is displayed in the Adjust Bar, it indicates that the buttons represent all the surgery steps for the currently
rise time in aspiration pump rate adjustment is slowest. selected surgery mode, plus a Setup button to quickly
When Dynamic Rise 4 is displayed in the Adjust Bar, return to the Setup screen.
it indicates that the rise time in aspiration pump rate
adjustment is fastest. The Alcon default setting is 0. The Surgery Menu allows up to 10 visible buttons
across the bottom of the surgery display screen. The
WARNING! Setup button is always on the far left, followed by up
The use of Dynamic Rise setting 1, 2, 3, or 4 may to 7 buttons corresponding to the lens removal and I/A
result in aspiration levels (volumes) exceeding steps. The last two buttons are for the coagulation and
irrigation flow. This may cause chamber shallowing anterior vitrectomy steps. The Setup, coagulation, and
or collapse which may result in patient injury. anterior vitrectomy buttons are fixed, however the 7
buttons corresponding to lens removal and I/A steps are
scrollable to the left and right. This scrolling is necessary
Occlusion Watch Off/On - Occlusion Watch is enabled since more than 7 lens removal and I/A steps may be
in the Custom/AqL Occlusion menu. When enabled it specified.
can be turned on and off in this information bar. When
Occlusion Watch On is displayed in the Adjust Bar, it The lens removal steps correspond to the selected tip,
indicates that auto-attenuation of occlusion-based power procedure, and handpiece. The I/A steps correspond to
is active. When Occlusion Watch Off is displayed in the the selected I/A tip and procedure. When selecting the
Adjust Bar, it indicates that auto-attenuation of occlusion- step that is furthest left (e.g. next to the Setup button)
based power is inactive. or furthest right (e.g. next to the stationary coagulation
button), the lens removal and I/A steps will scroll so that
Status Icons - Presence and status of handpiece and FMS. all steps before or after the selected step, respectively,
can be seen.
2.4 Surgery Controls Window with I/A Steps
All I/A steps contain the same Fluidics Controls for 3.1 Setup Button
vacuum and aspiration. The Surgery Controls area above When the Setup button is pressed, the user will be
the Display bar does not contain any surgical parameters, taken to the Setup screen. To enter the Setup screen the
but does display a mode indicator showing Irrigation/ footpedal must be released, and the footswitch buttons
Aspiration. must not be activated.

1.56 8065750238
3.2 Procedural Step Buttons sequence by enabling them from the Doctor Settings
When a surgery step is selected, its button is highlighted dialog. U/S, Aql, and I/A steps can be added or deleted
with a frame, and the surgical parameters for the surgery from the Copy/Delete dialog.
step are displayed in the Surgery Control Window. In
addition, the Surgery Main Window is updated with the The procedural steps are selectable from the unitʼs
buttons that are applicable for the selected step. front display screen, from the remote control unit, or
from the footswitch. Step changes will result in voice
Step changes in lens removal and I/A modes are allowed confirmation. (The user has the ability to turn this
regardless of footpedal position. A step change into Coag feature off via the Custom/Sound menus.)
or Vit is allowed with the footpedal depressed, but the
footpedal must be released to exit. Preset operating parameters for each step are
programmed into the system as "Alcon Settings."
Procedural Steps These default operating parameters can be temporarily
The Infiniti™* Vision System provides operational modified by using the front panel or remote. These
surgical steps to support efficient lens removal. Each parameters can then be permanently saved by using the
step allows for the adjustment of surgical parameters Custom/Save/Save As option.
such as power, aspiration, and vacuum settings according
to doctor preferences. These steps are arranged in 3.3 Stationary Step Buttons
sequential order from left to right across the bottom of Steps are always present to support Coag and Ant Vit.
the screen to provide a complete surgical procedure of These two steps are selectable from the display screen
different settings associated with different aspects of and remote control, but can be exited using either the
the procedure. Complete procedures can be saved for display screen, remote control, or footswitch. To exit, the
future use without having to re-program the instrument. footpedal must be in position 0 or 1; upon exit, the last
Coag and Ant Vit steps can be added to the procedural step used will be selected.

3. Surgery Menu

Lens Removal Steps I/A Steps

3.1 Setup Button Coag Step Vit Step

3.2 Procedural Step Buttons 3.3 Stationary Step Buttons

Figure 1-53 Surgery Menu - At the bottom of the display screen is the Surgery Menu. The buttons in this area
allow the surgeon to control the surgical step progression.

8065750238 1.57
 Abbreviation Description Abbreviation Description
A Amperes IPX8 International protection code - solid
AC Alternating Current objects X (not specified), water 8
AqL AquaLase® (continuous immersion)
Asp Aspiration IRR Irrigation
C Centigrade IT Interchangeable Tip
cc/min Cubic centimeters per minute MMC MultiMedia Card
Coag Coagulation mmHg Millimeters of Mercury
DFU Directions for Use PEL Patient Eye Level
F Fahrenheit RCAT Remote Control Aseptic Transfer
FMS Fluidic Management System SP Single-Piece
FTSW Footswitch UL Underwriters Laboratories
HIS High Infusion Sleeve U/S Ultrasonic
HP Handpiece USB Universal Serial Bus
Hz Hertz V Volts
I/A Irrigation/Aspiration Vac Vacuum
IEC International Electrotechnical Vit Vitrectomy
Commission

Table 1-7 ABBREVIATIONS USED WITH THE INFINITI™* VISION SYSTEM

1.58 8065750238
 CLASSIFICATIONS: Regulatory: Class I according to 93/42/EEC Medical Device Directive for EEA.
Electro-Mechanical: Class I per IEC60601-1, UL2601, CSA 22-2 601-1 and JIST 0601.

CONSOLE DIMENSIONS: Height: 138 cm (63 inches)

Width: 51 cm (23 inches)
Depth: 57 cm (30 inches)

CONSOLE WEIGHT: Unpacked: 107 kg (235 pounds)

Packed: 150 kg (330 pounds)

ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITATIONS: Operating Non-Operating Packaged for Transport

Altitude: 2438 meters - 12,191 meters

(8,000 feet) - (40,000 feet)

Temperature: 10° C to 35° C -10° C to 55° C -40° C to 70° C

(50° F to 95° F) (14° F to 131° F) (-40° F to 158° F)

Relative 10% to 95% 10% to 95% 10% to 95%

Humidity: without without without
condensation condensation condensation

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS: Auto select to accomodate input power of 90 VAC - 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz. Maximum input
current is 6 Amps, and maximum power consumption does not exceed 1000 Watts.

POWER SYSTEM: 24VDC 650W AC to DC power supply; 12VDC 450W AC to DC power supply; AC input
module; 12V lead acid battery; Power Distribution PCB; Host DC to DC PCB.

LEAKAGE CURRENT: 300μA @ 132 VAC, 60 Hz; 500μA @ 264 VAC, 50 Hz

PROTECTION AGAINST ELECTRIC SHOCK: Class I

CLASSIFICATION OF ALL APPLIED PARTS: Type BF

DATA CARD: MMC (MultiMedia Card), or SD (Secure Digital), 32 Mb minimum

TOUCH SCREEN AND DISPLAY: 15" analog resistive touch screen, 15" TFT-LCD, 1024 x 768 pixels, +12 VDC ±5%, 3
Amps maximum. Tilt +5° to -90°, Spin +45° CW to -180° CCW, Swivel ±87.5° CW & CCW.

ULTRASOUND DRIVER: 34 KHz to 42 KHz, 3.5 ±0.5 mils stroke

U/S HANDPIECE: Resonant Frequency: 40 kHz

Dynamic Operating Frequency: 35.5 kHz to 40.5 kHz

NEOSONIX® HANDPIECE: Resonant Frequency: 40 kHz

Dynamic Operating Frequency: 36 kHz to 41 kHz

VIT CUTTER: 50 to 800 cpm

IV POLE: Travel range of 97 cm (38.19 inch), speed from 8.0 cm/s to 12.0 cm/s

REMOTE CONTROL: One way wireless transmitting device. IR transmitting diodes in the range of 880 nm to
950 nm wavelength. Requires three AAA batteries.

FOOTSWITCH DIMENSIONS: Height: 12.7 cm (5.0 inches)

Width: 24.1 cm (9.5 inches)
Length: 34.9 cm (13.75 inches)

FOOTSWITCH WEIGHT: Stand Alone: 16.5 kg (7.5 pounds)

With Cable: 18.7 kg (8.5 pounds)

Table 1-8 SPECIFICATIONS - This table is a quick reference point to identify basic system specifications,
system requirements, and performance figures.

8065750238 1.59
 Type BF equipment, providing both the
attributes of basic insulation and "floated" Insert/Eject
isolation. Fluidic Management System

U/S Handpiece
Dangerous Voltage Cable Connector

AquaLase Handpiece
CAUTION: Consult accompanying documents Cable Connector

Vitrectomy Probe
Equipotential ground connection Tubing Connector

AC Voltage AquaLase /BSS Bottle Receptacle

Power stand-by state

Coagulation
for a part of equipment Cable Connector

ON (POWER) USB Connector

OFF (POWER)
Serial Connector

Footswitch
Infiniti * Port

Fuse Size and Rating

T6.3A/250 ESD Alert

UL Mark - With respect to electrical

SSIFIE
Use appropriate take-back system LA shock, fire and mechanical
C

(see Environmental Considerations in this manual) UL U.S.

hazards only in accordance with
UL 2601-1 (95-KJ), IEC 60601-1-2
C
and IEC 60601-2-2

Figure 1-54 ICONS USED WITH THE INFINITI™* VISION SYSTEM - Icons identifying modes, functions, etc.,
that are used with the Infiniti™* Vision System are identified in this chart.

1.60 8065750238
 ENHANCED
FOOTSWITCH

SN

REF 8065750403
IPX8 DANGER: RISK OF EXPLOSION IF USED IN THE PRESENCE OF 100-120V 50/60 Hz 6A
ALCON LABORATORIES, INC.
FORT WORTH, TX 76134-2099 FLAMMABLE ANESTHETICS. SSIFIE
MEDICAL/ELECTRICAL LA
! 0123 USA

D
EQUIPMENT
210-2326-001 DANGER: RISQUE D'EXPLOSION. NE PAS EMPLOYER EN
PRESENCE D'ANESTHESIQUES INFLAMMABLES.
CLASSIFIED UL U.S.
95KJ C
UL2601 - 1/CAN CSA C22.2 NO. 601.1 !
CAUTION: GROUNDING RELIABILITY CAN ONLY BE ACHIEVED
WHEN EQUIPMENT IS CONNECTED TO AN 220-240V 50/60 Hz 6A
EQUIVALENT RECEPTACLE MARKED HOSPITAL GRADE.
0123
REMOTE CONTROL (3)"AAA"/"LR03"
CAUTION: RISK OF BURNS AND FIRE - DO NOT USE NEAR
CONDUCTIVE MATERIALS. RENEW ELECTRODE
CABLES UPON EVIDENCE OF DETERIORATION.
SN !
WARNING: THE PNEUMATIC SYSTEM CONTAINS A PRESSURE VESSEL WITH THE FOLLOWING RATINGS:
REF 8065750468 0123 PS = 4.1 BAR, Tmax = 35°C, Tmin = 10°C, V = 0.3L.

ALCON LABORATORIES, INC.

210-1632-001 FORT WORTH, TX 76134-2099
USA

! BF
ALCON LABORATORIES, INC.
FORT WORTH, TX 76134-2099, USA
CAUTION MADE IN U.S.A.
*"Reg. U.S. Pat & TM. Off."

REF BIPOLAR
OUTPUT
COAGULATION
SN
POWER
(W) 10

IMPEDANCE
REV ( ) 75

FREQUENCY
(mHz) 1.5
210-2137-001

WARNING: FOR CONTINUED

PROTECTION AGAINST RISK OF FIRE,
REPLACE ONLY WITH SAME TYPE
T6.3A/250 AND RATING OF FUSE.

Figure 1-55 LABELING ON INFINITI™* VISION SYSTEM - Labels used on the Infiniti™* Vision System are
illustrated here. The labels on this page are intended for reference only.

8065750238 1.61
 10

8 100% Set Power

75% Set Power
50% Set Power
25% Set Power
POWER (W)

0
10 50 75 100 200 500 1000
LOAD (OHMS)
COAGULATION POWER GRAPH

10

8
POWER (W)

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
SETTING (%)
POWER ACROSS 75 OHM LOAD

40

35
PEAK VOLTAGE (V)

30

25

20

15

10

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
SETTING (%)
VOLTAGE (PEAK) ACROSS 75 OHM LOAD

Figure 1-56 COAGULATION POWER OUTPUTS - Set coagulation power at the intended output control
setting in the intended operating mode in reference to figures above.

1.62 LAST PAGE OF THIS SECTION 8065750238

 SECTION TWO
THEORY OF OPERATION

INTRODUCTION Subsystem Hardware

• Uses a common microcontroller (ST10F168)
The theory of operation includes a system overview • Uses a common hardware interface
and subsystem theories of operation. The theories are
accompanied by block diagrams. In some cases, the System/Subsystem Software
theory goes into more detail than shown on the block • Windows 2000
diagrams. When this occurs, refer to the schematic • ʻCʼ Programming language
diagrams located in Section Five.
Power Distribution
SYSTEM OVERVIEW • Uses standard power supplies
• Subsystem creates needed voltages
System Design Approach • Use common subsystem connectors
• Electrical and software infrastructure consisting of • Provide for power upgrade path
all of the elements necessary to implement customer • Three Supplies
requirements with a goal towards future surgical - 24 V single voltage system supply
modalities. - 12V/5V system supply
- ATX style Host supply
Distributed Processing • Provide flexibility in Host connectivity
• Guarantees real-time execution of surgical algorithms. - 4KV Host isolation in power and communication
• Provides maximum flexibility and future expansion.
Host Platform
Network Topology • Pentium class CPU
• Flat • Consolidated video and audio
• Unlimited nodes • Large application execution memory
• Simple twisted pair • Large persistent storage devices
• High bit rate • PCI bus for expansion
• Significant expansion I/O
Controller Area Network (CANbus) - USB, serial, parallel, IDE
• Minimum communication S/W needed
• Automatic retries performed in silicon Infiniti™* Display (GUI)
• Built-in CRC • Large flat panel
• Built-in message priority • Hi brightness/contrast/viewing
• Non-destructive bitwise arbitration • Touchscreen
• “Smart” transceivers • 16 million colors
• Digital differential interface
System Messaging • No hard keys
• Subsystems respond to:
- Parameter configuration via Host GUI Subsystems
- Inputs from physician via footswitch • Footswitch Module
• Subsystems can see all bus data • IV pole Module
- Provides for subsystem dependencies, e.g. • Fluidic Module
occlusion mode phaco • Pneumatic Module
• Host displays system data via GUI • Ultrasonic/Coag Module
• AquaLase® Module

8065750238 2.1
 INFINITI™* SYSTEM THEORY CAN
CAN (Controlled Area Network) is a serial bus system
Figure 2-1 shows the Infiniti™* Vision System in block especially suited for real time control with a very
diagram form. Each block is reviewed in detail on the high level of security. All data contains a "message
page number indicated within the block. The Host is not identifier" which does not indicate the destination, but
considered a module, but it monitors communications rather the meaning of the data (message filtering) so
between all the modules, and the information is displayed that all modules can decide whether or not they need to
on the GUI. Host and intermodule connections are act on the data. This data is then handled via a proxy
made through the Power Distribution PCB and the (intermediate software) which decodes raw data from
CAN Distribution PCB, mounted on the Host card cage. the bus to each microcontroller, and a broker (software
The Footswitch, IV Pole, Fluidics, Pneumatics, U/S library) that contains all the necessary routines to
& Coag, and AquaLase® modules contain their own transmit and receive the data.
microcontrollers and software which all modules use to
communicate with each other directly.

USB
CAN
RS232
Lower Fan

Host Sound
MMC/SD USB
Reader
(page 2.4)
Sound
Signal
DVI
Power LCD
USB
12V Infiniti™*
Display USB
Touch Screen
(page 2.6)
DC Power

DC Power

USB
Infrared IR Remote
Logic
Logic

Logic

CAN
Footswitch Module Infiniti™ FS
(DC)
(page 2.8) Accurus®/Legacy® FS
CAN
(DC) IV Pole Module
(page 2.10)

FMS ID
FMS Latch
APS Vacuum
CAN
Fluidics Module APS Pressure
(DC)
(page 2.13) IPS Pressure
CAN Fluidic Motor
Distribution Vent Plunger
PCB Irrigation Plunger

CAN Pneumatic Pump

(DC) Pneumatics Module Vit Drive
(page 2.16)
AquaLase® Drive

Upper Fan
CAN
US/Coag Module U/S HP 1
(DC)
(page 2.19) U/S HP 2
Coag

CAN Fans
(DC) AquaLase® Module AquaLase® HP
(page 2.22)
AquaLase® Receptacle

Standby Power Supplies/

Battery Power Distribution
Line Input (page 2.3)
(110/220 VAC)

FIGURE 2-1 SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM - The center of the Infiniti™* Vision System is the Host which monitors
all communications between the modules.

2.2 8065750238
 POWER DISTRIBUTION THEORY Host through the Power Distribution PCB. When the
Infiniti™* application software starts up, 24 V is enabled
The Infiniti™* Vision System uses two vendor-issued by a signal sent from the Host through the Power
power supplies and an Alcon-manufactured Power Distribution PCB.
Distribution PCB to supply voltages throughout the
system. The power system consist of the AC Power Input 12 V Battery
Module, Power Distribution PCB, +12V Battery, and The +12 V battery provides power to the Host to allow
two DC Power Supplies. the operating system to shutdown properly only in case
of AC failure. The battery is charged through a circuit
AC power enters the system through the AC Power Input from the Power Distribution PCB.
Module and continues on to the Power Distribution PCB.
The AC power is then sent from the Power Distribution 12 VDC Power Supply
PCB to the two DC power supplies. The two power The 12 V power supply outputs an auxiliary +5 V to the
supplies send +12 V and +24 V back to the Power Standby Switch, and +12 V is distributed to the Host
Distribution PCB from where the voltages are distributed Power PCB via the Power Distribution PCB. The Host
throughout the system. Power PCB redistributes the +12 V and also supplies
+5 V and +3.3 V to the DVI Controller, CAN Controller,
AC Power Input Module Host CPU, hard drive, and DVD/CD-ROM.
115/220 VAC goes through two 6.3 amp fuses directly to
the Power Distribution PCB. 24 VDC Power Supply
The 24 V is distributed to every module through the
Power Distribution PCB Power Distribution PCB. The 24 V is used to generate
The Power Distribution PCB inhibits the 12 V and 24 V +12 V, -12 V, 5 V, and 3.3 V through a DC-DC converter
power supplies via software. When the Standby Switch that resides in every module.
is pressed, 12 V is enabled by a signal sent from the

Logic
Host
Logic
Standby Switch DC
Lower Fan
DC Host Power PCB

DC
Logic DC
Host CPU PCB DVI Interface PCB
110VAC AC
220VAC
Power Input Module (Display)

DC
+12V Battery DC Power DC
AquaLase® Controller PCB
Distribution DC U/S Module
U/S Controller PCB
PCB DC
Upper Fan
DC
Fluidics Controller PCB
DC
+12V Auto-Ranging AC DC
Pneumatics Controller PCB
Power Supply PINHIBIT
DC
Footswitch Interface PCB

DC
IV Pole Controller PCB
DC
+24V Auto-Ranging AC
Power Supply PINHIBIT

FIGURE 2-2 POWER DISTRIBUTION BLOCK DIAGRAM

8065750238 2.3
 HOST THEORY Boot Up Process (Power On – Standby Switch)
With AC power on (input module switch ON), pressing
Internal Interface the standby switch should toggle its back light from
The Infiniti™* Host electronics is comprised primarily amber to blue; this initiates +12 V. The status LEDʼs on
of a CPU board, processor w/heatsink, DRAM, HDD, the Host should indicate Green for Power Good, and
DVD, PCI-DVI+, PCI-CAN, Host Power PCB, and Green for all voltages on the Host Power PCB. If any
interconnect cables. voltage status LEDʼs are not illuminated, then the Power
Good LED will stay Red and the Host CPU will not
External Interface commence boot up.
The Infiniti™* Host electronics is connected to the rest
of the system via CAN, serial port, parallel port, USB, The Infiniti™* LCD should indicate that Infiniti™*
standby switch, and DVI video. Each interface presents system is starting via the custom graphics splash screens
the Host with a different mechanism for control and that appear during the normal boot process, accompanied
monitoring. by a quick double beep.

• CAN – Subsystem Communication Configuration After a successful boot, the Infiniti™* application
and Real time Feedback software begins to execute. After verifying system
• Serial Port – VideOverlay Telemetry and file resources, the application initializes CAN and
Communication enables +24 V.
• Parallel Port – Power Supply Control and Status
Monitoring System I/O
• USB – User Interface (touch screen, IR remote, CAN Bus
SD/MMC card reader) The Infiniti™* Host CAN interface contains two high
• DVI Video – Graphics Output to TFT LCD speed CAN ports; one that interfaces to the Infiniti™*
• Standby Switch – Power Up and Standby Modes subsystems, and one spare. The primary CAN channel is

HOST POWER PCB (DC-DC) HOST CPU PCB

Power
CAN Controller PCB CAN

Reset

USB

Power DVI Controller PCB DVI, 12V, USB

Watchdog

Drive, Hard Disk IC Processor

Power
2.5 inch 30 GB Pentium III

Primary IDE Heat Sink

Microprocessor w/Fan

Secondary IDE

DRAM, 168P DIMM

Power Drive, DVD-ROM Audio 32MEGx64 133 MHz

USB
RS232 Rear Panel PCB CAN

FIGURE 2-3 HOST BLOCK DIAGRAM

2.4 8065750238
configured as a 500 Kbaud interface to subsystems. The
CAN interface requires an accurate voltage on the PCI
bus in order to initialize correctly. The lack of sufficient
PCI bus voltage and subsequent initialization failure is
evident from subsystems faults during Host application
start. The system uses CAN in a “star” configuration
with respect to termination. A single central termination
is deployed so that a disconnect along the network
doesnʼt eliminate half of the network because of the
physical location of the fault, but rather because of a
dependency not met by the fault.

Serial Port
The Infiniti™* Host serial port communicates telemetry
data to an external VideOverlay Parameters System.
On the rear panel, the VideOverlay connector is a DB-9
Female.

Parallel Port
The Infiniti™* Host parallel port controls the Power
Distribution PCBA. This allows the Host to both control
and monitor features of power delivery, battery backup,
and AC faults.

User I/O
USB SD/MMC Card Reader
This reader is plugged into the CPUʼs primary external
USB port. The reader is capable of reading any SD/
MMC Card. The primary use of SD/MMC is for Dr.
Data backup and restore.

USB Touch Screen

The Hostʼs primary cursor control is via a USB touch
screen controller. The touch screen controller resides on
the DVI+ interface, which contains the CPUʼs primary
internal USB port. This port is shared within the display
assembly by a USB hub chip, which services the touch
screen controller and IR Receiver PCB's.

USB IR Remote Control Receiver

The Host accepts numerical keypad keystrokes from a
USB IR Receiver PCB.

8065750238 2.5
 INFINITI™* DISPLAY THEORY PCI DVI Controller
The PCI DVI PCB is a Host PCI graphics adapter based
The Infiniti™* display system is comprised of: on Asiliant B69030 video graphics controller. Setting
• PCI DVI Controller PCBA video to PCI in the BIOS graphics settings configures the
• DVI-D Dual Cable board as the default graphics adapter in the Host. There
• DVI Interface PCBA is also a custom VGA BIOS resident on this board that
• Backlight Inverter configures the B69030 to drive the Infiniti™* TFT panel
• LCD to its native XGA resolution and full color. Upon Host
• Touch Screen power-up, the Infiniti™* display is the primary video
• Touch Screen Controller PCB display, and it immediately displays a graphics BIOS
• IR Sensor PCB's sign-on message, followed by system boot information.
• IR Receiver PCB The PCI DVI Controller PCB outputs XGA video as
TMDS (DVI-D) on the DVI-D dual cable.
System Interface Description
The Infiniti™* display system contains a DVI Graphics 24 Pin DVI-D Input Connector (J3) - The DVI-D Digital
Controller, DVI Interface Receiver, Display + Inverter, Video Output Connector is the main output connector
Touch Screen + Controller, and IR Receiver. The DVI bringing in the TMDS and DDC signals. Additional dual
Graphics Controller provides the DVI interface from link DVI-D connections are used to pass through USB
Host to the front panel, as well as routing USB and and display power.
+12 V power to the panel. The DVI Interface PCB
provides for power conversion and distribution to other 4 Pin Auxiliary Power Input Connector (J4) - Power
boards in the front panel, and converts the DVI-TMDS input from standard PC power supply. Powers display
interface to LVDS for the TFT LCD. The USB channel sub-system.
also gets a 4-port hub on the DVI Interface PCB for
routing to both the IR Receiver PCB and Touch Screen USB Pass Through Connector (J2) - USB pass through
Controller PCB. The Host enumerates the USB Touch rrom internal (Intel Calabasis) motherboard connector.
Screen Controller as a HID pointing device. The Host
enumerates the USB IR Receiver as a HID keyboard External Motherboard Reset (J1) - Allows watch-dog
device. +12 V @ 1.5 A is delivered on the DVI-D cable timer to reset the system.
for use by the inverter, converted to +5 V on the DVI
Interface PCB for use by the board, USB devices, and CRT Connector Output (J5) - CRT output. Normally off.
+3.3 V for the LCD. Auto-detect on for test/diagnostics.

IR Receiver PCB IR Sensor PCB (2)

Power Distribution
Backlight Inverter
Interface

Graphics Controller DVI Interface

PCI DVI PCBA Power Distribution

CPU USB 15" TFT Flat Panel

Controller and Backlight

USB Touch Screen 8 Wire Resistive

Controller Touch Screen

FIGURE 2-4 DISPLAY BLOCK DIAGRAM

2.6 8065750238
DVI Interface and Power Distribution Controller Touch-Screen
This device receives digital video data over the DVI The Hampshire touch-screen controller implements
Interface and formats it for the required physical panel a USB mouse emulation and is powered by the USB
interface. It performs power input, conversion, and interface itself.
filtering. It has a configurable I/O to support unforeseen - 15.0 TFT
changes in future interfaces. It supports standard EDID - Communication Options (factory set): USB.
responses for DVI and monitor compatibility, and - Touch Screen Interface: Analog resistive 8 wire.
supports a range of backlight inverters. Additionally it - Resolution: 12 bit (4096 x 4096).
passes through Host USB to external USB touch-screen - Static: 24 KV.
controller, and external IR receiver. - Power Options: Power from USB port is regulated
5 VDC by USB port: >5 VDC ±10%.
24 Pin DVI-D Input Connector (J3) - The Main input
connector bringing in the TMDS, DDC signals, power, IR Sensor/Receiver
and USB from the Host. Uses DVI-D dual link cable to IR Sensor PCB (2) - Each IR Sensor PCB contains an
implement interface. IR sensor that demodulates the signal received from
the remote control. The IR signal is modulated and
USB1 Connector (J5) - The USB connector to Touch wire-ANDʼed such that either active low sensor will
Screen Controller. drive the IR receiver processors input LOW. The IR
receiver processor decodes the received IR signal, and if
USB2 Connector (J6) - The USB connector to IR the checksum is successful, creates the USB data packet
Control Interface. to send down to the Host as a valid key press via the IR
Receiver PCB.
20 Pin LVDS Panel Interface Connector (J1) - 24 bit
LVDS panel interface. Connection is direct match to IR Receiver PCB - The IR Receiver PCB receives
Samsung LTM150XH-L04 panel. In dual pixel mode, signals from the sensor PCBʼs. The signals are
this connector supports “First Pixel Out” data. wire-ANDʼed such that either active low sensor will
drive the IR receiver processors input LOW. The IR
20 Pin LVDS Panel Interface Connector (J2) - 24 bit receiver processor decodes the received IR signal, and if
LVDS panel interface. Connection is direct match to the checksum is successful, creates the USB data packet
Samsung LTM150XH-L04 panel. In dual pixel mode, to send down to the Host as a valid key press.
this connector supports “Second Pixel Out” data.

Inverter Connector (J4) - Inverter connector to support

range of +12 V inverters.

LVDS Panel Data Mapping - Defines connection

of panel color data to corresponding LVDS output
transmitter for use by Samsung LTM150XH-L06 24 bit
LVDS panel interface.

8065750238 2.7
 FOOTSWITCH MODULE THEORY Inter-Subsystem and Host Communications
The footswitch interface, and therefore the footswitch,
General Overview communicate to the rest of the system via CAN. The
The Infiniti™* footswitch and its console interface are Host configures the footswitch operational ranges,
comprised of the following basic elements: detent, and user switches via configuration commands.
Subsystems respond the footswitch through real time
• A footswitch with an optical quadrature encoder status messages that describe the footswitch position,
coupled to the footswitch treadle. and user switches state.
• A DC motor coupled to the footswitch treadle for
force feedback. Treadle Position Sensing
• Footswitch button switches for user functions. Treadle position sensing (quadrature encoding/decoding)
• Interface electronics capable of decoding the optical includes the ability of the footswitch/interface to detect
quadrature encoded signal representing treadle an UP position as well as a DOWN position with precise
position. encoder counts reflecting the actual physical position.
• Interface electronics capable of driving the treadleʼs Physical encoder counts are converted to percentage of
DC feedback motor. penetration within a logical position by software. The
• Interface electronics capable of reading the optical quadrature encoder within the footswitch sends
footswitch button switches. out signals on phase A and phase B of its outputs that are
• Communication interface capable of broadcasting converted to an UP/DOWN signal and associated clock
the footswitch real time status to all subsystems. by the footswitch interfaces on board EPLD. An internal
• All necessary cable assemblies. 16-bit counter within the ST10F168 microcontroller
then uses the direction and clock signals to monitor the
The Infiniti™* footswitch interface is designed to treadle position.
support Infiniti™* and Accurus®/Legacy® footswitches.
Two physical connections are implemented. For Footswitch Type Detection
simplicity, just a single interface is discussed here. In keeping with Accurus®/Legacy® footswitches, the
type is first detected by way of a revision resistor. If an
Footswitch Functions Infiniti™* footswitch is detected, then the Infiniti™*
This section describes the functionality of the Infiniti™* footswitch EEPROM is read via SPI, and maximum
footswitch interface operation: treadle counts at the time of manufacturing is acquired
• Inter-subsystem and Host communications. in order to accurately scale treadle position detection,
• Treadle position sensing. position penetration, and detent location.
• Footswitch type detection.
• Footswitch user switches (buttons). Footswitch User Switches
• Treadle force feedback. The footswitch contains six programmable user switches
• Spring failure and tilt switches. that can be programmed per the users preferences menu

FOOTSWITCH FOOTSWITCH INTERFACE (console)

Footswitch
Buttons
J8
System CAN
Transceiver

Treadle Quadrature ST10F168

Encoder Decode Microcontoller

24V
Power SPI, J4
Treadle DC/DC +5V
Detent Driver A-D
Motor Voltage +12V
(motor) Detent Control
LED's –12V

FIGURE 2-5 FOOTSWITCH MODULE BLOCK DIAGRAM

2.8 8065750238
for surgical flexibility. The six switches are active LOW
and read by an input port on the ST10F168. When a
switch is read as active by software, then the appropriate
programmed user command is broadcast via CAN to the
Host and other subsystems.

Force Feedback
The footswitch contains a DC motor arranged as a
torque-generating device. As a torque-generating device,
the motor is mounted firmly to the base of the footswitch
and geared to the treadle shaft to apply reverse torque
to the force applied by the userʼs foot. The motor is not
the same between Infiniti™* and Accurus®/Legacy®
footswitches, so it has to be driven slightly differently.
The drive capability is selected based on footswitch
revision detection. When the correct footswitch is
detected, then the userʼs preferences are configured
for the particular footswitch. Detent and stepped force
in logical positions is accomplished using a constant
current driver in the Footswitch Interface PCB. As
the treadle travels through the logical positions and
detent locations, the constant current driver sets up a
torque profile based on position. If the user has selected
vibration detent, then the vibration detent driver controls
the motor during the detent period based on frequency
and stiffness.

Spring Fail and Tilt Switches

There are two failure mode switches that force a
treadle UP condition and therefore a “safe state” to the
footswitch interface. Spring Fail and Tilt each cause
the footswitch interface to see an UP condition. The
spring fail switch is opened in the event of a treadle
return spring failure. A spring failure would cause the
treadle to drop and encoder counts to be realized with
no user actually pressing on the treadle. A tilt condition
also forces an UP because the footswitch is accidentally
oriented and poses an unintentional functional hazard.

8065750238 2.9
 IV POLE MODULE THEORY Motor velocity is controlled by the VELV signal applied
to the motor controller via the serial D/A converter. The
The IV Pole PCBA provides motor signals to drive the D/A in turn is controlled by the MCU.
IV pole three phase brushless DC motor. The major
output signals are output to the motor via J8. These Dynamic braking is accomplished by controlling the
signals consist of three phases which are output via the phasing of the motor control signals when a brake signal
complementary MOSFET motor drivers. These drivers is input to the motor controller. The motor controller
either source, sink, or tri-state the motor drive currents tri-states the top PMOS drivers thus canceling the motor
which energize the motor connected in a Y configuration. drive currents. At the same time, the motor controller
Motor rotation is controlled by the intensity of the effectively shorts the NMOS drivers thereby shorting
modulated drive currents and their phasing. the Y connected motor winding to ground. The dynamic
brake controller then applies a steady state current to the
The position of the motor rotor is determined by phase C connection of the motor. This current locks the
decoding the state of the three Hall Effect sensors rotor with a force proportional to the amount of current
that are housed in the motor. The sensor signals are applied.
open collector outputs which are applied to the motor
controller. A relay shorts the windings of the motor when the
+24V1 is not applied. This has the effect of causing the
The motor drive voltage is controlled by the setting of motor to generate a back emf when it is driven by an
the +24 VDC to +15 VDC motor voltage converter. The external load such as two filled IV bottles. This results
converter output is set by a serial D/A converter. The in a very slow downward motion which provides static
converter input receives a control value from the MCU braking of the IV pole mechanism.
via the SSI bus. Useful motor control voltages may be
set ranging from +14 VDC to +24 VDC. The IV pole lead screw position is monitored by an
absolute encoder. The encoder provides a PWM modulated

KERNEL
+24V1 +24V1

J9
CANBUS SRAM Serial D/A +24VDC to
+15VDC REL +MV Static
Interface/ Motor Motor CLSD Switch Brake
Isolator Voltage Voltage DS 8, Relay
Controller Converter U7B K1
U15 Q1,U26

+MV
CPU
LED
Serial D/A
Motor
Velocity VELV
Control
Voltage Motor
U2,U11 Controller Motor
U9 Outputs
MCU J11
J5 Current
ST10F168 Hall Effect Sensors
Limit
UP/DN
EN FET
BRKREL Motor
EEPROM Drivers
U10,U14,
U17
BRK

12 VPP
EBRKREL
MBRKREL Dynamic
Brake Mechanical
24V Controller Brake
J10 Reset J7
RESET SUB* U21,U22
DC/DC +5V Subsystem LOCK BRKREL
UNLOCK SUB* U30,U31
Voltage +12V Latch
+24V1
LED's –12V U25

FIGURE 2-6 IV POLE MODULE BLOCK DIAGRAM

2.10 8065750238
signal whose width is 9.0 microseconds per inch of Port 3:
displacement. Since the IV pole mechanism will provide - HSNR1:Hall effect sensor input.
at least 30 inches of displacement, signal width maximum - RTOS_OUT: Timer 6 toggle output.
can be as high as 270 μS. The conversion from pulse - PWM: Pulse width modulated signal input from
width to displacement is accomplished by the MCU. The absolute encoder.
pwm displacement signal is updated at a 1 kHz rate. - MISO: SPI master data input.
- MOSI: SPI master data output.
Since the MCU has an indication of displacement, it - TXD0: Transmit data to UART.
can control the IV pole mechanism at any time. Velocity - RXD0: Receive data from UART.
control is accomplished by sending current control and - WRH*: Write high output.
voltage control signals to the motor controller circuitry. - SCLK: SPI serial clock.
- CLK_OUT: System clock output.
IV Pole Controller
The IV Pole Controller PCB consists of the following Port 4:
control circuits and monitor functions: - A16: External segment address line A16.
• ST10F168 MCU - A17: External segment address line A17.
• CAN-bus Interface - 12VPPSD_L: Disable +12VPP-programming voltage.
• Serial Bus Interface Connector - UNLOCK_SUB*: Use to clear subsystem persistence
• Status LED's reset from the reset output.
• Power Inputs/DC-DC Converter - LED_GRN: CPUʼs status LED.
• Subsystem Configuration EEPROM - CAN_RxD: CAN receive data.
• Reset Subsystem/Unclock Subsystem - CAN_TxD: CAN transmit data.
• +12VPP Programming Voltage - LED_RED: CPUʼs status LED.
• Motor Controller & FET Motor Drivers
• Motor Voltage Converter Port 5:
• Serial D/A Motor Voltage Controller Input - /AN0 - +5V_OK: +5V bus voltage.
• Serial D/A Motor Velocity Controller Input - /AN1 - +24V1_OK: Filtered and fused primary
• Dynamic Brake Controller voltage bus value.
• Static Brake Relay - /AN2 - +12V_OK: +12V bus voltage.
- /AN3 - +15V1_OK: +15V1 bus voltage.
ST Microcontroller U13 - /AN4 - VELV: Zero to +5 volts control voltage applied
The 16-bit ST10F168 MCU interfaces to the Host to motor controller U21.
through the Can-bus network and enables the - /AN5 – VREF_OK: Motor controller output.
processor control and monitor module functions. The
microprocessor provides 111 I/O lines with individual Port 6:
bit addressability. On-chip peripheral subsystems - /CS0 - SRAMCS*: Select external SRAM.
are available such as 16-Channel 10-bit ADC, Two
16-Channel Capture/Compare Units, 4-Channel PWM, Port 7:
Serial channels, and CAN-bus interface. - /OUT1: Enables the motor controller U21.
EN =1, enabled.
Port 0: EN=0, disabled.
- Port 0 is used for accessing external SRAM. - /OUT2: Sets motor controller direction bit, UP/DN.
UP/DN =1, direction is up.
Port 1: UP/DN =0, direction is down.
- Port 1 is used for accessing external SRAM. - /OUT3: 100 KHz output clock.
- /OUT7: Releases dynamic and mechanical motor brakes.
Port 2: BRKREL=1, brakes released.
- HSNR1: Hall effect sensor. BRKREL=0, dynamic and mechanical brakes
- HSNR1: Hall effect sensor. engaged.
- SIS: Status input signal for J7
SIS =1, Connection Port 8:
SIS =0, No Connection - SPI_CS0*: SPI chip select for Xicor SPI serial.
- PWM: TTL Pulse width modulated input from - SPI_CS1*: SPI chip select for the Maxim serial input.
absolute encoder. - SPI_CS2*: SPI chip.

8065750238 2.11
CAN-bus Interface +12VPP Programming Voltage
The MCU CAN interface uses two pins (CAN_TxD, +12V programming voltage is provided through the
CAN_RxD) to communicate with the host through p-channel MOSFET when 12VPPSD_L High. The
CAN-bus transceiver U9 and connector J5. U7 is a 5.2 programming voltage is normally off when 12VPPSD_L
KV isolation DC-DC converter to provide +5 V isolation Low.
to CAN-bus J5-8 and the CAN-bus isolation network
consisting of ICʼs U7, U8, U9, & U10. U8 and U10 are Motor Controller and Driver: U21, U19, U20, U22, J8
optical couplers which provide optical isolation up to The IV pole is driven by a three phase brushless DC
4.5 KV for CAN-bus networks. motor. Motor driver controller U21 outputs the three
phase signals required by the motor. The outputs are
Serial Channel Interface: J7 a function of the Hall effect sensor inputs received
J7 is a 2 mm low profile 8-pin socket. It provides the from the motor, and the condition of the EN, UP/DN,
signal connections for the bootstrap programming header BRK, and VELV control signals. The output signals are
which programs the start code into the internal RAM. amplified by N and P type MOS switches U19, U20,
It also provides RS232 TTL interface with the MCU and U22. Connection is made to the motor via J8. J8-4
UART. connects +5 VDC to the motor for the Hall effect sensors
contained in the motor. The output drive signals are
Status LEDʼs: DS1 to DS9 labeled PH_A, PH_B, and PH_C.These signals are push
- DS1: Green = +5V ON pull drive signals which either source or sink the motor
- DS2: Green = -12V ON drive currents. Only two phases are active at any one
- DS3: Green = +12V ON time. A third output is tri-stated.
- DS4: Green = +24V1 ON
- DS5: CPU Status Dynamic Brake
Green Illuminated = LED_GRN LOW Dynamic braking is accomplished by pulling BRK signal
Red Illuminated = LED_RED LOW U21 low. This opens the top side drivers and shorts
- DS6: Red = Current Fault the bottom drivers output from the motor controller.
- DS7: Static Brake Relay In addition the logic and switching functions of U23,
Red = Relay Closed U24, and U26 forces a tri-state output from U22 while
Green = Relay Open applying a holding current to the PH_C motor input via
- DS8: Enable Controller U24B.
Green = Enabled
Red = Disabled Static Brake: K1
- DS9: Brake Removal of +24V1 power to K1 causes K1 to revert to
Red = Brake ON the normally closed position which shorts the windings
Green = Brake OFF of the motor. When this is done, the motor generates a
back emf voltage when it is driven by an external load.
Power Inputs/DC-DC Converter This causes the motor to brake itself.
Power input connector J2 is connected to +24V source.
The DC-DC converter is mounted on top of the IV Pole Mechanical Brake: U26A
PCBA. The DC-DC converter provides +5 V, +12.5 V A mechanical brake may be activated via J10 which
and –12.25 V to the IV pole subsystem. provides +24V1 and a return. The can sink several
hundred mils via NMOSFET U26A.
Subsystem Configuration EEPROM
U11 is an 8K x 8 serial EEPROM used for subsystem Motor Voltage Controller: U2, U3
configuration. The EEPROM communicates with the Motor performance is a function of load and motor
MCU via the Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI). voltage applied. To accommodate the motor voltage
requirements for optimum performance U2 and U3
Reset Subsystem/Unclock Subsystem function as the processor controlled DC-DC converter.
The MCU reset output (RESET_SUB*) is used to
disable the driver electronics through flip-flop U12 Motor Velocity Control: U15, U16
and transistor inverter Q4. The UNLOCK_SUB* is Motor velocity is controlled by the MCU via U15 and
controlled by software to clear the latched reset. U16. U15 is a serial input D/A which provides a DC
control voltage to the E+ input of motor controller U21.

2.12 8065750238
 FLUIDICS MODULE THEORY as by pump reversal. The vent reservoir provides the
feature of limited reflux capability, performed by pump
General Overview reversal. This reservoir allows pump reversal without the
The Infiniti™* fluidics module provides the interface inclusion of air into the aspiration line.
between the Infiniti™* console and the Fluidic
Management System (FMS). The fluidics module must All of the FMS fluid channels are molded within the
perform the following functions: FMS body. The flexible elastomer cover provides the
• Power up tests. means of implementing the peristaltic pump along with
• Power conversion and control. the vent and irrigation valves, and the flexible diaphragm
• Interface to the Aspiration Pressure Sensor (APS). for the IPS. The elastomer cover is secured to the FMS
• Interface to the Irrigation Pressure Sensor (IPS). body through grooved channels. This provides sealing as
• Interface to the aspiration pump. well as providing rigidity to the pump segment, and high
• Interface to the FMS. fluidic pump performance.
• Interface to vent/irrigation valves and FMS latching.
Aspiration Pressure Sensor
Power Up Tests The Aspiration Pressure Sensor (APS) consists of a
At power up the fluidics module does substantial testing stainless steel diaphragm on the FMS, and a load cell
which provides a high degree of confidence in proper in the console. The APS functions by measuring the
operation. With the exception of IPS shunt and offset change in force applied to a load cell in response to a
calibration, a failure of any of these items would render change in pressure in the aspiration line. When the FMS
the fluidics module inoperable. These tests include: is inserted the load cell is advanced up to the surface of,
• Vent and irrigation valve mechanical activation. and pressed against, the diaphragm.
• Aspiration motor speed and direction.
• Latch motor current and position. The load cell is tested prior to pressing it up against the
• APS shunt calibration and offset voltage. FMS diaphragm. This test is called shunt calibration,
• APS linear actuator home position. and confirms the electrical functionality of the load cell.
• DC voltages including APS & IPS load cell bias voltages. Shunt calibration consists of establishing a signal offset
• IPS load cell shunt calibration and offset (only if and confirmation of load cell sensitivity. A signal is seen
FMS is removed & rails fully open). at TP5 during shunt calibration of the APS load cell.
• FMS ID sensors (only if FMS removed & rails open).
• RAM and FLASH memory test. The load cell is mounted to a linear translation stage,
which in turn is driven by a stepper motor to control
Infiniti™* Fluidics the position of the load cell. Knowledge of the load cell
The fluidic system utilizes a peristaltic pump system location is provided by a photo interrupter which gives
with fluid venting. The fluidic system is completely the system a home state. Once the home state is known,
islolated from contact with the console by the then load cell position is known by software that counts
non-invasive Aspiration Pressure Sensor (APS). the number of steps provided to the stepper motor. At
power up the mechanical linkage of the translation
As with the APS, the FMS also employs an Irrigation stage is performed where the load cell is advanced, then
Pressure Sensor (IPS). At priming, when the aspiration returned to the home position.
and irrigation luer fittings are connected, this sensor
is used as a means to confirm proper operation of the At FMS insertion the software confirms the integrity of
APS. It also provides the additional feature of real time this mechanism by the force vs. load cell relationship
measurement of actual irrigation pressure (for indication which is measured when the load cell is pressed up
of low bottle warning) and a means by which to infer against the FMS diaphagm.
irrigation flow. The IPS is implemented by a simple
flexible diaphragm which contacts a load cell. Irrigation Pressure Sensor
The Irrigation Pressure Sensor (IPS) measures the
Venting of the aspiration line is accomplished by pressure within the irrigation line. The IPS is up stream
shunting across the pump itself, rather than a fluid from the irrigation valve and thus measures and confirms
connection to the irrigation line. This has the advantage the height of the irrigation bottle independent of
of minimizing venting pressure transients, as well as irrigation valve position. It functions by measuring the
eliminating the irrigation check valve within the FMS. force applied with a flexible diaphragm on the surface of
Venting is accomplished both by the vent valve as well a plunger. Unlike the APS which measures both pressure

8065750238 2.13
 ASP Ph A+
ASP Ph A–
ASP Ph B+
ASP Ph B– DC/DC

Cable Assembly
Module

210-2019-001
+24VDC

J1 Section 1
+5V

Aspiration Step Motor

+5V ±12V

Rotary Encoder
5VRTN
ENCODER A
ENCODER B
SYNC
Can
SubSystem
Serial Common
Com Port Hardware
(not used)

Expansion I/O
Pneumatic Port Kernal
AIR PORT DRIVE

EPLD
Vent State Bias Program. EPLD
Vent Connector
Vent State
State
Detect 5VRTN

Vent

Cable Assembly
210-2074-501
J1 Section 2
Valve
+24V
Vent Valve Drive

Irr State Bias

Irrigation Irr State
FLUIDIC MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

State
Detect 5VRTN

Irrigation
Valve
+24V
Irr Valve Drive

Load
J12

Motor FLUIDIC CONTROLLER PCB

APS AB Hot
Cable Assembly

APS Ph A
210-1242-001
J2 Section 1

Translation Step APS PH B

Stage Motor APS CD Hot
APS Ph C
APS Ph D

APS LC BIAS
Load APS LC +
Cable Assembly
210-1339-001

APS LC –
J2 Section 2

Cell APS RET

APS Lim Bias

5VRTN
Home APS Home
Detect
5VRTN
Cable Assembly

ILC Bias
210-1848-001
J2 Section 3

Load ILC Sig +

ILC Sig –
Cell ILC Ret

+5V
5VRTN
ID 0 Drive
Cassette ID PCB ID 1 Drive
ID 2 Drive
Cable Assembly
210-1402-501

ID 3 Drive
ID Current FB
J11

FMS
Unload

FMS
Detent

FIGURE 2-7 FLUIDICS MODULE BLOCK DIAGRAM

2.14 8065750238
and vacuum, the IPS can only measure pressure. Like At power up (if the FMS is removed from the system)
the APS, the IPS has a shunt calibration process which these photo transistors are tested and calibrated. The four
confirms proper operation of the load cell. pulses shows the individual calibration and testing of
each of the four photo transistors. The micro controller
Aspiration Motor Control Circuitry iterates the duty cycle of the ID_DRIVE signal until the
The aspiration pump motor is a two phase stepper current feedback signal is present at TP24.
motor which is driven as a synchronous AC motor.
The Infiniti™* ASP motor is driven with a microstep FMS detent and unload signals are created by
controller which approximates sinusoidal phase winding photo-interrupters located at the top of the mechanism.
current. With a microstep drive, each positive and They inform the micro-controller when the FMS has
negative portion of the motor current cycle is divided been inserted and when to eject.
into smaller increments, and follows a sinusoidal profile,
from zero to its peak positive value and back through Valve & FMS Latch Circuitry
zero, then to its peak negative value and then back to The vent and irrigation valves are created by the force
zero. The motor increments one level for each rising applied by associated solenoids. To overcome the initial
edge of the ASP_STEP signal. The reference signals are high starting force due to return spring tension when
available at TP2 and TP3. initially activated, the solenoid is driven with 100% duty
cycle. After this period of time the solenoids are driven
U30 is also programmed to implement the logic for at 50% duty cycle to help keep the devices running cool.
closed loop current control. This control mechanism
ensures that the motor phase winding current tracks the FMS loading is accomplished by rotation of the side rails
reference signals (TP2 & TP3). Actual current magnitude into a locked position. The rail motion is provided by a
is compared to the reference by two phase current DC motor which must operate in both directions to load
comparators (U3 A & B). U30 reacts to the current and unload the FMS. Motor winding current is fed back
feedback signal present at TP7 & TP8 and controls the to the micro-controller so that motor speed and current
current direction, either positive or negative, via logic limiting can be employed. The micro-controller controls
signals PH_A1, PH_A2, & PH_B1, PH_B2. motor speed by a PWM signal applied to H-bridge
driver U28. The latched position occurs when the drive
wheel reaches an “over-center” position. The DC motor
U30 is also responsible for generation of two
rotates the drive wheel which has two spring-loaded arms
synchronizing signals {zero} and {peak} which are used
attached to the drive wheel. These springs rotate past the
to control the direction of the motor current in each phase
"over center" position, at which time the motor is slowed
as through a full bridge drive circuit. Since the motor
down by the microcontroller to prevent driving the motor
must be able to operate in both directions (during venting
into a hard stop.
as well as linear vacuum modes), the proper motor
phasing must be generated to provide forward and reverse
In the event of a power failure it is a requirement to
motor directions in response to the {dir_in} signal.
be able to manually release the FMS from the system.
Whenever the 24 V power is not present, relay K1 is
Absolute feedback of motor position and direction is
open which electrically disconnects the load motor from
provided by three encoder signals. The motor position the drive electronics. This enables “back-driving” the
encoder is mounted to the back of the ASP motor and motor and facilitates manual FMS release.
is keyed to the hub roller. U30 also has the function of
decoding the ENC_0 ENC_1 and Index signals such that The fluidics module safe state condition is defined as
the microcontroller can determine absolute hub roller vent valve open, irrigation valve closed, and aspiration
position. These signals are also used to ensure that the motor off. The logic for this safe state condition is
motor is moving in the proper direction. programmed as a function of U30, and is latched by a
low transition of the RESET_SUB* signal. The safe
FMS Interface Circuitry state condition is removed by the micro-controller
This circuitry provides the interface to the Fluidics with a low level on the UNLOCK_SUB* signal. The
Management System. The key feature this circuitry SAFE_STATE* logic level signal is used to control the
provides is an indication of the FMS type. Each FMS switched 24 V power (24VSW). The 24VSW power is
type has a unique type encoded into the presence or used to drive the vent and irrigation solenoids as well as
absence of 4 reflective tabs located at the top of the the aspiration motor. When power is off to these devices,
FMS. When present these tabs are designed to deflect the the safe state is achieved.
light of a photo transistor.

8065750238 2.15
 PNEUMATICS MODULE THEORY pressure, provides a continuous air supply to the
AquaLase® subsystem, and is responsible for driving
Functional Description the Vit handpiece.
The Infiniti™* pneumatic system includes the air source,
air dryer/filters, and pneumatic manifold assembly. The In AquaLase® setup mode the pneumatics provides
Pneumatic Controller PCB monitors feedback signals continuous pressure by enabling AquaLase® valve
and provides overall control of the air source, solenoids, SV4. Footswitch control is not available in this mode.
and pressure transducers to drive the Infiniti™* Vit cutter In AquaLase® step mode the pneumatics provides
and to provide pressure to the AquaLase® subsystem. controlled pressure in footpedal positions 0 and 1, and
provides continuous pressure in footpedal positions 2
Air Source and 3.
When commanded from the Pneumatic Controller PCB,
the air source provides 100 PSI continuous pressure In VIT IAC step mode the pneumatics provides
through an ambient air dryer, filter, and check valve to controlled pressure in footpedal positions 0, 1, and 2,
the manifold assembly. The pressure is further reduced and provides continuous pressure that enables Vit Valve
on the manifold through relief valve RV1 prior to filling SV3 for handpiece cutting. In VIT ICA step mode, the
the manifold accumulator. This pressure is used to drive pneumatics provides controlled pressure in footpedal
the Vit cutter or AquaLase® subsystem. The air pump positions 0 and 1, and disables the cutting Vit valve. If
is controlled by the Pneumatic Controller PCB through the footpedal is in range 2 or 3, the mechanism provides
signal PUMPWM* low, which is inverted by MOSFET continuous pressure, and enables the cutting VIT valve.
driver U20 to enable Q4, and sent to the air pump
through connector J11. The pump feedback current is The Pneumatic Controller PCB, mounted on the opposite
converted to voltage by resistor R61, and buffered by side of the acrylic manifold, controls various pneumatic
U24 prior to reaching the microprocessor. functions. The PCB is designed around a ST Thompson
16-bit microcontroller with 256 KB flash memory and
Manifold Assembly 8 KB RAM. It operates at an oscillator rate of 20 MHz,
The manifold provides a platform for mounting various resulting in an execution state time of 100 nS. This kernel
solenoids, fittings, pressure sensors, and relief valves. configuration is the same on all modules in the Infiniti™*
The subsystem generates and monitors air accumulator Vision System.

KERNEL

J6
CANBUS
SRAM J4
Interface/Isolator

Solenoid
Drive/Feedback

EEPROM
MCU
ST10F168 LED's J10
J11
12 VPP Pump
Drive/Feedback

J9 +5V J7 SENS_1 (air tank)

DC/DC
+12V
Voltage LED's
-12V

FIGURE 2-8 PNEUMATICS MODULE BLOCK DIAGRAM

2.16 8065750238
The Pneumatic Controller PCB monitors and controls - 12VPPSD_L: Disable +12VPP-programming voltage.
the following functions: - UNLOCK_SUB*: The unlock subsystem when
• Microcontroller (MCU) Inputs/Outputs asserted enables subsystem safety critical hardware
• CANBUS Interface ;i.e., the pump. When set high the output puts the
• Serial Bus Interface Connector subsystem in the safe state. The Unlock command pin
• Pump/Solenoid Control/Feedback & Status LEDʼs is configured as push-pull output. Active low signal,
• Pressure Transducer Interface default is high.
• Power Inputs/DC-DC Converter - LED_GRN: CPUʼs status LED (0 = status LED green
• Subsystem Configuration EEPROM ON).
• Reset Subsystem/Unclock Subsystem - CAN_RxD: CAN receive data.
• +12 Vpp Programming Voltage - CAN_TxD: CAN transmit data.
- LED_RED: CPUʼs status LED (0 = status LED red
Microcontroller Inputs/Outputs ON).
A 16-bit ST10F168 MCU interfaces to the Infiniti™*
host through a CANBUS network. The microprocessor Port 5:
provides 111 I/O lines with individual bit addressability. - ACCLSD_FB: Air tank closed valve feedback
voltage.
Port 0: .7V = indicate valve On, 30 mA ON current through
- Accessing external SRAM. 22.1 Ω .
- PUMPVNT_FB: Pump vent feedback voltage.
Port 1: 0.4V - 0.8V = indicate valve On, 167 mA max ON
- Accessing external SRAM. current through 5 Ω resistor.
- VITCTRL_FB: 35 PSI relief valve feedback voltage.
Port 2: 0.4V - 0.8V = indicate valve On, 167 mA max ON
- ACCLSD_H: Releases accumulator pressure to current through 5 Ω resistor.
atmosphere when power off. - AQUA_FB: AquaLase® valve feedback voltage.
- PUMPVNT_H: Directs air source to accumulator 0.7V = AquaLase® valve On, 30 mA ON current
when enabled. through 22.1 Ω .
- VITCTRL_H: Enables the 35 PSI relief valve for - VITPWM_FB: Accurus VIT handpiece feedback
general purpose pneumatic functions. voltage. Duty cycles vary by cut rate.
- AQUA_H: Enables the AquaLase® port. 0.4V - 0.8V = VIT HP pulse width modulation On,
- HP1_H: General purpose (HP1) pressure valve. 167 mA max ON current through 5 Ω resistor when
- HP2_H: General purpose (HP2) pressure valve. solenoid open.
- VNT1_H: General purpose (VNT1) vent valve. - MOT_FB: Pump On feedback voltage.
- VNT2_H: General purpose (VNT2) vent valve. >0.3V = indicate pump On.
- +12V_OK: 12 V status.
Port 3: 2.9V = +12V OK.
- RTOS_OUT: Timer 6 toggle output. Used as common - +24V_OK: 24 V status.
subsystem hardware output. 2.9V = +12V OK.
- MISO: SPI master data input. Used to read the serial - SENS_ACCUM: Air accumulator tank pressure
65 K-bit (8K x 8) EEPROM. transducer output voltage.
- MOSI: SPI master data output. Used to write the
serial 65 K-bit (8K x 8) EEPROM. Port 6:
- TXD0: Transmit serial data to UART. - SRAMCS1*: Select external SRAM.
- RXD0: Receive serial data from UART.
- WRH*: Write high output. Port 7:
- SCLK: SPI serial clock. - PUMP_PWM: Enables/disables the DC pump.
- CLK_OUT: System clock output. Used as common - VIT_PWM*: Enables/disables the PWM output to
subsystem hardware output. drive the VIT solenoid.

Port 4:
- A16: External segment address line A16.
- A17: External segment address line A17.

8065750238 2.17
KERNEL Subsystem Configuration EEPROM (U5):
U5 is a serial EEPROM (8K x 8) used for subsystem
CANBUS Interface (J6, U11, U12, U7, U15): configuration. The EEPROM communicates with the
The CAN interface uses two pins (CAN_TxD, MCU via Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI).
CAN_RxD) to communicate with the host through the
CANBUS transceiver U11, connector J6. U12 provides Reset Subsystem/Unlock Subsystem (U8, U13):
5.2 KV isolation for +5VISO output to CANBUS In the event of hardware/software error, the MCU reset
connector J6. U7 and U15 are used as optical isolators output (RESET_SUB*) is used to disable the pump
up for the CANBUS network. through flip-flop U8 and NAND gate U13. To resume
pump activity from the reset, the UNLOCK_SUB*
Serial Channel Interface (J5): enable low is fed to flip-flop U8 D input to enable
The bootstrap programming header shorts EA* and D4 NAND gate U13.
to ground to enable programming the start code into
the internal RAM of microcontroller U13. The serial +12VPP Programming Voltage:
channel also provides RS232 to TTL interface with the +12V programming voltage is provided through the
microcontroller UART. Q2 p-channel MOSFET when 12VPPSD_L High. The
programming voltage is normally off when 12VPPSD_L
Pump/Solenoid Control/Feedback and Status LEDʼs: Low.
Pump Driver and Status consists of U20, Q4, CR9, CR7,
R61, F1, L2, C56, C54, CR15, CR16, U24, & J11. The
air source pressure pump is software enabled through
port 7.1. U20 provides high speed and current to drive
the pump MOSFET Q4. The +24 V supply to the pump
is fused and transient protected by fuse F1, and diodes
CR7 & CR9. A LC filter provides filtering L2, C56, &
C54. Pump feedback current is converted to voltage
through R61 and buffer U24A.

The microcontroller controls pneumatic valves SV1,

SV3, SV4, & SV10, and monitors valve feedbacks J4
& J10. Status LEDʼs are provided on board. DC voltage
(+24 V, +12 V) feedbacks are provided through resistor
divider R1, R2, R45, R46, & R44.

Pressure Transducer Interface (J7, U10):

A pressure transducer to monitor the accumulator
is mounted directly on the manifold through quick
connect/disconnect fittings (SEN_1). The accumulator
pressure output from the transducer (1.65 V = 60 PSI)
is connected to J7 and amplified by U10 to provide two
times (x2) amplification through 49.9 K gain resistor
R22. –1 V offset nulling is applied to U10-5 Vref input
in order to maintain pressure transducer 1 V at 0 PSI at
the output of amplifier U10.

Power Inputs/DC-DC Converter (J9):

Power input connector J9 is connected to +24 V source
from Power Distribution PCB. The DC-DC Converter
PCB is mounted on top of the Pneumatic Controller
PCB. The DC-DC Converter provides +5 V, +12.5 V,
and –12.5 V to the subsystem PCB.

2.18 8065750238
 U/S MODULE THEORY Programmable DC-DC Power Supply
This circuit generates the desired supply voltage for
Phaco/Coag Subsystem driving the phaco handpiece and cautery probes. DC
to DC takes 24 VDC as an input and generates output
The Phaco/Coag subsystem consists of six assemblies: voltages between 1 VDC through 20 VDC.
• Phaco/Cautery Controller PCB (1).
• Phaco/NeoSoniX® Cable (2). Phaco Switching Amplifier (AMP)
• Cautery Cable (1). The phaco switching power amplifier can provide up
• CAN Communication Cable (1). to 35 watts of power over a frequency range of 35 to
• 24 V Power Supply Cable (1). 42 kHz. The amplifier consists of a programmable DC-
DC converter described earlier, analog power switch
The Phaco/Cautery Controller PCB contains three major (Q7, Q10), power transformer (T1), and two power
circuits: MOSFETʼs (Q3, Q4). The DC-DC output is connected
• Phaco circuit which drives Phaco and NeoSoniX® to the center tap of the power transformer through the
handpieces. analog power switch. The remaining two inputs of the
• NeoSoniX® circuit which drives NeoSoniX® power transformer are alternately pulled to ground by
handpiece. the power MOSFET. The output of transformer T1
• Cautery circuit which drives electrosurgical probes. is converted to a sine wave through a low pass filter
network.
SPI Bus
The SPI bus is used to communicate with the following Cautery Switching Amplifier
peripherals: The cautery switching power amplifier can provide up
• Serial EEPROM on the PCB (U10). to 10 watts of power at 1.5 MHz. The amplifier consists
• Serial EEPROM embedded in each handpiece. of a programmable DC-DC converter described earlier,
• Numerically Controlled Oscillator (NCO, U13). analog power switch (Q11, Q12), power transformer
• Current DAC (U40). (T5), and two power MOSFETʼs (Q5, Q6). The DC-
• Programmable Logic Device (PLD, U12). DC output is connected to the center tap of the power
transformer through the analog power switch. The
Numerically Controlled Oscillator (NCO) remaining two inputs of the power transformer are
The NCO is used to generate the desired handpiece tune alternately pulled to ground by the power MOSFET. The
frequency (35 Khz-41 KHz), handpiece drive frequency T5 output is converted to a sine wave through a band
(≈38 KHz) and cautery frequency (1.5 MHz). pass filter network.

KERNEL
J4
CANBUS
SRAM
Interface/Isolator J8

U/S HP

EEPROM J13
MCU
ST10F168 J9

U/S HP
12 VPP

J12
LED's
J11
J14 +5V
Coag HP
DC/DC
+12V
Voltage LED's J16
-12V Upper
System
Fan

FIGURE 2-9 PHACO/COAG SUBSYSTEM KERNEL

8065750238 2.19
 U34B A
DC2DC_FB (μP) VOLTAGE
SCALING

B
PROGRAMMABLE DC2DC
24 VDC
AMP_DC2DC_EN (PLD)

U40
SPI BUS (μP) CURRENT U39
DAC DC2DC

PROGRAMMABLE OSCILLATOR
40 KHz
SPI BUS (μP)
U13 U12
Y2 XTAL NCO PLD 1.5 MHz
16.7 MHz

PHACO_ON (μP) C
COAG_ON (μP)

PHACO_PWR_SW_EN (PLD) PHACO INTERFACE

1 2
A T1
Q7, Q10 Q3,Q4 LOW PASS
AMP J8 U/S HP1
LC FILTER
U15
B MOSFET
DRIVER
J9 U/S HP2

T2

U20A Voltage Sense

AMP
RMS-DC, ZXING
COAG_PHACO_SW

T3
IZXING (PLD) U24B Current Sense
ZXING 8 U20B
1 AMP
2
U25 U27
IRMS (μP)
RMS-DC

U24A T6
VZXING (PLD) 2
ZXING Current Sense
1
U26A
8 AMP
U19 U22
VRMS (μP)
RMS-DC

T4
Voltage Sense
U26B
AMP

U17,U18
C MOSFET
DRIVER
T5
Q5,Q6 TUNE
AMP J11 COAG HP
Q11, Q12 LC FILTER
D 1 2

COAG_PWR_SW_EN (PLD)
CAUTERY INTERFACE

FIGURE 2-10 PHACO/COAG SUBSYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM

2.20 8065750238
Phaco Driver maintains the appropriate probe drive power. The cautery
The phaco driver contains all electrical circuits necessary driver contains the circuitry to create 1.5 MHz sinusoidal
to drive a variety of ultrasonic handpieces. Handpiece drive voltage and frequency with analog feedback to
voltage adjustment occurs through the programmable close the loop. The cautery driver digitizes and processes
DC-DC described earlier. Two interdependent control this feedback to provide a continuous tracking digital
loops (power and frequency) are used to control the control loop. The cautery driver also contains various
stroke of the ultrasonic handpiece. The power control circuitries to detect fault conditions and to disable
loop monitors and maintains the appropriate handpiece power output. The Phaco/Cautery Controller PCB then
drive power. The frequency control loop maintains communicates this fault to the Host.
continuous tuning of the handpiece to compensate for
handpiece loading and drift. The phaco driver contains Cautery Voltage and Current Feedback
the circuitry to create the sinusoidal drive voltage and As previously stated, the cautery subsystem utilizes a
frequency with analog feedback to close the loop. The power control loop to control the power delivered to the
phaco driver digitizes and processes this feedback to probe.
provide a continuous tracking of both digital control
loops. The phaco driver also contains various circuitries Probe voltage feedback is measured on the secondary
to detect fault conditions and to disable power output. of power transformer T5, and is related to the actual
The Phaco/Cautery Driver PCB then communicates this handpiece voltage by the turns ratio of transformer T4.
fault to the Host. This voltage is scaled to appropriate levels by scaling
amplifier U26B. The scaled AC probe voltage is then
Phaco Voltage and Current Feedback passed to RMS/DC converter U19, which converts the
As previously stated, the phaco subsystem utilizes two RMS value of the AC voltage to an equivalent DC level.
interdependent control loops for maintaining real time
tuning of the handpiece. The information necessary for Probe current feedback is measured on the secondary
these control loops is contained within the handpiece. of power transformer T5, and is related to the actual
handpiece current by the turn ratio of transformer T6.
Handpiece voltage feedback is measured on the This current is scaled to appropriate levels by scaling
secondary of power transformer T1, and is related to the amplifier U26A. The scaled AC handpiece current is
actual handpiece voltage by the turns ratio of current then passed to RMS/DC converter U25, which converts
transformer T2. This voltage is scaled to appropriate the RMS value of the AC voltage to an equivalent DC
levels by scaling amplifier U20A. The scaled AC level.
handpiece voltage is then passed to RMS/DC converter
U19, which converts the RMS value of the AC voltage to NeoSoniX® Driver
an equivalent DC level. The NeoSoniX® driver circuit consists of an electrically
isolated 18 VDC supply voltage, H-bridge motor driver,
Handpiece current feedback is measured on the two PWM signals, and two optical isolators.
secondary of power transformer T1, and is related to
the actual handpiece current by the turns ratio of current High efficiency switching regulator U42, along with
transformer T3. This current is scaled to appropriate transformer T7 is used to convert 24 VDC to an isolated
levels by scaling amplifier U20B. The scaled AC 18 VDC. Motorola H-bridge driver U21 is used to drive
handpiece current is then passed to RMS/DC converter both phases of the motor. PWM1 (100 Hz, 50% duty
U25, which converts the RMS value of the AC voltage to cycle) is used to control back-and-forth oscillation of the
an equivalent DC level. motor. PWM2 (1600 Hz, 100% duty cycle) is used to
control the oscillation amplitude. Both PWM signals are
Cautery Driver generated by the CPU. PWM signals are supplied to the
The cautery driver is a proportional bipolar high H-bridge motor driver through optical isolators U34 &
frequency coagulator. It contains all of the electrical U37.
circuits necessary to supply energy to electrosurgical
cautery probes for the purpose of coagulating vessels NeoSoniX® Feedback
and other soft tissues. Probe voltage adjustment occurs The NeoSoniX® driver applies power to the motor in
through programmable DC-DC described earlier. A open loop fashion.
power control loop is used to control the power delivered
to the probe. The power control loop monitors and

8065750238 2.21
Input Power Supply AquaLase® Subsystem
The Phaco/Cautery driver requires a 24 V supply
voltage. It contains an internal DC-DC converter which AquaLase® technology is designed to assist ophthalmic
converts the 24 V power to +5 V, +12 V, and -12 V. The surgeons in the removal of cataracts. It provides an
24 V supply is provided through cable W14 attached to alternative method of lens removal over the current
J14. ultrasound technique. The AquaLase® PCB provides an
RF signal to electrodes in the AquaLase® handpiece that
Power Supply Monitoring warms up the pressurized BSS® fluid prior to delivering
The Phaco/Cautery Controller has the ability to measure it through the handpiece tip.
the +24 V, +12 V, and -12 V power supplies. The status
of these supplies are sent back to the Host upon request. Kernel
The AquaLase® Controller PCB uses a ST Thompson
Handpiece Interface Circuit (ST10F168) 16-Bit Microcontroller U34 with 256Kbytes
Prior to tuning a handpiece, the system must know which Flash Memory and 8Kbytes RAM as other Infiniti™*
type of handpiece is present and its voltage calibration. subsystems. It provides CAN-bus interface to the
The phaco subsystem reads each of the handpiece host through J9, serial interface for bootstrap and
ports when no power is applied to the handpiece. Each subsystem programming J8. The controller interfaces
ultrasonic handpiece has an EEPROM which contains with the Infiniti™* Host to do the following: enable
parameters specific to each handpiece such as: PWM pressure/venting solenoids to regulate pneumatic
pressure, generate RF control and monitor feedback,
• Handpiece ID. pressure transducer interface, subsystem configuration
• Calibration parameters necessary for proper EEPROM, handpiece, and container ID.
ultrasound stroke at full power.
• Calibration parameters necessary for proper Port 0:
NeoSoniX® stroke at full power. - Interface to external SRAM.
• Tune start and end frequencies. Port 1:
- Interface to external SRAM.
In order to properly tune and drive a handpiece, software Port 2:
must obtain calibration parameters from the handpiece - MODEN: Overall module enable.
EEPROM. The microprocessor communicates to the - V24EN: Output to enable V24SW.
handpiece EEPROM through SPI Bus through an - HVEN: Output to enable RF MOSFET source current.
optically isolated circuit. - RFEN: Output to enable RF burst period.
- PLDFLT: Feedback from PLD indicate a fault condition.
Handpiece Interface Cable - OCDET1: OCDET1 = 1 when current > 2A.
All ultrasound handpiece electrical outputs are - OCDET2: Input OCDET2 = 1 when HP current >14A.
conducted through cable assemblies W37 and W38. - RFBURST: PWM driven.
Functionally, the Phaco/Cautery Controller PCB has - CID0: Input container ID0.
only one ultrasound output port. The second output - CID1: Input container ID1.
port is wired directly to the first port, and is provided - CID2: Input container ID2.
as a backup. The cable supports both the low and high - V24POK*: 24V good.
voltage signals necessary for the ultrasonic “smart” - V12POK*: 12V good.
connector. The high voltage signals are physically - V12NOK*: -12V good.
separated from the low voltage signals with their own - HVGEN: Output high indicate to PLD HV enabled.
jacketed and shielded cables. All electrical output for the Port 3:
coagulator is conducted through cable assembly W39. - RTSOUT: Timer 6 Toggle Output.
- RRFEN*: Input RF enable feedback.
Communication - SPIDTI: SPI data input to micro-controller.
The Phaco/Cautery driver communicates with the - SPIDTO: SPI data output from micro-controller.
Host through an optically isolated CAN network. - TxDO: Transmit serial data from UART.
The communication is achieved at 250 Kb/S. The - RXD0: Receive serial data from UART.
communication is established through cable W17 - WRH*: Write (high byte) external RAM.
attached to J4. - SPICLK: SPI Serial Clock.
- CLKOUT: System Clock Output.

2.22 8065750238
Port 4: Port 6:
- V12PPG: +12VPP-programming voltage enable. - SRAMCS*: CS external RAM.
- P4.3: MODEN1: Micro-controller module enable. - FANEN: Output enable two 12 V fans wired in series.
- P4.4: STGRN*: Output CPUʼs Status green LED.
- P4.5: CANRXD: CAN Receive Data. Port 7:
- P4.6: CANTXD: CAN Transmit Data. - RFEN: RFEN signal wired or-ed with P2.3.
- P4.7: STRED*: Output CPUʼs Status red LED. - RFBURST: RFBURST wired or-ed with P2.7.
- VLV1: Output PWM pressure valve.
Port 5: - VLV2: Output PWM venting valve.
Used as alternate analog inputs to monitor various - HPDET*: Input detect HP connected.
feedback and status signals from solenoids and pressure - VLV1FB*: Input when low indicates VLV1 on current
sensors. in solenoid.
- VOCSF: Output current sense voltage filtered. - VLV2FB*: Input when low indicates VLV2 on current
- VHVS2: High voltage sense 2 (1V = 11.34V for in solenoid.
voltage between 110 – 160V).
- VHVS1: High voltage sense 1 (1V = 53.9V for voltage Port 8:
from 0 to 200V). - SPICS0*: Aqualase® serial 65K-bit (8K x 8)
- VPRES1: Pressure 1 feedback voltage. EEPROM.
- VPRES2: Pressure 2 feedback voltage. - SPICS1*: Read PLD revision.
- REF015: 0.15 V reference. - SPICS2*: Write PLD control (VHV source/sink).
- REF045: 0.45 V reference. - SPICS3*: Handpiece EEPROM.
- REF125: 1.25 V reference. - SPICS4*: Overcurrent reference voltages.
- REF250: 2.50 V reference. - SPICS5*: Read PCB ambient temperature through
- V24PS: 24 V feedback (1.35V = 24V). 10-bit temperature sensor.
- V12PS: +12 V feedback (1.39V = 12V). - VLV1: VLV1 control.
- V12NS: -12 V feedback (1.39V = -12V). - VLV2: VLV2 control.
- VHTSK: Heatsink temperature feedback (10 mV = 1º
C). The CAN-bus interface uses two pins (CAN_TxD,
- V24SWS: 24 V feedback (3.63V = 24V) after Q3. CAN_RxD) to communicate with the host through

KERNEL
J9
CANBUS
SRAM
Interface/Isolator
J7
AquaLase®
Receptacle PCB

EEPROM
MCU
ST10F168 J2

AquaLase® HP
12 VPP

J5
LED's
J10
J1 +5V
Aqua Fans
DC/DC
+12V
Voltage LED's
-12V

FIGURE 2-11 AQUALASE® SUBSYSTEM KERNEL

8065750238 2.23
connector J9. J8 provides the programming bootstrap/ AquaLase® Handpiece
subsystem code. EEPROM U42 is used for subsystem The AquaLase® handpiece has four basic elements: the
configuration. V12PP programming voltage is provided expansion chamber, the fluidic system, the tip interface,
when V12PPG goes high. and the power cable.
• The expansion chamber converts fluid and
RF Output electronic inputs into pressurized pulses of warm
The AquaLase® PCB generates RF pulses of electrical fluid facilitating the removal of a cataract.
energy to drive the handpiece electrodes. The AquaLase® • The fluidic system provides for irrigation,
module (part of the U/S module) provides RF and ID aspiration, and injection fluid transport through the
connectors for the handpiece. A pneumatic pressure handpiece, and attaches to the AquaLase® FMS.
source, controlled within the AquaLase® PCB, provides The proximal end of the AquaLase® handpiece
pressurized injection fluid from the AquaLase® fluid has two fluid inputs and a single fluid output. The
container to the handpiece for injection through the first input is for injection of warm fluid; the second
handpiece tip. is for irrigation fluid. The third output line is for
aspiration.
AquaLase® Fluid Container • The tip interface allows the user to easily and
The AquaLase® fluid container supplies pressurized quickly attach an AquaLase® tip to the handpiece.
injection fluid to the handpiece. The container has a wall • The power cable attaches to the Infiniti™* system
at bottle end to separate the fluid from air to maintain to provide power and user control of the handpiece.
sterile BSS® injection to the handpiece. The AquaLase®
Controller PCB regulates pressure to the BSS® container.

HIGH VOLTAGE
+24V VHV
DC/DC
+
+5V C
NGCS Module OVERVOLTAGE
+12V
DC/DC DETECT
-12V
+
MODEN

Voltage Scalers,
+5V Monitors, and V24EN VHVS1
(OKAY)
+12V Indicators
(SENSE)
-12V
VHVS3
GAIN + OFFSET /MODEN

ST1OF168
3VRST AND BLEED
+3.3V
KERNEL
Reset Logic MEMORY,
MODEN1
MODEN EEPROM,
MODEN2 MODEN1
5MHZ OSC,
ETC. S

+5V +3.3V Reg +3.3V SPI MODEN2

RFEN OUT2 S S
VALVE DRIVE AND FEEDBACK, PLDFLT PLD OUT1 OUT2
HANDPIECE EEPROM, VHV
CONTAINER ID, ETC.
20MHz
Clock
Osc
MODEN
HVEN

OCDET1 Output Current

OCDET2 Detect

FIGURE 2-12 AQUALASE® SUBSYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM

2.24 8065750238
The AquaLase® Fluidics Management System Pak Reset Logic and PLD Control Logic
The AquaLase® FMS pak consists of a sterile FMS, tip, Reset logic is for both 3 V and 5 V through U28, Q17,
and BSS® fluid container to provide irrigation, aspiration, Q18, & U15. In any event the microprocessor has
and injection transport through the handpiece. ultimate control of the RF output through MODEN1
alongside with the master reset low (MRST*). Green
The AquaLase® Controller PCB LED DS7 indicates MODEN on. MOSFET Q15
The AquaLase® Controller PCB provides overall control provides additional buffer to power switch V5P (+5 V)
of the AquaLase® functions with connectors, power to V5SW to PWMSNK* optoisolator U6 and U2SHDN
DC-DC converters, RF generator, and references. It optoisolator U4.
interfaces to the Host through CAN-bus, handpiece
detection and outputs RF to drive the handpiece. U23 PLD main control signals are below:
• MDEN2 - Module Enable 2 combines with
Power Input/Low-Voltage DC-DC Conversion MODEN1 from the micro-controller; both must be
Power input connector J1 provides +24 V from the high for AquaLase® power circuitry to be ON.
Power Distribution PCB to the AquaLase® PCB. An • RRFEN* - Buffered RFEN, set on the leading edge
on-board low voltage DC-DC converter provides +5 V, of RFEN and cleared once RFEN=0.
+12 V, and –12 V in addition to a 3.3 V regulator from • OUT1/OUT2 - RF Output Control 1 and 2 are gate
U29 to power EPLD U23. drive control signals for Q8 and Q4.
• PLDFLT - PLD fault = 1 when any of WDFLT or
Various connectors provide interface to the module, OCFLT or HVFLT is true.
handpiece, and test connector: • U2SHDN - Default to zero to enable U2 (LTC1624)
• J1 - System Power Connector 150 V output.
• J2 - RF Connector • PWMSNK* - Default to zero for an equivalent of
• J3 - PLD Program Header Isink = 56 mA through Q6.
• J4 - Solenoid Valve Connector • MRST* - Reset low from host or supervisor circuits
• J5 - Handpiece ID Connector U28, U44.
• J6 - Test Connector • SPICS2* - SPI Write Register 2; holds the 2nd of
• J7 - Container ID Connector two SPI bytes that can be written into the PLD and
• J8 - Bootstrap and Programming Connector for PLD statuses.
• J9 - CAN-bus Interface • SPICS1* - SPI Write Register 1; holds 1st of two
• J10 - Fan Connector SPI bytes that can be written into the PLD and PLD
revision.
Voltage, Scales, Monitors, and Indicators • RFEN - RF enable pulse signal from
Voltage monitors for 24 V, +12 V, and –12 V are micro-controller.
provided by comparators U32 and U33 and the resistor • OCDET1 - Input high indicates handpiece current
divider network. V24VOK* (* = active low) indicates exceed 2 A.
24 V good. LEDʼs are provided with +24 V (DS1), • OCDET2 - Input high indicates handpiece current
+12 V (DS2), and –12 V (DS3) in acceptable range. exceed 14 A.
• HVOVD* - Input low triggers PLD HVFLT is true.
On board reference voltages are: • HVGEN - Input high indicates high voltage on.
• REF500A (5 V): CR46 – reference to ADC of U34. • RFBRST - Input to indicate RF burst mode.
• REF500B (5 V): CR50 – used mainly to
independently generate other lower references. Heat Sink/Ambient Temperature Monitoring
• REF250 (2.5 V), REF125 (1.25V): R148 - R151 U1 is a precision temperature sensor to provide the
– pressure transducers, high voltage sense offset. temperature reading of the Aqualase® heatsink.
• REF045 (0.45 V), REF015 (0.15V): R122, R123, Current setting of the feedback is 10 mV per degree C.
R130, R129, & R144 – transducer offset, solenoid Additionally, U41 provides a 10-bit digital temperature
feedback reference. sensor with SPI serial interface to monitor the PCB
• V3P (3.4 V): U29 – used by PLD U23. ambient temperature from -55º C to +125º C at 0.25º C
per bit.
Additionally, V24EN from microprocessor is and-ed
with MODEN through U22 to generate 24V (24VSW) to
power solenoids.

8065750238 2.25
Pressure/Venting Valves Control and Feedback, RF Drive Circuitry
Status LEDʼs The RF drive circuitry typically drives the Aqualase®
VLV1 and VLV2 are enabled by software to drive handpiece. The burst width usually decreases as
MOSFET U16 to regulate and PWM the pressure, repetition rate increases to ensure the duty cycle stays
and venting solenoids on the pneumatic manifold to the same. The RF drive circuitry is enclosed inside a
regulate and pressurize the Aqualase® container. VLV1 heatsink with two 12 V fans mounted above to dissipate
and VLV2 have LED indicators DS10 and DS11. Valve the heat inside when the Aqualase® step is activated.
feedbacks are VLV1FB* and VLV2FB*.
The isolated RF driver output at J2 provides electrical
Other Status LEDʼs conduction of pressurized BSS® fluid from the
Other status LEDʼs on board are CPU status green DS5, Aqualase® container to the electrodes inside the
CPU status red DS6, high voltage status red DS8, reset handpiece in order to warm BSS® fluid before pulsing
LED status red DS4, and RFEN LED status red DS9. out to the Aqualase® tip. The RF driver is protected from
shorts or open circuits, and has overshoot protection
Pressure Transducer from snubber network C23, R41, CR23, CR17, CR15;
Two pressure transducers provide redundancy to monitor and R5, C7, CR3, CR4, CR5.
the Aqualase® BSS® container pressure. Both pressure
sensors are scaled at 1 V = 5 PSI through gain setting The main RF control sequences begin when the
resistor R57. R58 for VPRES1, and R59 & R62 for microprocessor issues RFEN to start the control
VPRES2, and 0 PSI at 0.45 V offset at U13 pin 5 and sequence for the duration of the RF burst signal. The
U14 pin 5. Aqualase® PLD U23 acts upon the RFEN to generate
OUT1 and OUT2 to drive RF MOSFET Q8, and Q4 to
AquaLase® BSS® Container ID drive RF transformer T1. A feedback circuit (R34, C18
The Aqualase® BSS® container ID provides up to & R8, C8) between drain to gate Q8, Q4 helps to slow
seven container types by sensing the three container ID down the switching of the gate drive signal to reduce
switches through J7. EMI effect. Q13, Q12 hold Q8, Q4 when disabled.
During RFEN the HVEN and MODEN also go high to
High-Voltage DC-DC Conversion enable Q2 MOSFET current sources.
The high-voltage DC-DC converter utilizes current
mode switching regulator U2 to drive external power Feedback for over-current condition is provided through
MOSFET gate driver U3, and subsequently power output current sense voltage (VOCSF) and OCDET1 and
MOSFET transistor Q5 to enable the boost converter OCDET2.
for 24 V to 150 V. The converter is shut down through
U2SHDN high. Output capacitors C3, C4, and C5 HDPC ID EEPROM
are rated at 220 uF at 200 V with low effective series Aqualase® handpiece ID and EEPROM read/write
resistance (ESR) for increased ripple current capability. through connector J5. The SPI interface to the handpiece
The feedback voltage at U2 pin 3 (1.19V) is selected provides isolated +5 V to the handpiece EEPROM.
from resistor divider network R10, R17, R24 and R28 to
determine the 150 V output.

Protection from over voltage is provided by CR9 and

CR8, which prevent exceeding 162 V by enabling Q9 to
disable PWM signal at U3 pin 2, and at the same time
enable HVOVD* to the microprocessor.

The high voltage sense (VHVS1) at U27 pin 7 setting at

53.9V/V for output voltage from 0 to 200V, and VHVS2
(U27 pin 1) at 11.35V/V for voltage range between
110V to 160V, to enable monitoring and or control the
output voltage by the software. PWMSNK* is used to
set the duty cycle for Q6 to sink current through R13 for
an equivalent value of 2.7 K to about 100 K, which at
Vhv=150V effects an Isnk of 56 mA to about 2 mA.

2.26 LAST PAGE OF THIS SECTION 8065750238

 SECTION THREE
PARTS LOCATION & DISASSEMBLY

Sub-Assembly Locations be removed in the order listed, from Figure 3-3 through
The major sub-assemblies contained inside the Infiniti™* Figure 3-5. With the panels removed, access to sub-
console are identified in Figure 3-1. To access the sub- assemblies is possible. Figure 3-2 identifies the types of
assemblies, the console panels must be removed from fasteners securing the panels to the frame, and Figures
the frame. 3-3 through 3-5 identify where the fasteners are located.
These figures show fasteners on the right side of the
Removal of Panels from Infiniti™* Console console; fasteners on the left side are identical.
These instructions are written to help you safely remove
the panels from the Infiniti™* frame. The panels must

Front Panel Display: DVI PCB,

Touchscreen PCB, IR Receiver PCB

Standby Switch, MMC Card Reader

Fluidics Module: U/S Module:

Fluidics PCB U/S / Coag PCB
AquaLase® PCB

Tray Arm Assembly

Host Module: CAN Controller PCB
Video Controller PCB, Hard Drive,
Host DC Controller PCB
Pneumatic Module: Pneumatic PCB

Power Distribution PCB, 12 V Power Supply,

IV Pole PCB, Vit Pump, Air Dryers 24 V Power Supply, Footswitch PCB, Battery

Figure 3-1 Sub-Assemblies Inside the Infiniti™* Console

8065750238 3.1
 A - 8 total

lay
l Disp
Pane
807-014 807-018 807-015 210-2065-001 210-2066-001 809-009 809-006

C B
3 mm hex head 2.5 mm hex head

Figure 3-2. Fasteners Used to Secure Panels to the B

Infiniti™* Frame

el
an
P
p
To
Figure 3-3. Fastener Locations for Top Panel and
Panel Display (rubber mat removed from top to expose
fasteners). The Top Panel must be removed before the
Upper Side Panel can be removed in Figure 3-4.

D D

Upper Side Panel, Right

F F

F G
behind upper
side panel
E D G
D D behind upper
side panel

Right
e Panel,
Lower Sid

Figure 3-4. Fastener Locations for Upper Side Panel. Figure 3-5. Fastener Locations for Lower Side
This panel must be removed before the Lower Side Panel.
Panel can be removed.
3.2 8065750238
System Access and Sub-Assembly Removal 3. Remove US/Diathermy/Aqualase Module
These instructions are written to help you safely locate Assembly
and remove system sub-assemblies from the Infiniti™* 3.1 Perform steps 1 and 2.
console. Left and right references are made with the 3.2 Remove four flat head screws securing right side
service engineer facing the front of the system. handle plate and lift off (see Figure 3-8).
3.3 Loosen three 2.5 mm captive screws securing
WARNING! module assembly (see Figure 3-9).
Before performing any internal system service you 3.4 Slightly rotate rear of the module outward in order
must verify system is turned OFF and power cord to disconnect the remaining rear CAN cables (2);
is disconnected from power source. power cables (2) fan cable (1) and pneumatic
tubing (1). Rotate rear outwards as you slide
module out of console.
1. Remove Top Cover
1.1 Lift off and remove top rubber pad and then
remove three 3 mm hex screws (see Figure 3-6).
1.2 Unscrew IV Pole Cap and slide the cap and the
Top Cover over the IV Pole.

hex screws (3)

IV pole cap
flat head screws (4)

Figure 3-8

Figure 3-6

2. Remove Upper-Right Side Skin

2.1 Perform step 1.
2.2 Remove top two 2.5 mm hex screws, and remove
lower four 2.5 mm hex screws (outer screws are hex screws (3)
shorter) (see Figure 3-7). Remove skin.

Figure 3-9

hex screws (6)

Figure 3-7

8065750238 3.3
4. Remove AquaLase PCB 6. Remove US/Diathermy PCB
4.1 Perform steps 3.1 and 3.2. 6.1 Perform steps 4.1 through 4.3.
4.2 Remove two 3.0 mm hex screws from top of 6.2 Disconnect five cables from US/Diathermy PCB.
AquaLase PCB mounting plate. Slightly lower 6.3 Loosen three 2.5 mm captive screws securing
hinged mounting plate holding PCB. module assembly (see Figure 3-9).
4.3 Disconnect three cables from left end of PCB. 6.4 Rotate rear of the module outward and remove
Lower hinged mounting plate. screw from back side of PCB cage. Slide PCB out
4.4 Disconnect fan cable and pneumatic tubing from from assembly.
PCB.
4.5 Remove three 2.0 mm hex screws from black 7. Remove AquaLase Accumulator
capacitor cover plate (fans located on plate). 7.1 Perform step 3.
4.6 Remove four 2.0 mm hex screws securing PCB to 7.2 Remove pneumatic tubing from the quick
hinged mounting plate. disconnects at each end of brass Accumulator.
7.3 Pry Accumulator from its retainer clip.
5. Remove AquaLase Bottle Receptacle PCB
5.1 Perform steps 4.1 through 4.3. 8. Remove Right Speaker
5.2 Disconnect one cable and one tubing from PCB 8.1 Perform steps 1 and 2.
(see Figure 3-10). 8.2 Remove two 3.0 mm hex screws and washers
5.3 Remove three 2.5 mm hex screws securing securing speaker to chassis.
AquaLase Receptacle PCB. 8.3 Remove two speaker cables from speaker.
NOTE: Be careful that springs don't fly out.
9. Remove MMC Reader PCB
9.1 Perform steps 1 and 2.
9.2 Remove 2.5 mm hex screw securing ground strap
to chassis (see Figure 3-11).
AquaLase Receptacle PCB 9.3 Remove four 2.5 mm hex screws securing MMC
cover to chassis.
9.4 Loosen two 2.5 mm captive screws securing MMC
assembly to cover.
9.5 Remove two Phillips screws securing USB cable
to bracket.
Figure 3-10
9.6 Tilt MMC PCB away from bracket and disconnect
from USB cable.
ground strap

MMC cover

hex screws (4)

Figure 3-11

3.4 8065750238
10. Remove Lower-Right Side Skin with Air Filter 11. Remove Pneumatic Module Assembly &
10.1 Perform steps 1 and 2. Transducer
10.2 Remove five 2.5 mm hex screws securing lower- 11.1 Perform steps 10.1 through 10.3.
right side panel to chassis (see Figure 3-12). Note 11.2 Fully open footswitch drawer by disengaging side
that two outer screws are shorter than three inner latches.
screws. 11.3 Inside footswitch cavity loosen two Phillips
10.3 To remove skin, tilt out, then lift up and out. captive screws that secure pneumatic module to
10.4 To remove filter from inside skin, remove two chassis (see Figure 3-13).
3.0 mm hex screws from steel strap that secures 11.4 Disconnect tubing from right end of brass
filter in place. pneumatic accumulator (see Figure 3-14).
11.5 Unclip and remove pneumatic accumulator from
long hex screws its retainer.
11.6 Disconnect yellow anterior Vit tubing (outermost)
and green AquaLase tubing (innermost) from the
plastic pneumatic module.
11.7 Before removing pneumatic module assembly,
partially slide it from innermost guiding pin.
short
hex Reach behind assembly to disconnect power cables
screws from pump and pneumatic module. Disconnect
CAN cable.

Figure 3-12
captive screws (2)
inside footswitch cavity

Figure 3-13

Vit and AquaLase tubing

pneumatic accumulator

Figure 3-14

8065750238 3.5
12. Remove Pneumatic Controller PCB 14. Remove Host Module & DVD
12.1 Perform step 11. 14.1 Perform steps 10.1 through 10.3.
12.2 Disconnect two cables from PCB. 14.2 Remove four 2.5 mm hex screws securing CAN
12.3 Remove four 2.5 mm hex screws securing PCB to Bus PCB to Host cage (see Figure 3-16).
pneumatic manifold. 14.3 Disconnect cable from CAN PCB going to Serial
PCB, then move CAN with remaining cables
13. Remove Footswitch PCB towards front of system.
13.1 Perform steps 10.1 through 10.3. 14.4 Disconnect two speaker cables and one fan cable
13.2 Disconnect four cables from PCB (see Figure 3-15). from Host cage (see Figure 3-17).
14.5 Disconnect cables from front of Host:
CAUTION - Parallel cable from Power Distribution PCB
Two cable connectors on PCB are the same style (A7J6 - Serial communication cable to Rear Panel.
for Infiniti™* footswitch and A7J7 for Accurus/ - CAN cable from CAN Bus PCB
STTL). Do not plug into wrong connectors. - DVI cable from Front Panel Display
- Two power cables from Power Distribution PCB
13.3 Remove Footswitch PCB from four standoff pins. - Two USB cables from DVD and MMC
14.6 Remove DVD thumbscrew from bottom of Host
cage, slide out DVD and disconnect cables.
14.7 Remove three 2.5 mm hex screws securing angle
bracket to chassis.
Footswitch PCB 14.8 Loosen three flat-head captive screws that secure
Host cage to chassis. Remove Host.

hex screws (4)

Figure 3-15 CAN bus PCB

cable to Serial PCB removed

Figure 3-16

speaker cables (2)

fan cable

captive
screw

cables Host
on front module captive screw
of Host
captive remove DVD
screw angle bracket

DVD thumbscrew
under Host

Figure 3-17

3.6 8065750238
15. Removal of Power Supply Assembly 16. Remove Power Distribution PCB
15.1 Perform steps 10.1 through 10.3. 16.1 Perform steps 15.1 through 15.7.
15.2 Remove six 3.0 mm hex screws securing 12V and 16.2 Disconnect the following from PCB:
24V power supplies to mounting plate (see Figure - Six 24 V power cables
3-18). - One 4-pin connector used for 12V battery
15.3 Loosen three 10 mm nuts securing mounting plate - Parallel cable A1J3
to chassis. - Cable A1J8
15.4 Clip off all cable tie wraps that may be mounted to - A1J5
the top power supply. Note: Upper-Left cable connector not used.
15.5 Disconnect the following cables from the Power 16.3 Remove Power Distribution PCB from its eight
Distribution PCB, located behind power supply standoff pins.
assembly: 16.4 Disconnect ground cable from AC entry module.
- A1J1 and A1J21 (for top 12V P/S). Remove PCB.
- A1J19 and A1J23 (for bottom 24V P/S).
15.6 Slightly lift power supply assembly and begin 17. Remove Upper-Left Side Skin
sliding up and out from console. 17.1 Perform step 1.
15.7 Remove the brown, blue, and green/yellow wires 17.2 Open drawer and remove four 2.5 mm hex screws
from right end of each power supply. Label them securing drawer to rails (see Figure 3-19).
to avoid incorrect connections. Remove power 17.3 Remove top two 2.5 mm hex screws, and remove
supply assembly from console. lower four 2.5 mm hex screws (same positions as
15.8 To remove 12 Volt power supply, remove 3.0 mm in Figure 3-2) (outer screws are shorter). Remove
hex screw that is in-between the 12V and 24V skin.
power supplies and then slide it out.
15.9 To remove 24 Volt power supply, perform prior
step, then remove four 3.0 mm hex screws
securing 24V power supply to the bracket. Slide
the 24 Volt power supply out.

J1 J21

hex screws (4)

Power Distribution PCB

J19 & J23 mounting

plate Figure 3-19

18. Remove Left Speaker

hex screws (6) 18.1 Perform steps 1 and 17.
nuts (3) 18.2 Remove two 3.0 mm hex screws and washers
Figure 3-18 securing speaker to chassis.
18.3 Remove two speaker cables from speaker.

8065750238 3.7
19. Remove Fluidics Controller PCB 20.5 Remove two 3 mm bolts securing IPS Load Cell
19.1 Perform steps 1 and 17. to Fluidics Module (see Figure 3-20). Remove IPS
19.2 Remove four flat screws securing left side handle Load Cell.
plate (same positions as in Figure 3-8).
19.3 Loosen single captive screw and slightly lower CAUTION
hinged bracket holding Fluidics Controller PCB. Do not overtighten any bolts when replacing IPS
19.5 Disconnect CAN Bus and power cables from Load Cell. Overtightening will damage the Load
Fluidics Controller PCB. Lower hinged PCB. Cell.
19.6 Disconnect remaining three cables from PCB.
19.7 Remove four 2.5 mm hex screws securing PCB to 20.6 Remove one 9/64" allen bolt securing IPS plunger
bracket. Remove PCB. to load cell. This plunger can be used with the new
IPS load cell. Ensure plunger is centered when
20. Remove Irrigation Pressure Sensor (IPS). replacing Load Cell.
20.1 Perform steps 1 and 17.
20.2 Loosen captive screw from Fluidics Controller 21. Remove Fluidics Module
PCB and rotate PCB down into flat position. 21.1 Perform steps 1 and 17.
20.3 Disconnect cable connector from J2 on Fluidics 21.2 Remove four flat screws securing left side handle
Controller PCB. Cut tie wraps securing silver plate (same positions as in Figure 3-8).
braided cable to wire harness (see Figure 3-20). 21.3 Remove 3 mm hex screws securing two PCB
20.4 Carefully pry the plastic parts of cable connector ground straps to chassis.
P2 apart to remove the part dedicated to the 21.4 Loosen single captive screw and slightly lower
pressure sensor. hinged bracket holding Fluidics Controller PCB.
21.5 Disconnect CAN Bus and power cables from
Note: Pay close attention to the wire sequence Fluidics Controller PCB (see Figure 3-21). Lower
when disassembling connector; when hinged PCB.
reassembling, wires must be in same sequence. 21.6 Loosen three captive screws securing Fluidics
When reassembling, also ensure that plastic Module to chassis, then pull back and tilt outwards
teeth on connector insert properly around as you remove the module out of the system.
wires.
captive screws (3)
IPS Load Cell

9/64" bolt

Fluidics Module

power cable
CAN Bus cable Fluidics Controller PCB
3 mm bolts

Figure 3-21
Silver braided cable

Figure 3-20

3.8 8065750238
22. Remove Fluidics Latch Mechanism 24. Remove Fluidics Motor and Hub Roller Assy.
22.1 Perform steps 1, 17, and 21. 24.1 Perform step 23.
22.2 Disconnect cable from J11 on Fluidics Controller 24.2 Cut tie wraps holding motor cables to Fluidics
PCB. Cut tie wraps. Module assembly.
22.3 Disconnect latch motor cable J12 from P12. Cut 24.3 Remove cable connector from J1 on Fluidics
tie wraps. Controller PCB.
22.4 Remove two 3 mm hex bolts from top of 24.4 Carefully pry the plastic parts of cable connector
mechanism (see Figure 3-22). P1 apart to remove the part dedicated to the motor
22.5 Depress FMS sensor pin and close left and right (see Figure 3-23).
rails.
22.6 Turn motor wheel in the CW direction until it Note: Pay close attention to the wire sequence
stops (see Figure 3-22). when disassembling connector; when
22.7 Grasp top of Fluidics Latch Mechanism, and reassembling, wires must be in same sequence.
gently pull up and off the Fluidics Module.
22.8 Disconnect cable from Cassette I.D. PCB.

Notes: When replacing Fluidics Latch Cable from motor

Mechanism the rails must remain shut, and the

motor wheel must be turned back and forth Connector P1
so the mechanism drops back into its resting
position.

3mm hex screws

Figure 3-23

FMS sensor pin CW CCW 24.5 Remove four 5 mm bolts securing motor mounting
FMS eject button plate to fluidics module (see Figure 3-24). Save the
four spacers and PCB securing bracket that fall out
Rails in shut position when bolts are removed.
24.6 Remove four 3 mm bolts and washers securing
motor to its mounting plate. Pay close attention to
the position of the plate to the motor.
24.7 To remove Hub Roller assembly, remove the inner
four 3 mm bolts securing the hub roller to the
motor shaft.
Figure 3-22
Hub Roller Assy.

23. Remove Cassette I.D. PCB Spacers (4)

23.1 Perform step 22.

PCB Securing Bracket
23.2 Remove two 2 mm screws securing Cassette I.D.
PCB to Fluidics Module.
5 mm bolts (4)

3 mm bolts & washers (4)

Figure 3-24

8065750238 3.9
25. Remove Lower-Left Side Skin 27. Remove Air Dryer and Oil Injector
25.1 Perform steps 1 and 17. 27.1 Perform steps 1, 17, and 25.
25.2 Open drawer and remove four 2.5 mm hex screws 27.2 Disconnect two tubings from each unit (see Figure
securing drawer to rails (see Figure 3-25). 3-27).
25.3 Remove five 2.5 mm hex screws securing lower- 27.3 Remove two 4.0 mm hex screws from the top of
left side panel to chassis (same positions as in the air dryer and two 3.0 mm hex screws from the
Figure 3-12). Note that two outer screws are top of the oil injector. Remove from console.
shorter than three inner screws.
25.4 To remove skin, tilt out, then lift up and out. oil injector
hex screws (2)
25.5 To remove filter from inside skin, remove two air dryer
3.0 mm hex screws from steel strap that secures hex screws (2)
filter in place.

Figure 3-27

hex screws (4) 28. Remove IV Pole PCB

28.1 Perform steps 1, 17, and 25.
Figure 3-25 28.2 Disconnect four cables from PCB (see Figure
3-28).
26. Remove Pneumatic Pump Assembly 28.3 Remove PCB from six stand-off pins.
26.1 Perform steps 1, 17, and 25. 28.4 Lift IV Pole PCB upwards to disconnect the motor
26.2 Disconnect pneumatic tubing coming from air sensor cable. Remove PCB from console.
dryer filter (see Figure 3-26).
26.3 Disconnect power cable from Pneumatic Module
cable connectors (4)
Assembly.
26.4 Loosen two captive screws and then lift assembly
up and off rear standoff pins.

captive screws (2) pneumatic tubing connector

motor sensor cable

air dryer filter

Figure 3-28

pneumatic pump assembly 29. Remove Caster Wheels

Figure 3-26 29.1 Perform steps 1, 17, and 25.
29.2 Lock all four caster wheels.
29.3 Carefully lift corner of console where caster wheel
is located, then slide a block under console to
suspend wheel above floor.
29.4 Remove large nut from top of caster wheel
assembly to release it from chassis. Slide caster
wheel down and out from console.

3.10 8065750238
30. Remove Rear Skin 31. Remove IV Pole Assembly
30.1 Perform steps 1, 2, 10, 17, and 25. 31.1 Perform steps 1, 2, 10, 17, 25, and 30.
30.2 Remove screw from clip holding AC power cord 31.2 Disconnect IV Pole PCB ground connection from
on rear panel (see Figure 3-29). chassis (see Figure 3-31).
30.3 Remove four 5.0 mm hex screws securing handle. 31.3 Disconnect signal & power cables from IV Pole
30.4 Rotate tray arm assembly out side of console and PCB.
remove metal screen filter from top of cavity. 31.4 Loosen six captive screws securing IV Pole
30.5 Remove two 2.5 mm hex screws securing inner- Assembly to chassis (two upper & four lower).
rear panel inside cavity. 31.5 Lift IV pole assembly up and out from the rear of
30.6 Loosen two 2.5 mm hex captive screws securing the console.
back panel from the inside (see Figure 3-30).
30.7 Remove ten 2.5mm hex screws securing back
panel from the outside. standby switch

captive screws (2)

hex screws (10)

securing rear skin
upper and lower
exhaust fans

tray arm assembly

in console cavity

hex screws (4)

securing handle
PCB ground connection

IV Pole PCB

captive screws (4)

IV pole assembly

Figure 3-31
AC power cord clip
32. Remove AC Cord Storage Clips
Figure 3-29 32.1 Perform steps 1, 2, 10, 17, 25, and 30.
32.2 Remove four 3.0 mm hex screws securing AC
storage clips plate to inside of rear panel.

33. Remove Standby Switch Button & PCB

33.1 Perform steps 1, 2, 10, 17, 25, and 30.
33.2 Remove rubber standby switch button (see Figure
captive screw (2) 3-31).
33.3 Remove Standby Switch PCB from four standoff
pins and disconnect cable.
Figure 3-30

8065750238 3.11
34. Remove Upper Exhaust Fan
34.1 Perform steps 1, 2, 10, 17, 25, and 30.
34.2 Remove four 2.5 mm hex screws securing upper hex screw
fan to the chassis (see Figure 3-31).
34.3 Disconnect fan's power connector from US Driver
PCB.
Fluidics Controller PCB
35. Remove Lower Exhaust Fan
35.1 Perform steps 1, 2, 10, 17, 25, and 30.
35.2 Remove four 2.5 mm hex screws securing lower Figure 3-32
fan to the chassis (see Figure 3-31).
35.3 Disconnect fan's power connector from side of
host cage.
hex screw
36. Remove Front Skin
36.1 Perform steps 1, 2, 10, 17, and 25.
36.2 On left side:
• Remove four flat screws securing left side handle
plate and lift off. AquaLase PCB
• Loosen single captive screw and lower hinged
mounting plate holding Fluidics Controller PCB. Figure 3-33
• Remove one 2.5 mm hex screw securing skin to
chassis (see Figure 3-32).
36.3 On right side:
• Remove four flat screws securing right side
handle plate and lift off.
• Remove two 3.0 mm hex screws from top of
AquaLase PCB mounting plate. Slightly lower hex screws (6)
hinged mounting plate holding PCB.
• Disconnect three cables from left end of PCB.
Lower hinged mounting plate.
• Remove one 2.5 mm hex screw securing skin to
chassis (see Figure 3-33).
36.4 Remove six 2.5 mm hex screws securing the front
skin and carefully remove from chassis (see Figure
3-34). Figure 3-34

3.12 8065750238
37. Remove Tray Arm Assembly & Components 38. Remove Display Panel Assembly
37.1 Pull tray arm out to one side and remove three 38.1 Perform steps 1, 2, 10, 17, 25, 30, and 37.1.
4.0 mm hex screws from shoulder of inner arm 38.2 Pull tray arm out to one side and remove three
(see Figure 3-35), then lift assembly up and 4.0 mm hex screws securing tray arm assembly
off. Note: inner arm attaches to a shaft with an (see Figure 3-37), then lift assembly up and off.
alignment key. 38.3 Remove four flat screws securing left side handle
37.2 Removal of inner arm from outer arm: plate, then remove handle.
• Perform step 37.1. 38.4 Loosen single captive screw and lower hinged
• Remove three 4.0 mm hex screws from bottom bracket holding Fluidics Controller PCB.
of elbow, then separate inner arm from outer arm. 38.5 Remove two 2.5 mm hex screws inside console's
37.3 Removal of tray from outer arm: tray cavity securing inner-back panel.
• Perform steps 37.1 and 37.2. 38.6 Disconnect DVI cable from host, then lift panel
• Remove four 2.5 mm hex screws from outer arm while threading DVI cable up into cavity below
wrist covers. display panel assembly (see Figure 3-38).
• Remove large nut and washers securing tray to 38.7 Remove three 5.0 mm hex screws inside console's
outer arm. tray cavity that secure display panel assembly to
Note: washers and bearings must be replaced in chassis, then lift entire assembly up and away from
same order as they are removed (see Figure 3-36). console (see Figure 3-39).
flat screws (4)
securing left side handle plate
hex screws (3) at shoulder
inner arm
inner arm elbow hex screws (3)
securing tray
arm assembly

outer arm
outer arm wrist
tray hex screws (2)
securing inner back panel

Figure 3-37

Figure 3-35 thread DVI cable up into

cavity below front display
panel assembly

tray

washer
bearing
washer

tray arm wrist

Figure 3-38

washer
bearing
washer

spring washer

nut hex screws (3)

Figure 3-36
Figure 3-39

8065750238 3.13
39. Remove Display Panel 40. Remove Inverter PCB
39.1 Remove eight 3.0 mm hex screws securing bucket 40.1 Perform step 39.1.
panel to rear of display (see Figure 3-40). 40.2 Disconnect two upper & two lower cables from
39.2 Remove four outer 2.0 mm hex screws and two Inverter PCB (see Figure 3-42).
inner 3.0 mm hex screws securing rear knuckle 40.3 Disconnect right cable from Inverter PCB.
panel (see Figure 3-41). 40.4 Remove two 2.5 mm hex screws securing Inverter
39.3 Remove two 7 mm nuts securing DVI cable PCB to display panel. Remove Inverter PCB.
bracket and disconnect DVI cable.
39.4 Remove four 3.0 mm hex screws from two IR PCB (2)
aluminum brackets, then remove display panel.

hex screws (8)

Inverter PCB
EMI
bucket panel shield
IR Receiver PCB

Figure 3-40

DVI
cable hex screw
connector

hex screws (4) Figure 3-42

on aluminum brackets
hex screws (4)

41. Remove IR Receiver PCB

knuckle panel
41.1 Perform step 39.1.
41.2 Disconnect three cables from IR Receiver PCB
(see Figure 3-42).
41.4 Remove IR Receiver PCB from four standoff pins.
hex screws (2)
nuts (2) securing DVI cable restraint 42. Remove IR PCB (2)
Figure 3-41
42.1 Perform step 39.1.
42.2 Disconnect one cable from IR PCB (see Figure
3-42).
42.3 Remove two 2.0 mm hex screws securing IR PCB.
Remove IR PCB.

3.14 8065750238
43. Remove DVI Receiver PCB 46. Remove Touch Screen & Front Panel Cover
43.1 Perform step 39.1. 46.1 Perform steps 45.1 through 45.3.
43.2 Disconnect DVI cable from EMI shield (see 46.2 Remove LCD with frame.
Figure 3-42). 46.3 Remove touch screen.
43.3 Remove two 5 mm standoff nuts from DVI cable 46.4 Remove front panel cover.
connector.
43.4 Remove 2.5 mm hex screw securing EMI shield. 47. Remove Footswitch Drawer
43.5 Slide EMI shield downwards and disconnect two 47.1 Perform steps 1, 2, 10, 17, and 25.
rubber grommets (protecting cables) attached to 47.2 Fully open footswitch drawer by disengaging side
shield. Remove EMI shield. latches (see Figure 3-44).
43.6 Disconnect four cables from DVI Receiver PCB 47.3 Disconnect footswitch cable from connector
(see Figure 3-43). and retainer bracket (see Figures 3-44). Remove
43.7 Remove DVI Receiver PCB from four standoff footswitch.
pins. 47.4 To remove footswitch drawer, remove four 3.0 mm
hex screws from hinges on each side of drawer
IR PCB cables (2) hex screw (4) (see Figure 3-45).
DVI Receiver PCB
NOTES:
• On left side, one hex screw is behind air dryer.
It must be released from chassis to gain access
to screw.
touch screen ribbon cable
• On right side, one hex screw is behind
Touch Screen Interface PCB Footswitch PCB. It must be removed from
standoff pins to gain access to screw.

• To ensure smooth operation of footswitch

drawer after reinstallation, drawer must be
lifted up when securing hex screws.
Inverter PCB cables (4)
retainer bracket
Figure 3-43

44. Remove Touch Screen Interface PCB side latch (2)

44.1 Perform steps 43.1 through 43.5.
44.2 Disconnect two cables from Touch Screen
Interface PCB (see Figure 3-43).
44.3 Remove four 2.0 mm hex screws securing DVI
footswitch cable connector
Receiver PCB. Remove DVI Receiver PCB. inside drawer cavity

45. Remove LCD Figure 3-44

45.1 Perform steps 43.1 through 43.5.
45.2 Disconnect the following cables: Inverter PCB
hex screws (4)
cables (4), IR PCB cables (2), and touch screen
ribbon cable (see Figure 3-43). footswitch cable connector
inside drawer cavity (2)
45.3 Remove four 3.0 mm hex screws securing display
bracket to front cover.
45.4 Peel back black adhesive grommet from front of air dryer

LCD. footswitch drawer

45.5 Remove four 2.5 mm hex screws securing LCD.
Figure 3-45

8065750238 3.15
48. Remove 6 Volt Battery
48.1 Fully open footswitch drawer by disengaging side
latches (see Figure 3-44).
48.2 Loosen two 2.5 mm captive screws securing
protective plate over battery, and lift off (see
Figure 3-46).
48.3 Loosen one 2.5 mm captive screw securing
bracket over battery, and lift off (see Figure 3-47).
48.4 Remove battery leads.
48.5 Remove tape from top of battery to release wire
from top of battery.
48.6 Remove battery from console.

protective
plate

captive screws

Figure 3-46

captive screw securing

battery bracket

battery leads

Figure 3-47

3.16 LAST PAGE OF THIS SECTION 8065750238

 SECTION FOUR
MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING

GENERAL INFORMATION
checkout is performed by following instructions written
This section of the manual contains information to assist in the Service Test Procedure (STP), then returning its
the Field Engineer in maintenance, troubleshooting, and associated checklist to the local service support center
repair of the Infiniti™* Vision System. for filing.

SERVICE TEST PROCEDURE The STP is an independent document, and can be

ordered from the local service support center by using
Each time a field engineer works on a system it is part number ITCSOP-000637.
required that system checkout is performed. The

Description Part Number Quantity

Standard Tools
PS2 keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
PCMCIA 4 in 1 card reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
MMC card - 64MB (minimum – must be formatted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
T-handle 2.0, 2,5, 3.0, 4.0 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Set
Metric allen ball 1.5 - 5.0mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Set
Flat screwdriver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Phillips screwdriver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Metric socket set 1.5 – 10mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Set
Standard service tool kit:
• Allen’s static protection wrist strap, hemostat, screwdrivers
• Oscilloscope or DVM
• Vacuum/Pressure meter

Special Tools
Test FMS fixture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 995-2100-044 ......... 1
FS, socket, HP connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 995-2100-106 ......... 1
AquaLase® load box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-2229-501 ......... 1
AquaLase® adapter assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-2287-001 ......... 1
NeoSoniX® load box adapter cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-2052-501 ......... 1
Cautery load box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-2199-501 ......... 1
Cable, interface, DVI 3 meter BK (W26) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .020-136 ......... 1
Check valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316-2284-001 ......... 4
Cable, RG59, BNC/BNC 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .023-042 ......... 1
BNC/Phone plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .066-014 ......... 1
(http://www.pomonaelectronics.com) model 1297
Caster wrench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-2428-001 ......... 1

Test Supplies
Infiniti™* phaco pak (FMS only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8065741080 . . . . . . . Box of 6
Infiniti™* phaco pak (small parts kit, 0.9 mm tip) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8065741081 . . . . . . . Box of 6
Infiniti™* AquaLase® pak (tip, AquaLase® bottle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0065079614 . . . . . . . Box of 6
Infiniti™* marketing brochure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INF4382 ......... 1

TABLE 4-1 RECOMMENDED TOOLS AND TEST SUPPLIES

8065750238 4.1
 Description Part Number Quantity

Recommended Spare Parts

Assy, PCB,Fluidics Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1023-501 ......... 1
Assy, PCB, Cassette ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1193-501 ......... 1
Assy, PCB, U/S Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1025-501 ......... 1
Assy, Cable, U/S Handpiece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1827-501 ......... 1
Assy, PCB, Receptacle, AquaLase® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1850-501 ......... 1
Assy, PCB, Controller, AquaLase® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1033-502 ......... 1
PCBA, Interface, DVI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1278-001 ......... 1
PCB Assy, PCI CANBUS, 2CH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .276-299 ......... 1
PCBA, Controller,PCI Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1395-001 ......... 1
Assy, PCB, Host Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1160-501 ......... 1
Assy, PCB, DC-DC Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1201-501 ......... 1
Assy, PCB, Comm Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1392-501 ......... 1
Assy, PCB, Power Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1328-502 ......... 1
Assy, Cable, DC PWR Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1447-502 ......... 1
Assy, Cable, CAN W16/W17/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1448-502 ......... 1
Cable, Footswitch, Infiniti™* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8065750214 ......... 1
Tubing, PEU, .062X.125 YE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .043-014 ......... 1
Tubing, PEU, .062X.125 GR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .043-015 ......... 1
Cable, Interface, DVI 3 meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .020-136 ......... 1
Assy, Cable, XDCR Sensor1 W74. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1246-501 ......... 1
Male CPC Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202-1333-002 ......... 2
Reader, Card, Digital MMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .276-309 ......... 1
Fasteners, Panel, set of 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-2248-001 ......... 1

Additional Spare Parts

Assy, CPU, Host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-1036-501FS . . . . . . . . . 1
Assy, Power Supply, 24V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-2163-501FS . . . . . . . . . 1
Assy, Power Supply, 12V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-2164-501FS . . . . . . . . . 1
Assy, Fluidics Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-1022-501FS . . . . . . . . . 1
Assy, Manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-1236-501FS . . . . . . . . . 1
Assy, Air Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-1047-501FS . . . . . . . . . 1
Assy, Display, Arm (with cable, without display) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-2272-501FS . . . . . . . . . 1
Assy, Tray, Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-1104-501FS. . . . . . . . . . 1
Assy, Wing, Left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-2348-501FS . . . . . . . . . 1
Assy, Wing, Right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-2347-501FS . . . . . . . . . 1
Assy, Base, Footswitch, Complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-2351-501FS . . . . . . . . . 1
Assy, Wing, Left, Enhanced FTSW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-2359-501FS . . . . . . . . . 1
Assy, Wing, Right, Enhanced FTSW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-2358-501FS . . . . . . . . . 1
Assy, Base, Enhanced FTSW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-2362-501FS . . . . . . . . . 1
Spacer, Drawer, Enhanced F/S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210-2328-001 . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

TABLE 4-2 SPARE PARTS

4.2 8065750238
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

1. Replace Main Power Fuse

1.1 Turn the Main power switch OFF. It is located at
the bottom of the rear panel, in the power module,
above the power cord. Disconnect power cord from
power source.
1.2 Insert a flat instrument (small screw driver) into
opening below the fuse drawer.
1.3 Push instrument up until tab releases fuse drawer.

CAUTION
The tab must be pressed carefully to ensure it
does not break.

1.4 Grasp fuse drawer and slide it out of power module Figure 4-1 Remove fuse drawer from power module.
(see Figure 4-1).
1.5 Gently remove and replace fuses.
1.6 Slide fuse drawer into power module; a snap is
heard when it is secured inside power module.
1.7 Connect power cord to power source.

2. Replace CPC Connector

2.1 Place a 2 mm hex head wrench in the center of
the connector and turn counterclockwise until
connector separates from front panel.
2.2 Add blue (242) Loctite to threads of new CPC
connector, then line up its notch with key post in Notch in Black Sleeve of
front panel (see Figure 4-2). CPC Connector
Key Post
2.3 Place 2 mm hex head wrench in center of new CPC
connector and turn clockwise until secure. Be sure
notch is lined up with key post while tightening.
Figure 4-2 Replacing CPC Connector.
3. Replace 12 Volt Lead-Acid Battery
3.1 Remove lower-right side panel (see Section Three).
3.2 Open footswitch drawer to its full extension by
pressing its right and left hinge levers.
3.3 Inside footswitch drawer, loosen two captive thumb
screws to release sheet metal cover over battery.
3.4 Loosen thumb screw to release sheet metal clamp
over battery.
3.5 Disconnect cable connector J13 from Power
Distribution PCB. The PCB is accessed through the
lower-right side panel.
3.6 With cable W3 connected to battery, carefully lift
battery with cable up and out of console.
NOTE: Dispose of battery following local
governing ordinances and recycling plans.
3.7 Place new battery in console, then re-install in
reverse order of these instructions.

8065750238 4.3
4. Replace Remote Control Batteries
4.1 Remove two screws from bottom of remote.
4.2 Wiggle two halves of remote to access inside.
4.3 Remove spent batteries and replace with new Tab and
Notch (2 each)
AAA batteries. Orient batteries as diagramed in
base. Spin batteries in base to ensure good electric
connection.
4.4 Grasp two halves of remote and tip edges together
as shown (see Figure 4-3). Two tabs inside bottom
edge of remote must match up with two notches in
other half of remote.
4.5 Gently place two halves together.
NOTE: Observe rubber buttons shown in Figure
4-4 while putting two halves together. The
rubber buttons must slide into slots in other half Rubber Buttons (2)
of remote without binding.
Figure 4-3 Two Halves of Remote Control
4.6 Secure two halves of remote together with two
captive screws.
4.7 Squeeze rubber buttons on side of remote. If
batteries are installed correctly, backlights will
illuminate on face of remote, then turn off after a Rubber Buttons(2)
few seconds. must enter slots
without binding
NOTE: If backlights do not turn off, rubber
buttons are not properly inserted into slots, so
you must repeat procedure.

Figure 4-4 Proper orientation of two halves of remote

control

4.4 8065750238
5. Remove, Clean, and Replace Upper Air Filter
5.1 Loosen captive thumb screw securing upper air
filter to top section of console (see Figure 4-5), then
remove air filter from console.
5.2 Slide metal mesh filter out of its sheet metal holder.
5.3 Clean filter in soapy water, then shake it dry.
5.4 Replace air filter in reverse order of these
instructions.

6. Remove, Clean, and Replace Lower Air Filters

6.1 Remove lower side panels (see Section Three).
Upper Air Filter
6.2 Loosen two 3 mm setscrews to release metal mesh and Thumb Screw
filter from inside each panel.
6.3 Slide filter out of its holder.
Air Filter Located Inside
6.4 Clean filter in soapy water, then shake it dry. each Lower Side Panel
6.5 Replace air filter in reverse order of these
instructions.

7. Remove and Replace Pneumatic Oil Separator

and Air Dryer
7.1 Remove lower-left side panel (see Section Three). Figure 4-5 Locations of Console Air Filters
7.2 Disconnect two tubings from each unit (see
Figure 4-6). Tubing is easily disconnected by
simultaneously pressing in on plastic connector
while pulling out on tubing.
Two set screws secure Two set screws secure
7.3 Remove two 3.0 mm hex screws from the top of the oil separator to cage air dryer to cage
oil separator, and two 4.0 mm hex screws from the
top of the air dryer. Remove from console.
7.4 Replace components in reverse order of these
instructions.

Figure 4-6 Pneumatic oil separator and air dryer

8065750238 4.5
8. Remove and Replace CPU PCB Lithium Battery

CAUTION Lithium battery on

The CPU PCB contains electrostatic discharge (ESD) CPU PCB inside
Host Module
sensitive devices. Always wear a wrist strap when
working with this device.

8.1 Remove lower-right side panel (see Section Three).

8.2 Remove CAN Bus Interface PCB from Host cage.
8.3 Remove DVD thumbscrew from bottom of Host
cage, disconnect cables, and slide out DVD.
8.4 Remove angle bracket from chassis.
8.5 Remove Host from console and set on flat surface.
8.6 Remove old battery from CPU PCB by pressing
small metal clip (see Figure 4-7).
8.7 Install new battery.
Figure 4-7 Location of CPU battery inside Host
8.8 Replace components in reverse order of these
Module. DVI and CANBUS PCB's removed
instructions. for clarity.

9. Adjust Power Supply Voltages

9.1 Remove lower-right side panel (see Section Three).
9.2 For 12V, 5V, and 24V adjustments, connect meter
to points identified in Table 4-3, then adjust the 5V 12V
voltages between minimum and maximum with the
potentiometers identified in Figure 4-8.

For 5V and 12V readings the meter must be

attached to the DB9 connector on the side of
the Host (see Figure 4-8). The 5V and 12V
potentiometers are located on the upper power
supply.

For the 24V reading the meter must be attached to

TP1 and TP2 on the upper left corner of the Power
Distribution PCB. Its potentiometer is located on
the lower power supply.
24V
Output + GND Minimum Maximum
+5V DB9-5 DB9-9 5.10V 5.25V
6 7 8 9
+12V DB9-2 DB9-9 12.10V 12.25V DB9
+24V TP1 TP2 24.00V 24.50V
1 2 3 4 5

Table 4-3 VOLTAGE SPECIFICATIONS Figure 4-8 PS LOCATOR DIAGRAM - Location of

power supply potentiometers and DB9
connector pin positions.

4.6 8065750238
EQUIPMENT MALFUNCTION

The system communicates equipment malfunctions

through the display of Advisories, Warnings, and Faults
based on the level of severity. Listed below is a general
sequence of events for each.

Advisories
An advisory is a message to the user (see Figure 4-9).
The advisory may require user intervention, or it may
be for information purposes only. When an advisory
condition is detected, the following occurs:
• The advisory tone is generated.
Figure 4-10 WARNINGS SCREEN - This is a typical
• A dialog is displayed indicating the advisory. example of a Warnings dialog.

Faults
System faults are the result of an exceptional condition
resulting from an error or a hardware failure that renders
the software unable to carry out a requested service, or
one that results in unacceptable risk (see Figure 4-11).
When a system fault is detected, the following occurs:
• The fault tone is generated.
• All mechanisms are disabled.
• A dialog is displayed indicating the fault. If the
fault occurs during system initialization, shutdown,
or when the touchscreen graphics software is
Figure 4-9 ADVISORIES SCREEN - This is a typical unavailable, the fault dialog will be displayed in
example of an Advisories dialog. English.
• All requests for functions are ignored, including key
activations.
Warnings
Warnings are generated to indicate a non-system fault
(see Figure 4-10). When a warning is detected, the
following occurs:
• The warning tone is generated.
• Affected mechanisms are placed in a safe state.
• A dialog is displayed indicating the warning.

Figure 4-11 FAULTS SCREEN - This is a typical

example of a Faults dialog.

8065750238 4.7
 No message is displayed, but Follow the Problem Conditions table
unable to setup and operate as in this section of the operator’s man-
described in this operator's manual ual. If unable to fix the problem, or
Problem
and other applicable labeling. if the problem is not described in
Encountered
the troubleshooting table, contact
Alcon Technical Support or your
local Alcon representative.

Unit displays an Advisory number Follow the Advisories troubleshoot-

and message. These messages ing table in this section of the oper-
are displayed within a dialog box ator’s manual. If unable to fix the
and have a green border. problem, write down the advisory
number and message exactly as it
appears on the screen, then con-
tact Alcon Technical Support or
your local Alcon representative.

Unit displays a Warning number Write down the Warning number

and message. These messages and message exactly as it appears
are displayed within a dialog box on the screen, then contact Alcon
and have a yellow border. Technical Support or your local
Alcon representative. Some or all
functions could be disabled. Do not
use unit unless the case is already
started and no back-up is available.

Unit displays a System Fault Write down the Fault number and
number and message. These message exactly as it appears on
messages are displayed within a the screen, then contact Alcon
dialog box and have a red border. Technical Support or your local
Alcon representative. Discontinue
use until the problem is resolved.

Figure 4-12 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE - When a problem is encountered, refer to this chart first.

4.8 8065750238
 PROBLEM CONDITIONS

SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

System does not power-up. 1. Main power switch in OFF position. 1. Turn main power switch near power
cord to ON position.

2. Blown power fuse. 2. Replace power fuse near power cord.

System does not boot-up. Emits one Faulty Video PCB or Motherboard Replace faulty component.
long and two short beeps, fans run, (Host).
but no video.

System freezes and is unresponsive to Computer freezes. Press Standby switch for five seconds
operator commands. to shut down system, then re-boot.

Test chamber does not fill—insufficient 1. Restriction to irrigation inflow. 1. Check for kinks in irrigation line or
irrigation. twisted infusion sleeve.

2. Bottle too low or handpiece too high. 2. Put bottle at 78 cm and put handpiece
at patient eye level.

3. Drip chamber not adequately filled 3. Squeeze drip chamber until 2/3 to
with fluid. 3/4 full.

4. Clogged handpiece or tips. 4. Check handpiece and tips.

5. Faulty Fluidic Management System 5. Replace FMS.

(FMS).

6. Drip chamber valve stuck. 6. Tap drip chamber with finger to free
ball valve.

Test chamber collapses—does not 1. Bottle too low or handpiece too high. 1. Put bottle at 78 cm and put handpiece
refill. at patient eye level.

2. Clogged handpiece or tips. 2. Check handpiece and tips.

3. Drip chamber valve stuck. 3. Tap drip chamber with finger to free
ball valve.

Vacuum check failure. 1. Improper FMS insertion. 1. Reinsert FMS.

2. IRR and/or ASP fittings are not 2. Ensure both fittings are tightly
connected together or not connected connected together or to handpiece.
tightly to handpiece.

3. Drip chamber not 2/3 to 3/4 full. 3. Flush irrigation line and fill drip
chamber halfway using Fill button
in Test mode. Reprime.

4. Test chamber not on handpiece or 4. Secure test chamber tightly onto

not secured tightly over handpiece. handpiece.

5. Faulty FMS. 5. Replace FMS.

6. Priming with HP attached. 6. Remove HP, then connect blue and

white luer fittings together.

7. Cracked blue luer fitting. 7. Check fitting and replace FMS as

necessary.

Table 4-4 PROBLEM CONDITIONS - Listed in this table are problem conditions that may be observed. The
observed Symptom is followed by the Probable Cause and its Corrective Action.

8065750238 4.9
 PROBLEM CONDITIONS

SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

Vent test failure or vacuum and vent 1. Restriction in irrigation or aspiration 1. Check kinked irrigation or aspiration
test failure. lines. lines or twisted tip cap sleeve.

2. Machine insufficiently primed. 2. Press Test to reprime.

3. Faulty FMS. 3. Replace FMS.

4. Drip chamber vent valve stuck. 4. Tap drip chamber with finger to free
ball valve.

Ultraflow™* I/A handpiece leaking at 1. Loose tip. 1. Retighten tip.

tip and handpiece connection.
2. Damaged O-ring. 2. Retest. Inspect O-ring and replace,
as necessary. To replace:
• Using the special O-ring tool,
remove damaged O-ring.
• Roll new O-ring off tool and roll it
into place on tip.

3. Leak in tubing. 3. Replace HP silicone tubing.

Fluidics balance test does not pass. 1. Clogged I/A handpiece or tip. 1. Check HP and tip for occlusion.

2. Clogged I/A HP aspiration line. 2. Activate reflux.

3. Clogged I/A handpiece irrigation line. 3. • Remove test chamber.

• Flush irrigation line.
• Replace test chamber.
• Retest.
NOTE: If available, use a sterile
syringe and a container with
sterile fluid. Draw fluid through the
handpiece irrigation line. Retest.

Backflow regurgitation. Machine insufficiently primed. Reprime.

Insufficient aspiration. 1. Loose blue luer fittings. 1. Reconnect securely.

2. Kinked or damaged tubing. 2. Check tubing and/or replace.

3. Damaged O-ring. 3. Inspect O-ring and replace, as

necessary.

4. Clogged tip. 4. • Flush tip with sterile water or BSS®

sterile irrigating solution. Retest.
• Replace tip. Retest.

5. Cracked blue luer fitting. 5. Check fitting and replace FMS as

necessary.

Prime Complete / Tune Failed. 1. Faulty Handpiece. 1. Replace handpiece. Retest.

2. Faulty Connector. 2. Unplug, reinsert into socket, retest.

3. Faulty tip. 3. Remove tip and replace if faulty.

Retighten. Retest.

4. Other 4. Record the failed code number and

contact Alcon Surgical Technical
Services Department.

5. AquaLase® HP inject path clogged. 5. Flush path with sterile fluid.

6. AquaLase® bottle empty or low. 6. Insert new AquaLase® bottle.

4.10 8065750238
 PROBLEM CONDITIONS

SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

Tune Failed: Loose Tip. Loose tip. Retighten and retune.

Tune Failed: Tuning in Air. Attempted to tune tips in air. Fill test chamber completely. Retune.

No tune or loss of U/S power. 1. Handpiece tuned while hot. 1. Retune.

2. Loose tip. 2. Retighten and retune.

3. HP connector not seated correctly. 3. Disconnect and reinsert HP connector.

4. Faulty handpiece. 4. Try alternate handpiece.

Irrigation does not stop. System in Continuous Irrigation mode. Enter and exit Test mode.

Air in irrigation line causing bubbles. 1. Drip chamber not sufficiently full. 1. Fill drip chamber 2/3 to 3/4 full.
Flush irrigation line in Free Flow or
footpedal position 1.

2. Air in line or handpiece. 2. Tap handpiece 2-3X during flow test.

3. Loose irrigation luer fitting. 3. Check irrigation line and reseat.

4. Improper priming. 4. Reprime per setup procedure.

Ant Vit probe does not work at all (no 1. Faulty probe. 1. Replace probe.
movement).
2. An actuation line filling with BSS® 2. Check for correct tubing connections,
fluid due to improper setup. then replace probe.

Ineffective or poor Vit cutting. 1. Port not closing fully as the inner 1. Reduce cutting speed until port
cutter moves. closes completely.

2. Kinked, damaged or loose actuation 2. Check for damaged or kinked tubing;

tubing. straighten if necessary. Tighten any
loose luer fittings. Replace probe
if visual inspection shows any
damaged components.

3. Faulty probe (activated in air instead 3. Replace probe.

of fluid).

Remote control does not work. 1. Remote and system set on different 1. Verify system channel selection and
channels. remote channel select switches are
set to same channel (A, B, C, or D).

2. Batteries discharged. 2. Replace batteries in remote control.

IV pole does not retract completely System error. Turn system on, wait until system
upon shutdown. powers up, then turn system off using
Standby power switch located on upper
rear panel.

8065750238 4.11
 PROBLEM CONDITIONS

SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

Footpedal not responding properly. 1. Footpedal was pressed when system 1. Release footpedal and power off
was powered up, or footpedal system. Make sure footswitch is
was pressed when footswitch was properly connected to system, and
plugged in. turn power back on, with footpedal
in full up position.

2. Footswitch connector not seated 2. Disconnect and reconnect footswitch

properly. cable connector.

3. Faulty footswitch. 3. Replace footswitch.

“Please Install Footswitch” Advisory is 1. Improperly connected or disconnected 1. Verify proper insertion of footswitch
displayed. Error code 460. footswitch. connector (while footpedal/treadle is
in full up position).

2. Footswitch connector not seated 2. Disconnect and reconnect footswitch

properly. cable connector.

3. Faulty footswitch. 3. Replace footswitch.

System Fault occurs; entire system System Fault has several possible Carefully record all text appearing in
inoperative, red screen with stop sign causes. Fault screen, on display. Turn system
is displayed. off, wait until screen goes dark, then
turn system back on to see whether fault
clears. Contact Technical Services.

AquaLase® handpiece test failed. 1. Short circuit error. 1. Replace handpiece.

2. Open circuit error. 2. Ensure AquaLase® fluid is flowing to

handpiece.

Replace HP.

3. Flow obstruction. 3. Ensure AquaLase® fluid is flowing to

handpiece.

Flush injection flow path per HP DFU

and verify fluid exits tip.

4. AquaLase® bottle empty or low. 4. Insert new AquaLase® bottle.

AquaLase® handpiece leak at tip 1. Loose tip. 1. Reapply wrench and tighten tip.
interface.
2. Missing gasket. 2. Replace tip.

Diminished pulsing performance. AquaLase® fluid container near empty. Replace AquaLase® fluid container.

Low irrigation flow. Irrigation sleeve too distal. Move sleeve so holes are proximal to
tip flare.

4.12 8065750238
 ADVISORIES, WARNINGS, AND FAULTS

ERROR ERROR POSSIBLE CAUSE / MESSAGE ACTION TAKEN

CODE TYPE DETAIL CORRECTIVE ACTION DISPLAYED BY SYSTEM

Fluidics - Error Code 1XX

100 Warning Fluidics not responding. • Power Cable Warning xxx: Fluidics not • Prime, Fill and Test buttons
101 Warning POST progress incomplete. • CAN Bus Cable available. Restart system. If are disabled.
• W8-Power Dist/Host Cable problem persists after restart- • System goes to Not Primed
• CAN Distribution PCB ing system, contact Alcon status.
• Fluidics Controller PCB Technical Services. • System goes to Not Tuned
• CAN PCI PCB status.
• DC-DC Converter PCB • Irrigation valve is open.

102 Warning Broker s/w error. • CAN Bus Cable

103 Warning Broker bus warning. • Fluidics Controller PCB
104 Warning Broker bus off.
105 Warning Broker bus queue full.
106 Warning Broker bus transmit busy.
107 Warning Host proxy s/w error.
108 Warning Host proxy timeout.
109 Warning Host proxy range error.
110 Warning Footswitch proxy s/w error.
111 Warning Footswitch proxy timeout.
112 Warning Footswitch proxy range error.
113 Warning Footswitch mechanism fault.
114 N/A Fluidics proxy s/w error.
115 N/A Fluidics proxy timeout.
116 N/A Fluidics proxy range error.
117 N/A Fluidics mechanism fault.
118 Warning A/D Converter s/w error.
119 Warning A/D Converter data overrun.
120 Warning A/D Converter no data.
121 N/A N/A

122 Warning Voltage fail – 24 volts. • 24v Power Supply

123 Warning Voltage fail – 12 volts. • Fluidics Controller PCB
124 Warning Voltage fail – derived volts. • DC-DC Converter PCB

125 Warning Mechanism s/w error. • CAN Bus Cable

126 Warning Mechanism timeout error. • Fluidics Controller PCB
127 Warning Mechanism faulted.

131 Warning Irrigation valve failed closed. • Fluidics Controller PCB

132 Warning Irrigation valve failed open. • Irrigation Valve / Replace
Fluidics Module

135 Warning Vent valve failed closed. • Fluidics Controller PCB Warning xxx: Fluidics not • Prime, Fill and Test buttons
136 Warning Vent valve failed open. • Vent Valve / Replace Fluid- available. Restart system. If are disabled.
ics Module problem persists after restart- • System goes to Not Primed
ing system, contact Alcon status.
139 Warning Pump direction failure. • Fluidics Controller PCB Technical Services • System goes to Not Tuned
140 Warning Pump speed failure. • Pump Motor / Replace status.
• Irrigation valve is open.
142 Warning APS s/w error. • Fluidics Controller PCB
143 Warning APS offset failure. • Aspiration Pressure Sensor
144 Warning APS shunt calibration failure. (APS) / Replace Fluidics
145 Warning APS actuator failure. Module

146 Warning IPS s/w error. • Fluidics Controller PCB

149 Warning FMS s/w error.

150 Warning FMS ID sensor calibration • Cassette ID PCB

failure. • Fluidics Controller PCB

151 Warning FMS loading motor current • Latch Mechanism Assy

failure. • Fluidics Controller PCB

152 Warning Aspirator s/w error. • Fluidics Controller PCB

Table 4-5 ERROR CODES - Listed in this table are error codes shown on the Infiniti™* Vision System display
panel when the system detects a problem. The error codes are separated between Advisories, Warn-
ings, and Faults.

8065750238 4.13
 ERROR ERROR POSSIBLE CAUSE / MESSAGE ACTION TAKEN
CODE TYPE DETAIL CORRECTIVE ACTION DISPLAYED BY SYSTEM

160 Advisory FMS calibration failed. • Replace FMS (Cassette) Advisory xxx: Reinsert FMS. System automatically closes
• Fluidics Controller PCB Replace FMS if problem per- the advisory when the FMS is
sists. reinserted.

161 Advisory Vacuum check failed-unable • Replace FMS (Cassette) Advisory xxx: Please check • System goes to Not Primed
to prime vent path. • Irrigation Pressure Sensor / fittings and reprime. Replace status.
162 Vacuum check failed-slow Replace IPS FMS if problem persists. • Tune status is unaffected.
rise time. • Aspiration Pressure Sensor
163 Vacuum check failed-slow / Replace Fluidics Module
vent time. • NOTE: Check IPS/APS
164 Vacuum check failed-unable tracking in Service Screen
to verify infusion pressure.

165 Advisory Flow check failed – exces- • Handpiece or Tubing is Advisory xxx: Flow obstruc- • Prime status is unaffected.
sive vacuum rise. obstructed / Clean and tion. Please check handpiece • Selected handpiece goes to
166 AquaLase injected flow replace free flow. Not Tuned status.
check failed – excessive
vacuum rise.
167 AquaLase handpiece flow
check failed – excessive
vacuum rise.

169 Advisory Infusion pressure drop. • No more BSS in Bottle / Advisory xxx: Irrigation pres- • System disables phaco
Change bottle and run ir- sure is low. Please check power, vacuum, aspira-
rigation to remove air bottle and fittings. tion, and vitrectomy for all
• Infusion Pressure Drop steps. These functions will
setting is below 40% be made available when the
and Aspiration flow rate low infusion pressure condi-
is above 50. Note: only tion is no longer true and the
occurs with combination footswitch treadle has been
of low Infusion Pressure released to position 1.
Settings, High Aspiration • Press OK button to remove
Settings and Dynamic Rise the advisory or the system
• Irrigation Pressure Sensor / will automatically remove
Replace IPS the advisory when the con-
• Fluidics Controller PCB dition is no longer true. The
advisory is redisplayed if
the condition is true and
the footswitch treadle is de-
pressed from position 0. This
advisory is only displayed
in Surgery Mode when the
footswitch treadle is not in
position 0. It is not displayed
in the Coagulation step.

170 Advisory Reflux terminated – reflux • Reservoir in FMS (Cas- Advisory xxx: Reflux termi- • Prime status is unaffected.
fluid volume depleted (U/S sette) is depleted nated. Reflux fluid volume • Tune status is unaffected.
and AQL FMS only). depleted.

171 Advisory Excessive pressure in drain • Replace FMS (Cassette) Advisory xxx: Excessive • Prime status is unaffected.
bag (drain bag is full). pressure in drain bag. Re- • Tune status is unaffected.
place FMS.

175 Advisory Infusion pressure sensor • Irrigation Pressure Sensor / Advisory xxx: Infusion pres- • Prime status is unaffected.
shunt calibration error. Replace IPS sure sensor calibration error. • Tune status is unaffected.
• Fluidics Controller PCB Remove FMS. If problem per- • System will not accept a
sists contact Alcon Technical FMS while the failure condi-
Services. tion exists. The condition is
periodically tested while a
FMS is not installed.

176 Advisory Infusion pressure sensor • Irrigation Pressure Sensor / Advisory xxx: Infusion pres- • Prime status is unaffected.
offset test failure. Replace IPS sure sensor calibration error. • Tune status is unaffected.
• Fluidics Controller PCB Remove FMS. If problem per- • System will not accept a
sists contact Alcon Technical FMS while the failure condi-
Services. tion exists. The condition is
periodically tested while a
FMS is not installed.

4.14 8065750238
ERROR ERROR POSSIBLE CAUSE / MESSAGE ACTION TAKEN
CODE TYPE DETAIL CORRECTIVE ACTION DISPLAYED BY SYSTEM

180 Advisory Invalid FMS ID. • Top left pin may be stuck Advisory xxx: Invalid FMS ID. • System goes to Not Primed
• Latch Mechanism Assy Replace FMS. status.
• Fluidics Controller PCB • Tune status is unaffected.

181 Advisory Excessive ambient light - • Excessive Overhead Light- Advisory xxx: Excessive Am- • System will not accept a
unable to calibrate ID sen- ing bient Light. Unable to cali- FMS while the failure condi-
sors. • Cassette ID PCB brate FMS ID sensors. tion exists. The condition is
• Fluidics Controller PCB tested at initialization and
upon FMS removal. It is re-
tested until successful.

182 Advisory Excessive ambient light - Advisory xxx: Excessive Am- • FMS is ejected.
unable to read cassette ID. bient Light. Unable to read • .Advisory is cleared when
FMS ID. user removes FMS. Condi-
tion is tested upon FMS in-
sertion.

183 Advisory Multipak FMS removal N/A Advisory xxx: Remove Multi- • Multipak not ejected until
pending pak FMS? user confirms.
• This advisory is not saved in
the Event Log.

Ultrasound - Error Code 2XX

200 Warning Ultrasound not responding. • Power Cable Warning xxx: Ultrasound and • U/S or NeoSoniX™ Tune
201 Warning POST progress incomplete. • CAN Bus Cable Coagulation not available. status is “Not Tuned”. AquaL-
• W8 – Power Dist / Host Contact Alcon Technical Ser- ase® and or AquaLase®
Cable vices. Single-Use Tune status not
• CAN Distribution PCB affected.
• US/COAG Controller PCB • Prime status is unaffected.
• CAN PCI PCB • Test Handpiece button in
• DC-DC Converter PCB Setup screen is ghosted if
current handpiece is U/S
202 Warning Broker s/w error. • CAN Bus Cable or NeoSoniX™. Test Hand-
203 Warning Broker bus warning. • US/COAG Controller PCB piece button in Setup is not
204 Warning Broker bus off. ghosted if current handpiece
205 Warning Broker bus queue full. is either the AquaLase® or
206 Warning Broker bus transmit busy. AquaLase® Single-Use.
207 Warning Host proxy s/w error. • FP3 in U/S and NeoSoniX™
208 Warning Host proxy timeout. steps is not functional (user
209 Warning Host proxy range error. can go to FP3 but there will
210 Warning Footswitch proxy s/w error. be no U/S power).
211 Warning Footswitch proxy timeout. • If the Coagulation button is
212 Warning Footswitch proxy range error. pressed, the subsystem sta-
213 Warning Footswitch mechanism fault. tus dialog is displayed.
214 Warning Fluidics proxy s/w error.
215 Warning Fluidics proxy timeout.
216 Warning Fluidics proxy range error.
217 Warning Fluidics mechanism fault.
218 Warning A/D Converter s/w error.
219 Warning A/D Converter data overrun.
220 Warning A/D Converter no data.
221 Warning Voltage diagnostic s/w error.

222 Warning Voltage failure-24 volts. • 24v Power Supply

223 Warning Voltage failure-12 volts. • US/COAG Controller PCB
224 Warning Voltage failure-derived volts. • DC-DC Converter PCB

225 Warning Mechanism s/w error. • CAN Bus Cable

226 Warning Mechanism timeout error. • US/COAG Controller PCB
227 Warning Mechanism faulted.
230 Warning Ultrasound s/w error.
233 Warning Coagulator s/w error.

250 Advisory Tune failed - tuning in air. • Tuning in Air Advisory xxx: Tuning in air. • U/S Tune status “Not Tuned”.
(System Fault • Bad Handpiece • Prime status is unaffected.
403 if received • FP3 is not functional (user
in surgery) can go to FP3 but there will
be no U/S power).

continued

8065750238 4.15
 ERROR ERROR POSSIBLE CAUSE / MESSAGE ACTION TAKEN
CODE TYPE DETAIL CORRECTIVE ACTION DISPLAYED BY SYSTEM

251 Advisory Tune failed – no handpiece. • Bad handpiece Advisory xxx: Insert hand-
(System Fault piece.
403 if received
in surgery)

252 Advisory Tune failed – unknown • Eprom in handpiece / Bad Advisory xxx: Two handpiec-
(System Fault handpiece. Handpiece es detected while tuning. Re-
403 if received move a handpiece.
in surgery)

254 Advisory Tune failed – loose tip. • Loose tip / retighten Advisory xxx: Loose tip.
(System Fault • Bad Handpiece
403 if received • US/COAG Controller PCB
in surgery)

256 Advisory Tune failed - handpiece cur- • Bad Handpiece Advisory xxx: Replace hand-
(System Fault rent low (open circuit). • US/CO AG Controller PCB piece. If problem persists af-
403 if received ter restarting system, contact
257 in surgery) Tune failed - handpiece volt- Alcon Technical Services.
age low (short circuit).

258 Advisory Tune failed- frequency order. • Bad Handpiece

(System Fault
260 403 if received Tune failed- series frequency
in surgery) margin.
261 Tune failed-parallel frequency
margin.

263 Advisory Tune failed - bandwidth low. • Loose Tip / retighten

(System Fault • Bad Handpiece
264 403 if received Tune failed - bandwidth high.
in surgery)

266 Advisory Tune failed – power amplifier • Bad Handpiece

(System Fault supply voltage. • US/COAG Controller PCB
403 if received
in surgery)

267 Advisory Tune failed – handpiece • Handpiece Unplugged dur- Advisory xxx: Replace hand- • U/S Tune status “Not Tuned”.
disconnected during tune. ing tuning piece. If problem persists af- • Prime status is unaffected.
ter restarting system, contact • FP3 is not functional (user
270 Advisory U/S HP failure- corrupt hand- • Eprom in handpiece / Bad Alcon Technical Services. can go to FP3 but there will
piece (bad CRC). Handpiece be no U/S power).

271 Advisory U/S HP failure - multiple • More than one Handpiece Advisory xxx: Two hand- • Prime and U/S Tune status
handpieces connected. is plugged into system pieces detected. Remove a are unaffected.
• US/COAG Controller PCB handpiece. • System stops applying U/S
power.
• FP3 is not functional (user
can go to FP3 but there will
be no U/S power).

272 Advisory U/S HP failure - handpiece • Bad Handpiece Advisory xxx: Replace hand- • U/S Tune status “Not Tuned”.
current low (open circuit). • US/COAG Controller PCB piece. If problem persists af- • Prime status is unaffected.
ter restarting system, contact • System stops applying U/S
273 Advisory U/S HP failure - handpiece Alcon Technical Services. power.
voltage low (short circuit). • FP3 is not functional (user
can go to FP3 but there will
274 Advisory U/S HP failure - excessive be no U/S power).
power.
Advisory xxx: Ultrasound er- • U/S Tune status “Tuned”.
276 Advisory U/S HP failure - power ampli- ror. Release treadle and re- • Prime status is unaffected.
fier supply voltage. try. If problem persists after • System stops applying U/S
restarting system, contact power in FP3, but user can
Alcon Technical Services. re-apply U/S power by exiting
FP3 and re-entering FP3.
• Advisory automatically re-
moved after 5 seconds.

4.16 8065750238
ERROR ERROR POSSIBLE CAUSE / MESSAGE ACTION TAKEN
CODE TYPE DETAIL CORRECTIVE ACTION DISPLAYED BY SYSTEM

277 Advisory U/S handpiece disconnected • Bad Handpiece Advisory xxx: Handpiece dis- • U/S Tune status goes to “Not
while footswitch engaged. • US/COAG Controller PCB connected while applying U/S Tuned”.
power. Release treadle then • Prime status is unaffected.
insert and tune handpiece. • System stops applying U/S
power.
• FP3 is not functional (user
can go to FP3 but there will
be no U/S power).

278 Advisory U/S HP failure - corrupt • Bad Eprom in Handpiece / Advisory xxx: Replace hand- • U/S Tune status “Not Tuned”.
(System Fault handpiece (bad data). Replace Handpiece piece. If problem persists af- • Prime status unaffected.
403 if received ter restarting system, contact • FP3 not functional (user can
in surgery) Alcon Technical Services. go to FP3 but there will be
no U/S power).

279 Advisory Unknown Handpiece. Advisory xxx: Unknown hand- • Handpiece status goes to
piece detected. “Unknown Handpiece”.
• Prime status is unaffected.
• FP3 is not functional (user
can go to FP3 but there will
be no U/S power).

280 Advisory Unsupported Handpiece. Advisory xxx: Unsupported • Handpiece status goes to
handpiece detected. “Unknown Handpiece”.
• Prime status is unaffected.
• FP3 is not functional (user
can go to FP3 but there will
be no U/S power).

281 Advisory Coagulator HP failure - • US/COAG Controller PCB Advisory xxx: Cautery com- • U/S Tune status unaffected.
excessive power. pliance error. If problem per- • Prime status unaffected.
sists after restarting system, • System stops applying cau-
contact Alcon Tech Services. tery power in FP2, but user
can re-apply cautery power
282 Advisory Coagulator HP failure - Advisory xxx: Coagulator er- by exiting FP2 and then re-
power amplifier supply volts. ror. If problem persists after entering FP2.
restarting system, contact • Advisory automatically re-
Alcon Tech Services. moved after 5 seconds.

Footswitch Interface - Error Code 3XX

300 Warning Footswitch not responding. • Power Cable Warning xxx: Footswitch not • All footswitch functionality is
301 Warning POST progress incomplete. • CAN Bus Cable available. Restart system. If disabled.
• W8-Power Dist/Host Cable problem persists after restart- • Prime, Fill, and Test Hand-
• CAN Distribution PCB ing system, contact Alcon piece buttons are disabled.
• Footswitch Controller PCB Technical Services. If a button is pressed, the
• CAN PCI PCB subsystem status dialog is
• DC-DC Converter PCB displayed.
• System goes to Not Primed
302 Warning Broker s/w error. • CAN Bus Cable status.
303 Warning Broker bus warning. • Footswitch Controller PCB • System goes to Not Tuned
304 Warning Broker bus off. status.
305 Warning Broker bus queue full. • Irrigation valve is open.
306 Warning Broker bus transmit busy. • Footswitch icon displays po-
307 Warning Host proxy s/w error. sition 0.
308 Warning Host proxy timeout.
309 Warning Host proxy range error.
310 N/A Footswitch proxy s/w error.
311 N/A Footswitch proxy timeout.
312 N/A Footswitch proxy range error.
313 N/A Footswitch mechanism fault.
314 N/A Fluidics proxy s/w error.
315 N/A Fluidics proxy timeout.
316 N/A Fluidics proxy range error.
317 N/A Fluidics mechanism fault.
318 Warning A/D Converter s/w error.
319 Warning A/D Converter data overrun.
320 Warning A/D Converter no data.
321 Warning Voltage diagnostic s/w error.
continued

8065750238 4.17
 ERROR ERROR POSSIBLE CAUSE / MESSAGE ACTION TAKEN
CODE TYPE DETAIL CORRECTIVE ACTION DISPLAYED BY SYSTEM

322 Warning Voltage failure – 24 volts. • 24v Power Supply.

323 Warning Voltage failure – 12 volts. • Footswitch Controller PCB.
324 N/A N/A • DC-DC Converter PCB.

325 Warning Mechanism s/w error. • CAN bus cable.

326 Warning Mechanism timeout error. • Footswitch Controller PCB.
327 Warning Mechanism faulted.
330 Warning Treadle s/w error.
331 Warning User switches s/w error.

350 Advisory Up-switch failure. • Ftsw peddle may be stuck/ Advisory xxx: Footswitch • Footswitch icon displays po-
351 Advisory Encoder failure. Check for obstruction. failure detected. Check and sition 0. If the icon is pressed,
• Ftsw main treadle pressed reset footswitch. If condition the advisory message is dis-
while in vertical position/ persists contact Alcon Tech- played but the advisory tone
Position Ftsw on Floor. nical Services. is not emitted.
• Bad Footswitch Cable /
Replace Cable.
• Bad Footswitch.
• Footswitch Controller PCB.

352 Advisory Detent failure. • Footswitch Motor / Replace Advisory xxx: Footswitch fail-
353 Advisory Ftsw EEPROM read failure. Footswitch ure, replace footswitch.
• EEPROM Failure on
Footswitch PCB / Replace
Footswitch
• Footswitch Controller PCB

Host - Error Code 4XX

400 Fault POST progress incomplete. • Bad SDRAM System Fault xxx: Please Re- • All mechanisms go to safe
start System. state (irrigation valve open,
IV pole stays in current posi-
401 Fault Bus failure. • CAN Bus Cable System Fault xxx: Bus Failure. tion, etc.)
• CAN Distribution PCB
• CAN PCI PCB
• W19 - CANDIST/CANCTRL
Cable

402 Fault Fault only occurs at startup. • 24v Power Supply System Fault xxx: 24V Out of
Tolerance

403 Fault S/W error <location in code • Must use Service Disk and System Fault xxx: Software
where error occurred>. Enter Event Log in order to Error.
determine Possible Fault.

404 Fault Corrupt/Missing File <lan- • Application File is corrupt System Fault xxx: Corrupt/
guage>. or missing / reload s/w only. Missing File.

405 Fault Incompatible s/w version. • PCB has old software. System Fault xxx: Incompat-
Reload application s/w only. ible Software Version.

406 Fault Failed s/w installation. • Bad application CD - reload. System Fault xxx: Failed soft-
• Corrupt operating system / ware installation.
console configuration.
• Bad hard drive / replace.

441 Warning Lost AC power. • AC Power Cord is removed Warning xxx: AC power lost. • System powers down.
while power is on. System is shutting down.
• Power Distribution PCB is
bad / Replace.

None None Subsystem Status. • If Module Warning is can- Subsystem Status: One or • The warning tone is not emit-
celled, it will appear when more surgical subsystems ted and an error code is not
entering surgery screen. are not available. displayed when this dialog is
activated.

450 Advisory Prime FMS, Fill, or Test • Footswitch main treadle is Advisory xxx: Footswitch is • The system does not initiate
handpiece button is pressed stuck or being pressed. depressed. Release foot- the requested function.
while the footswitch treadle • Bad Footswitch switch before pressing Prime
is depressed. • Footswitch Interface PCB / FMS, Fill, or Test Handpiece.
Replace

4.18 8065750238
ERROR ERROR POSSIBLE CAUSE / MESSAGE ACTION TAKEN
CODE TYPE DETAIL CORRECTIVE ACTION DISPLAYED BY SYSTEM

451 Advisory Unknown footswitch type is • Footswitch Cable Advisory xxx: Cannot recog- • Infiniti footswitch type bitmap
detected. • System Footswitch Con- nize footswitch. Please check is displayed.
nector / Replace footswitch connection. • The advisory is redisplayed
• Footswitch Interface PCB / if the operator selects the
Replace Footswitch Button.

460 Advisory Footswitch not connected at • Footswitch Not connected. Advisory xxx: Please install • Mechanisms behave as if
system start up, or footswitch • Footswitch Cable footswitch. footswitch is at position 0.
disconnected when system • System Footswitch Con- • Irrigation valve is open. Irri-
is on. nector / Replace gation valve will close when
• Footswitch Interface PCB / footswitch is plugged in.
Replace • If footswitch icon pressed,
advisory message displayed.

461 Advisory Battery is missing, discon- • Power Distribution PCB is Advisory xxx: Infiniti backup • NA
nected or discharged. bad / Replace power service needed, con-
• Bad Battery / Replace tact Alcon Tech Services.

463 Advisory Language translations cor- • Will appear if language Advisory xxx: Invalid lan- • Invalid languages are not
rupted. translation is corrupt guage(s) found during initializa- available.
tion. One or more installed lan-
guages may not be available.

464 Advisory Invalid language specified • If selected default language Advisory xxx: The language • The language is set to Eng-
<language>. cannot be found, reload specified by system settings lish.
preferred language and set is invalid.
as default.

465 Advisory Tune sequence interrupted • Disconnected Handpiece Advisory xxx: The tune se- • Tune status is “Not Tuned”.
by removal of handpiece. • Bad Handpiece Connector quence was interrupted by • Prime status is unaffected.
• US/COAG PCB - Replace removal of the handpiece.

466 Advisory AquaLase tune command • Disconnected Handpiece Advisory xxx: AquaLase • Tune status is “Not Tuned”.
sequence did not complete. • Bad Handpiece Connector handpiece test failed. Hand- • Prime status is unaffected.
• Aqualase Controller PCB / piece tune failed. Check
Replace AquaLase HP connection.

467 Advisory AquaLase® handpiece is • Choose proper mode Advisory xxx: Replace FMS • NA
selected and non-AquaLase • Cassette ID PCB / Replace with an AquaLase FMS to al-
FMS inserted, or subse- • Fluidics Controller PCB / low tuning of the AquaLase
quently the disabled Test Replace handpiece.
button is pressed.

468 Advisory AquaLase container was • Container not detected / Advisory xxx: The AquaLase • NA
removed while tuning hand- Replace Aqualase Recep- tune sequence was interrupt-
piece. tacle PCB ed by removal of the AquaL-
• Aqualase Controller PCB / ase container.
Replace

469 Advisory A doctor data file cannot be • CRC does not match- Advisory xxx: Doctor data • The invalid doctor file is not
read. corrupt doctor file. File corrupted. available.
removed and Dr. must be
added again
• Bad Hard Drive

470 Advisory Doctor file is incomplete or • CRC passes, but file cor- Advisory xxx: Doctor data file • The invalid doctor file is not
data is invalid. rupt. File removed and Dr. invalid. available.
must be added again. Copy
Event Log and send in.
• Bad Hard Drive

471 Advisory Doctor file with U/S Occlu- • U/S Occlusion is not sup- Advisory xxx: U/S Occlusion • U/S Occlusion feature will
sion Watch enabled was ported in REL_1.18 and is no longer supported. Doc- not carry over to any In-
detected when selected from above. If Doctor File has tor setting will be permanent- finiti System REL_1.18 and
Doctor Menu or restored this feature saved, 471 will ly disabled <doctor name> above. 471 is not saved in
from Data Card. appear and feature will not the Event Log.
be available.

8065750238 4.19
 ERROR ERROR POSSIBLE CAUSE / MESSAGE ACTION TAKEN
CODE TYPE DETAIL CORRECTIVE ACTION DISPLAYED BY SYSTEM

472 Advisory Abnormal System Shutdown • Under R&D Evaluation Advisory xxx: Abnormal Sys- • N/A
tem Shutdown.

473 Advisory Inserted handpiece does not • Improper U/S, NeoSonix or Advisory xxx: Inserted hand- • If you ignore Advisory and
match selected handpiece. Ozil handpiece is selected. piece does not match se- choose not to switch to prop-
lected handpiece. Change er handpiece, you will not be
selected handpiece before able to continue surgery.
proceeding.

499 Advisory A dongle was detected on • Only used by R&D Person- Advisory xxx: Field Evalua- • Allows user to enter Field
instrument boot-up. nel tion Feature Dongle detected Evaluation Protocols
at startup.

NA NA Host Module Issues. • Please Look at Host Mod- NA • NA

ule Beacons from 12/2004
to 2/2005.

AquaLase® - Error Code 5XX

500 Warning AquaLase not responding. • Power Cable Warning xxx: AquaLase not • AquaLase® or AquaLase®
501 Warning POST progress incomplete. • CAN Bus Cable available. If this function is Single-Use Tune status is
• W8-Power Dist/Host Cable required, restart system. If “Not Tuned”. U/S and Neo-
• CAN Distribution PCB problem persists after restart- SoniX™ Tune status are not
• Aqualase Controller PCB ing system, contact Alcon affected.
• CAN PCI PCB Technical Services. • Prime status is unaffected.
• DC-DC Converter PCB • Test Handpiece button in
Setup screen is ghosted if
502 Warning Broker s/w error. • CAN Bus Cable current handpiece is either
503 Warning Broker bus warning. • Aqualase Controller PCB an AquaLase® or AquaL-
504 Warning Broker bus off. ase® Single-Use. Test
505 Warning Broker bus queue full. Handpiece button in Setup is
506 Warning Broker bus transmit busy. not ghosted if current hand-
507 Warning Host proxy s/w error. piece is U/S or NeoSoniX™.
508 Warning Host proxy timeout. • FP3 in either AquaLase®
509 Warning Host proxy range error. or AquaLase® Single-Use
510 Warning Footswitch proxy s/w error. steps is not functional (user
511 Warning Footswitch proxy timeout. can go to FP3 but there will
512 Warning Footswitch proxy range error. be no AquaLase® power).
513 Warning Footswitch mechanism fault. • If a ghosted button is
514 Warning Fluidics proxy s/w error. pressed, the subsystem sta-
515 Warning Fluidics proxy timeout. tus dialog is displayed.
516 Warning Fluidics proxy range error.
517 Warning Fluidics mechanism fault.
518 Warning A/D Converter s/w error.
519 Warning A/D Converter data overrun.
520 Warning A/D Converter no data.
521 Warning Voltage diagnostic s/w error.

522 Warning Voltage failure-24 volts. • 24v Power Supply

523 Warning Voltage failure-12 volts. • Aqualase Controller PCB
524 Warning Voltage failure-derived volts. • DC-DC Converter PCB

525 Warning Mechanism s/w error. • CAN Bus Cable Warning xxx: AquaLase not • AquaLase® or AquaLase®
526 Warning Mechanism timeout error. • Aqualase Controller PCB available. If this function is Single-Use Tune status is
527 Warning Mechanism faulted. required, restart system. If “Not Tuned”. U/S and Neo-
problem persists after restart- SoniX™ Tune status are not
530 Warning RF Controller s/w error. • Aqualase Controller PCB ing system, contact Alcon affected.
531 Warning RF Controller high volt fail. Technical Services • Prime status is unaffected.
535 Warning CP Controller s/w error. • Test Handpiece button in
Setup screen is ghosted if
536 Warning CP Controller transducer • Transducer / Replace current handpiece is either
zero offset low failure. Aqualase Controller PCB an AquaLase® or AquaL-
537 Warning CP Controller transducer ase® Single-Use. Test
zero offset high failure. Handpiece button in Setup is
538 Warning CP Controller transducer not ghosted if current hand-
invalid pressure reading. piece is U/S or NeoSoniX™.
539 Warning CP Controller transducer drift • FP3 in either AquaLase®
failure. or AquaLase® Single-Use
steps is not functional (user
540 Warning CP Controller inlet valve • Check Cable from Aqual- can go to FP3 but there will
electrical failure. ase PCB to Solenoids be no AquaLase® power).
541 Warning CP Controller relief valve • Bad Solenoid / Replace • If a ghosted button is
electrical failure. Aqualase Controller PCB pressed, the subsystem sta-
continued tus dialog is displayed.

4.20 8065750238
ERROR ERROR POSSIBLE CAUSE / MESSAGE ACTION TAKEN
CODE TYPE DETAIL CORRECTIVE ACTION DISPLAYED BY SYSTEM

542 Warning CP Controller ambient pres- • Check Tubing

sure failure. • Bad Transducer / Replace
543 Warning CP Controller inlet pressure Aqualase Controller PCB
failure.

544 Warning CP Controller container inter- • Check Cable from Aqual-

face electrical failure. ase PCB to Aqualase
Receptacle PCB
• Receptacle PCB / Replace
entire Aqualase Receptacle
• Transducer / Replace
Aqualase Controller PCB

550 Advisory Check pressure and fill com- • Should be 0 psi (0.5 +) Advisory xxx: AquaLase • AquaLase® or AquaLase®
mand failed – not at ambient. Check Tubing handpiece test failed. Re- Single-Use Tune status is
• Bad Transducer / Replace try test. If problem persists “Not Tuned”. U/S or Neo-
Aqualase Controller PCB contact Alcon Technical Ser- SoniX™ Tune status not af-
vices. fected.
551 Advisory Check pressure and fill • Pressure not getting into • Prime status is unaffected.
command failed – excessive bottle - Check Aqualase • FP3 in either AquaLase®
pressure. bottle or AquaLase® Single-Use
• Transducer / Replace steps is not functional (user
Aqualase Controller PCB can go to FP3 but there will
be no AquaLase® power).
552 Advisory Check pressure and fill com- • Begins to build pressure, but Advisory xxx: AquaLase
mand failed – unable to build cannot maintain. Check tub- handpiece test failed. Check
pressure. ing from Aqualase PCB to fluid container and retry test.
Aqualase Receptacle PCB. If problem persists contact Al-
553 Advisory Check pressure and fill con Technical Services.
command failed – unable to
maintain pressure.

556 Advisory Tune command failed – no • Currently Not Active

handpiece.

558 Advisory Tune command failed – un- • Begins to build pressure, but
able to maintain pressure. cannot maintain. Check tub-
ing from Aqualase PCB to
Aqualase Receptacle PCB
• Bad Handpiece

559 Advisory Tune command failed – open • Aqualase Bottle Advisory xxx: AquaLase
circuit. • Check tubing from Aqual- handpiece test failed. Check
ase PCB to Aqualase fluid container and retry test.
Receptacle PCB If problem persists replace
• Handpiece Connector AquaLase handpiece.
• Handpiece

560 Advisory Tune command failed – short • Handpiece Connector Advisory xxx: AquaLase
circuit. • Handpiece handpiece test failed. Check
AquaLase handpiece and re-
try test. If problem persists re-
place AquaLase handpiece.

570 Advisory Handpiece failure - corrupt • Handpiece Advisory xxx: AquaLase • AquaLase® or AquaLase®
handpiece. handpiece failed. Replace Single-Use Tune status is “Not
AquaLase handpiece. Tuned”. U/S or NeoSoniX™
Tune status not affected.
• Prime status is unaffected.
• FP3 in either AquaLase®
or AquaLase® Single-Use
steps is not functional (user
can go to FP3 but there will
be no AquaLase® power).

8065750238 4.21
 ERROR ERROR POSSIBLE CAUSE / MESSAGE ACTION TAKEN
CODE TYPE DETAIL CORRECTIVE ACTION DISPLAYED BY SYSTEM

571 Advisory Handpiece failure - open • Aqualase Bottle Advisory xxx: AquaLase Er- • AquaLase® or AquaLase®
circuit. • Check tubing from Aqual- ror. Release treadle, check Single-Use Tune status is “Not
ase PCB to Aqualase fluid container and retry. If Tuned”. U/S or NeoSoniX™
Receptacle PCB problem persists replace Tune status not affected.
• Handpiece Connector AquaLase handpiece. • Prime status is unaffected.
• Handpiece • FP3 in either AquaLase® or
AquaLase® Single-Use steps
is not functional unless user ex-
its FP3 and reenters into FP3.

572 Advisory Handpiece failure - short Advisory xxx: AquaLase • AquaLase® or AquaLase®
circuit. handpiece disabled. Retest Single-Use Tune status “Not
handpiece. Tuned”. U/S or NeoSoniX™
Tune status not affected.
• Prime status is unaffected.
• FP3 in either AquaLase®
or AquaLase® Single-Use
steps is not functional (user
can go to FP3 but there will
be no AquaLase® power).

• AquaLase® or AquaLase®
573 Advisory Handpiece failure - RF • Handpiece Connector Advisory xxx: AquaLase Er- Single-Use Tune status is “Not
controller unable to maintain • Handpiece ror. Release treadle and retry. Tuned”. U/S or NeoSoniX™
high voltage. • Aqualase Controller PCB If problem persists contact Al- Tune status not affected.
con Technical Services. • Prime status is unaffected.
• FP3 in either AquaLase®
or AquaLase® Single-Use
steps is not functional, un-
less user exits FP3 and re-
enters into FP3.

• AquaLase® or AquaLase®
574 Advisory Handpiece failure - hand- • Handpiece Connector Advisory xxx: AquaLase Single-Use Tune status is “Not
piece disconnected while • Handpiece handpiece disabled. Check Tuned”. U/S or NeoSoniX™
footswitch depressed. AquaLase handpiece con- Tune status not affected.
nection and retest the hand- • Prime status is unaffected.
piece. • FP3 in either AquaLase®
or AquaLase® Single-Use
steps is not functional (user
can go to FP3 but there will
be no AquaLase® power).

• AquaLase® or AquaLase®
575 Advisory Unknown Handpiece. • Handpiece Advisory xxx: Unknown Single-Use Tune status is “Not
• Aqualase Controller PCB AquaLase handpiece de- Tuned”. U/S or NeoSoniX™
tected. Tune status not affected.
• Prime status is unaffected.
• FP3 in either AquaLase®
or AquaLase® Single-Use
steps is not functional (user
can go to FP3 but there will
be no AquaLase® power).

• AquaLase® Tune status “Not

580 Advisory Container invalid type. • Aqualase Bottle Advisory xxx: Replace AquaL- Tuned”. U/S and NeoSoniX™
• Aqualase Réceptacle PCB/ ase container. Tune status not affected.
Replace entire Receptacle • Prime status is unaffected.
Assembly • FP3 in either AquaLase®
steps is not functional (user
can go to FP3 but there will
be no AquaLase® power).

4.22 8065750238
ERROR ERROR POSSIBLE CAUSE / MESSAGE ACTION TAKEN
CODE TYPE DETAIL CORRECTIVE ACTION DISPLAYED BY SYSTEM

582 Advisory Container excessive pres- • Handpiece Connector Advisory xxx: AquaLase Er- • AquaLase® Tune status is
sure. • Handpiece ror. Release treadle and retry. “Not Tuned”. U/S and Neo-
If problem persists contact Al- SoniX™ Tune status are not
con Technical Services. affected.
• Prime status is unaffected.
583 Advisory Container unable to build/ Advisory xxx: AquaLase • FP3 in either AquaLase®
maintain pressure. pressure failure. Check fluid steps is not functional, un-
container and retry. If prob- less user exits FP3 and re-
lem persists contact Alcon enters into FP3.
Technical Services.

IV Pole - Error Code 6XX

600 Warning IV Pole not responding. • Power Cable Warning xxx: IV Pole not • Pole remains in its current
601 Warning POST progress incomplete. • CAN Bus Cable available. Restart system. If position
• W8-Power Dist/Host Cable problem persists after restart- • Ghost infusion controls
• CAN Distribution PCB ing system, contact Alcon • Blank infusion value
• IV Pole Controller PCB Technical Services. Use ex- • If a ghosted button is
• CAN PCI PCB ternal IV Pole. pressed, the subsystem sta-
• DC-DC Converter PCB tus dialog is displayed.

602 Warning Broker s/w error. • CAN Bus Cable

603 Warning Broker bus warning. • IV Pole Controller PCB
604 Warning Broker bus off.
605 Warning Broker bus queue full.
606 Warning Broker bus transmit busy.
607 Warning Host proxy s/w error.
608 Warning Host proxy timeout.
609 Warning Host proxy range error.
614 N/A Fluidics proxy s/w error.
615 N/A Fluidics proxy timeout.
616 N/A Fluidics proxy range error.
617 N/A Fluidics mechanism fault.
618 Warning A/D Converter s/w error.
619 Warning A/D Converter data overrun.
620 Warning A/D Converter no data.
621 Warning Voltage diagnostic s/w error.

622 Warning Voltage failure-24 volts. • 24v Power Supply

623 Warning Voltage failure-12 volts. • IV Pole Controller PCB
624 Warning Voltage failure-derived volts. • DC-DC Converter PCB

625 Warning Mechanism s/w error. • CAN Bus Cable

626 Warning Mechanism timeout error. • IV Pole Controller PCB
627 Warning Mechanism faulted.
630 Warning Pole s/w error.

631 Warning Encoder failure. • IV Pole Controller PCB

• IV Pole Assembly (Old
Style Assembly)

632 Warning Relay failure. • IV Pole Controller PCB Warning xxx: IV Pole not • Pole remains in its current
633 Warning Stop check failure. • Check Cable to Opto’s available. Restart system. If position
634 Warning Home sensor failure. (New Style Assembly) problem persists after restart- • Ghost infusion controls
• IV Pole Controller PCB ing system, contact Alcon • Blank infusion value
Technical Services. Use ex- • If ghosted button pressed,
635 Warning Drive train failure. • Check Belt on Motor ternal IV Pole. subsystem status dialog dis-
• Check Cable to Opto’s played.
(New Style Assembly)
• IV Pole Controller PCB

650 Advisory Pole impaired. • Check Black Grommet Advisory xxx: IV Pole jammed. Nothing
• Check for tape on pole Check for external obstacles.
• Low Ceiling Pole may not have achieved
desired height.

651 Advisory Range limit. • Change PEL and/or com- Advisory xxx: The IV Pole Nothing
manded position. cannot attain the requested
height due to PEL setting.

8065750238 4.23
ERROR ERROR POSSIBLE CAUSE / MESSAGE ACTION TAKEN
CODE TYPE DETAIL CORRECTIVE ACTION DISPLAYED BY SYSTEM

Pneumatics - Error Code 7XX

700 Warning Pneumatics not responding. • Power Cable Warning xxx: Vitrectomy and • AquaLase® or AquaLase®
701 Warning POST progress incomplete. • CAN Bus Cable AquaLase not available. If Single-UseTune status is
• W8-Power Dist/Host Cable these functions are required, “Not Tuned”. U/S or Neo-
• CAN Distribution PCB restart system. If problem SoniX™ Tune status not af-
• Pneumatic Controller PCB persists after restarting sys- fected.
• CAN PCI PCB tem, contact Alcon Technical • Prime status is unaffected.
• DC-DC Converter PCB Services. • “Vitrectomy Unavailable”
message in Cut Rate area of
702 Warning Broker s/w error. • CAN Bus Cable Vitrectomy steps.
703 Warning Broker bus warning. • Pneumatic Controller PCB • Test Handpiece button in
704 Warning Broker bus off. Setup screen is ghosted if
705 Warning Broker bus queue full. current handpiece is either
706 Warning Broker bus transmit busy. AquaLase® or AquaLase®
707 Warning Host proxy s/w error. Single-Use Test Handpiece
708 Warning Host proxy timeout. button in Setup is not ghost-
709 Warning Host proxy range error. ed if current handpiece is
710 Warning Footswitch proxy s/w error. U/S or NeoSoniX™.
711 Warning Footswitch proxy timeout. • Cutting in FP2 and/or FP3
712 Warning Footswitch proxy range error. (depending on IAC or ICA)
713 Warning Footswitch mechanism fault. not available in Vit steps.
714 Warning Fluidics proxy s/w error. • FP3 in either AquaLase®
715 Warning Fluidics proxy timeout. or AquaLase® Single-Step-
716 Warning Fluidics proxy range error. steps is not functional (user
717 Warning Fluidics mechanism fault. can go to FP3 but there will
718 Warning A/D Converter s/w error. be no AquaLase® power).
719 Warning A/D Converter data overrun. • If a ghosted button is
720 Warning A/D Converter no data. pressed, the subsystem sta-
721 Warning Voltage diagnostic s/w error. tus dialog is displayed.

722 Warning Voltage failure – 24 volts. • 24v Power Supply

723 Warning Voltage failure – 12 volts. • Pneumatic Controller PCB
724 N/A N/A • DC-DC Converter PCB

725 Warning Mechanism s/w error. • CAN Bus Cable

726 Warning Mechanism timeout error. • Pneumatic Controller PCB
727 Warning Mechanism faulted.
730 Warning Accumulator s/w error.

731 Warning Accumulator charge timeout • Leak in tubing

due to leak. • Leak in Manifold / Replace
Pneumatic Manifold

732 Warning Accumulator vent valve • Leak in Manifold (SV10) /

failure. Replace Pneumatic Manifold

733 Warning Accumulator vit pressure • Leak in tubing

control valve failure. • Leak in Manifold / Replace
Pneumatic Manifold

734 Warning Accumulator pump vent • Leak in Manifold (SV1) / Re-

valve failure. place Pneumatic Manifold

735 Warning Accumulator pump failure. • Pneumatic Controller PCB

• SV1 Valve / Replace Pneu-
matic Manifold
• Vit Pump

736 Warning Accumulator high pressure. • Check Removable Trans-

ducer (SEN_1)

737 Warning Pneumatic distribution s/w • CAN Bus Cable

error. • Pneumatic Controller PCB

738 Warning AquaLase air supply valve • Leak in Manifold (SV4) / Re-
failure. place Pneumatic Manifold

739 Warning Vit air supply valve failure. • Leak in Manifold (SV3) / Re-
place Pneumatic Manifold

740 Warning General purpose valve • Leak in Manifold / Replace

failure. Pneumatic Manifold

4.24 8065750238
ERROR ERROR POSSIBLE CAUSE / MESSAGE ACTION TAKEN
CODE TYPE DETAIL CORRECTIVE ACTION DISPLAYED BY SYSTEM

750 Advisory Accumulator pneumatic leak. • Leak in tubing Advisory xxx: Pneumatic Nothing
• Leak in Manifold / Replace pump leakage. If problem
Pneumatic Manifold persists, contact Alcon Tech-
nical Services.

751 Advisory Vitrector low pressure while • Leak in tubing Advisory xxx: Low pressure. • If the system charges suc-
cutting. • Leak in Manifold / Replace System is charging… cessfully, then the system
Pneumatic Manifold will automatically clear the
advisory.

8065750238 4.25
 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK

4.26 LAST PAGE OF THIS SECTION 8065750238

 SECTION FIVE
SCHEMATICS

DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER PAGE #

DIAGRAM, SYSTEM INTERCONNECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-0000-803. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2

CABLE INTERCONNECTION TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5
DIAGRAM, PNEUMATIC MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-0000-801. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.8
SCHEMATIC, PCB, STANDBY SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 940-2100-017. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.9
SCHEMATIC, PCB, REAR PANEL I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 940-2100-024. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.9
SCHEMATIC, PCB, COMM DISTRIBUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 940-2100-015. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.10
SCHEMATIC, PCB, FOOTSWITCH INTERFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 940-2100-008. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.11
SCHEMATIC, PCB, POWER DISTRIBUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 940-2100-034. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.15
SCHEMATIC, PCB, CASSETTE ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 940-2100-002. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.19
SCHEMATIC, PCB, IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 940-2100-003. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.20
SCHEMATIC, PCB, HOST POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 940-2100-016. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.23
SCHEMATIC, PCB, PCI VIDEO CONTROLLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 940-2100-032. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.27
SCHEMATIC, PCB, PNEUMATIC CONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 940-2100-005. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.30
SCHEMATIC, PCB, IR RECEIVER, NGCSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 940-2100-019. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.35
SCHEMATIC, PCB, DVI RECEIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 940-2100-010. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.36
SCHEMATIC, PCB, IR SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 940-2100-020. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.38

8065750238 5.1
210-0000-803 DIAGRAM, SYSTEM INTERCONNECT (1 of 6)
5.2 8065750238
 210-0000-803 DIAGRAM, SYSTEM INTERCONNECT (2 of 6)
8065750238 5.3
210-0000-803 DIAGRAM, SYSTEM INTERCONNECT (3 of 6)
5.4 8065750238
 CABLE INTERCONNECTION (1 of 3)

210-0000-803 DIAGRAM, SYSTEM INTERCONNECT (4 of 6)

8065750238 5.5
 CABLE INTERCONNECTION (2 of 3)

210-0000-803 DIAGRAM, SYSTEM INTERCONNECT (5 of 6)

5.6 8065750238
 CABLE INTERCONNECTION (3 of 3)

210-0000-803 DIAGRAM, SYSTEM INTERCONNECT (6 of 6)

8065750238 5.7
 THESE COMPONENTS NOT INSTALLED
ON PNEUMATIC MANIFOLD

MUFFLER
MF1 R
RV2 P A
R A SENS_1
P B SV4 J4
AQUALASE
RELIEF VALVE OUTPUT
SV2
35 psi
R MF2
P A

MUFFLER
PRES_XDCR
SV10

R A
R A INTERNAL P B
J3
P B MF3 AIR TANK J2 SV3
FITTING
VIT_HP
FITTING
SV1

MUFFLER

J1
RV1 PNEUMATIC MANIFOLD ASSY
210-1236-501
FITTING RELIEF VALVE
57 psi

THESE COMPONENTS NOT INSTALLED ON PNEUMATIC MANIFOLD

IN-LINE FILTER

F SENS_2

RO1 STEER/IA
R RO5
Cv=.0035 P A Cv=.0059
F1 F2 PRES_XDCR
HS
ORIFICE SV6 ORIFICE

HEAT EXCHANGE CHECK VALVE

M PUMP
FILTER FILTER

RO2 RO3
R R
ASSY, AIR SOURCE Cv=.0028 P A P A
Cv=.0035
210-1047-501 ORIFICE SV7 SV8 ORIFICE

R RO4
LEGEND P A
DESIG. DESCRIPTION
SV SOLENOID VALVE Cv=.0035
RV RELIEF VALVE SV9 ORIFICE
MF MUFFLER
RO RESTRICTIVE ORIFICE
F FILTER
M PUMP
HS HEAT EXCHANGE

210-0000-801 DIAGRAM, PNEUMATIC MODULE

5.8 8065750238
940-2100-017 SCHEMATIC, PCB, STANDBY SWITCH 940-2100-024 SCHEMATIC, PCB, REAR PANEL I/O
8065750238 5.9
 940-2100-015 SCHEMATIC, PCB, COMM DISTRIBUTION
5.10 8065750238
 940-2100-008 SCHEMATIC, PCB, FOOTSWITCH INTERFACE (1 of 4)
8065750238 5.11
 940-2100-008 SCHEMATIC, PCB, FOOTSWITCH INTERFACE (2 of 4)
5.12 8065750238
 940-2100-008 SCHEMATIC, PCB, FOOTSWITCH INTERFACE (3 of 4)
8065750238 5.13
 940-2100-008 SCHEMATIC, PCB, FOOTSWITCH INTERFACE (4 of 4)
5.14 8065750238
 V12PS
V5AUX_24 TP7
TP1 From 12 V Power
Supply
V24PS C59 V5H J1
J23 .10MF R52 C39 + + C41 V12PS
R73 2200MF 2200MF 1
1 1.21K 2

2
C47 R49 2 392 V12SNS+ 3
J19
.10MF C48 0 3 V12SNS+ V12SNS- 4
.01MF 1 4 U14 5
7
2 5 HCNW-2211 +5VDC_IN 6
3 6 F1 7
V24SNS+ 4 7 8

3
V24SNS- 5 8 9
6 RUE700 10
7 24VINH 11
V24PS
C12 8 V5SNS+ 12
J7
R50 9 V5SNS- 13
1 +24V 10 V24PS TP2 14
+24V 0
2 J25
.10MF CHASSIS_GND
3 From 24 V Power Supply V5H TP15
4 GND 1
5 GND 2
24VRTN J3
C60 U17C
C16 STROBE 1
J8 10
V24PS SYSON 2
+24V 8
1 R7 5.23K .10MF RMOTE_12V_ON 3
+24V 9
.10MF 2 R30 4
3 CHASSIS_GND 5
GND R72 100K
4 6

8
GND U3 1.21K MM74HCT00M
5 R6 7
R5 102K R83 10.0K 7 P24OK 8
C18 10.0K TP6 9
J9 PDREQ
P24OK 10
1 +24V 11
+24V U2 HCNW-2211 B12EN

5
.10MF 2 5 1 12
3 CHASSIS_GND VCC3 RST /B12OK 13
GND - - - - |- - - - - |- - - - - - - -
4 /BATON 14
GND 4 24V | L ED | P24OK
5 VCC5 /B12CH ACON 15
Q12 - - - - |- - - - - |- - - - - - - -
R9 C58 2N7002 16
3 2 ON | Of f | L 24V Not OK /AC_ON12VPS
C25 CR1 C5 5.23K .10MF VCCA GND 17
J12
MMBZ5231BL-T1 .10MF LTC1728ES5-5 ON | ON | H 24V OK 18
1 +24V 19
2 +24V R2 20
.10MF
3 CHASSIS_GND V5H 21
4 GND 100K 22
GND 24VRTN
5 R60 Q10 23
2N7002 24
C29 V12PSH 25
J14
+24V 1.00K R51
1 10.0K
2 +24V
.10MF CHASSIS_GND
3
4 GND J6 L5 L6
L1
5 GND
AC_L1 8 5 1 4 8 5
1 C10 C56 C54
C31 2 .1MF .1MF .1MF C55 TP4
J16
3 AC_L2 1 4 8 5 1 4 +5VDC_IN V12SW
1 +24V
+24V J2
.10MF 2 4.5UH 4.5UH 4.5UH .1MF
3 CHASSIS_GND 1
TP3
4 GND J11 2
V12SNS-
5 GND 3
1 4
C37 2 C1 5
J17
8mm (min) 3 .10MF C2 V5SNS+ 6
1 +24V 7
+24V Separation .10MF V5SNS-
.10MF 2 J10 8
3 CHASSIS_GND all layers 9
4 GND 1 10
GND V12PS
5 2 STBY_SW 11
3 STBY_SW 12
C38 J18
MH8 E1 E2 MH1 MH2 MH3 MH4 MH5 MH6 MH7 C11 C4 To Host
1 +24V
+24V dc-dc
.10MF 2 330PF 330PF
CHASSIS_GND
1

3
4 GND
5 GND

+
C26 4mm (min) Separation
1000MF all layers

24VRTN
CHASSIS_GND

940-2100-034 SCHEMATIC, PCB, POWER DISTRIBUTION (1 of 4)

8065750238 5.15
 R14 U6D
1M 12
V5H V12BT 11 V12BT Q3 Q4
/B12OK
13 FD6690 FD6690
5 5
V5H MM74HCT00M 6 3 3 6
V5H V5H 7 2 2 7
R19 R18 C14 C9 C15 8 1 1 8
47.5K 16.2K 00 1
01 1
.01MF .01MF 10 1 .01MF

4
8

V5H V12PS

14

14
11 0
3 U6A U6B U7A
+ 1 B12OK 1 4 U7B 1 V12PS
2 3 6 4 3
-

1
U8A 2 5 6 2
LMC6762AIM 5 R32 CR5
4

R15 R13 MM74HCT00M MM74HCT00M MM74HCT00M 100K BAS70-05

7
200K 10.0K 00 1 MM74HCT00M
01 1 TP10 V12SW

3
10 1 TP11
U7C U9 R79 .005
V5H 11 0
9 1 16
8 V12PSH 2 IN1 GA1 15
10 3 IN2 SAB1 14 R8 .005
V12_OR DIODE GB1
4 13
MM74HCT00M 5 TIMER SENSE+ 12
R17 6 V+ SENSE- 11
1.00K VGG GA2
V12PSH 7 10
C20 8 SW SAB2 9
+ L2
U17B C19 22MF GND GB2
4 .01MF 1.0UH
/BATON LT1473CGN

4
6 B12EN CR2 C17 + C21 C27 + + C28
B12EN
5 MMBZ5242BLT1 .0047MF 22MF 2200MF 2200MF
8 1 1 8
MM74HCT00M 7 2 2 7
R11 6 3 3 6
5 5
V5H V12SNS+ Q1 Q2
V12PS 0 FD6690 FD6690

R26
47.5K
R25
1M
TP9
R22
16.2K
5
+ 7 /P12OK V5H
6
- U8B
LMC6762AIM

10
24VINH
R23 R24
10.0K 422K 12 9

PR
SYSON D Q
11 TP8 U6C
STROBE CLK
9 R31 Q7
8 24V_ONOFF 8

CL
2N7002
Q 10
10
R65 R28 U4B

13
10.0K 100K SN74HC74D MM74HCT00M

V5H V12PS

V12_OR TP12
LM2936MP-5.0 U1
R1 14.0K
U10 3 2
MR RES /POR5
V5H 4 1
I O VCC GND
C3 MAX811SEUS-T
TAB G C24 C23 .01MF R64
+
+ C22 10MF .01MF 4.99K (140 MS)
22MF

940-2100-034 SCHEMATIC, PCB, POWER DISTRIBUTION (2 of 4)

5.16 8065750238
 V5H V5AUX12
V5H C6 V5AUX12 V5H
V5AUX12

C13 V5H .01MF R61

R62 1.21K R84 R85
R69 4.99K 1.21K 10.0K

+
47MF 511

14
U17A

3
C7 1 TP5 /AC_ON12VPS
/AC_ON12VPS
STBYDB 3 U4A DS3

14
1 4 1 4

4
+
DS2 2 SN74HC74D LU S250-D0 DS6
47MF H11A817 2 5 TP17 H11A817

VCC
PR
D Q PDREQ
MM74HCT00M

7
U5C 3
SN74HC14D U5D U5B 2 3 CLK C67 2 3
RED GRN

GND

2
R10 301
5 6 9 8 3 4 6 .001MF

CL
Q
SN74HC14D 1
SN74HC14D

7
R4 V5AUX12 1 V5AUX12 C8
5.23K
V5H
/POR5 .01MF

14
/POR5
R20
10.0K R86 R3 U5A
1 511 1 2 1
V5AUX12
/PD_STBY V5AUX12 1.00K C66 SN74HC14D
V5AUX12

7
C46 .001MF
4 1
V5AUX12
DS7 R68 C57 J21
H11A817 .01MF 10.0K 1.0MF
V5AUX12 1 1
3 2 R63 2
RMOTE_12V_ON V5AUX12 V5AUX12 C43 1 3
1.00K R16 U5E
1 G_INH_ENA_L 4
11 10

14
4
U15A 5
V5H V5AUX12 .01MF 2 5 6 1.00K SN74HC14D

VCC
PR
D Q
R67 1 STBYDB 3 1
10.0K R74 R78 U16 CLK Q11 1 To 12 PS Primary

GND
R12 10.0K 10.0K 5 16 6 G_INH_EN 2N7002

CL
1A0 VCC Q option connector
R70 1.00K 4
1.00K U5F 1A1 6 SN74HC74D

7
SN74HC14D 11 1Q 7 C64 V5AUX12
STBY_SW_ISO13 STBY_SW_ISO* 2A0 1Q .001MF /PD_STBY
12 12 10
2A1 2Q 9 RES2
1 4
3 2Q
DS4 RES1 13
1RD 1 C62
H11A817 2RD .001MF J5
C45 1
2 3 15 1CTC C65 1 1
2CTC STBY_YELLOW 2
STBY_SW STBYDB .1MF 2 .001MF 3
STBY_SW 1RCTC STBY_BLUE 4
14
2RCTC /FPBTN 5
Q6
C42 8 6
GND 2N7002 7 3
.1MF Q5
8 1
74HCT4538D 2N7002 FPBTN_I
9 To J10 on
P/N 178-013 10
Host
V5AUX12 1
V5AUX12 dc-dc
C63
1 R71
1.00K
R81 .001MF
1.00K
10

1 4
U15B
12 9 DS5 1
PR

D Q H11A817
11
CLK 2 3
8
CL

Q
SN74HC74D
13

R77
V5AUX12
1.00K

940-2100-034 SCHEMATIC, PCB, POWER DISTRIBUTION (3 of 4)

8065750238 5.17
 U13C
9 -
8 THRM1B
10 +

TP16 V12BTS LT1491CS

TP14
V12PS L4 V12BT
50MH L3-1 C32 CR7 FB6 120 F2
4 3 1 2
10.0UH FB7 120
4.7UH MBRS340T3 FB2 600 OHM To 12V RUE600S-2
1 2 Battery
R44 C33 J13
10.0K .10MF
VPP_12V FB4 1 B1
BLM18HK102SN1L THRM1 2 CR3
UP-RW1245
FB3 THRM2 3 RT1 SA15A
3 4 12V
BLM18HK102SN1L 10K@25C
C36 L3-2
.10MF
10.0UH R39 C61 C52 13.65V BULK
CR11 10.0K J15 1.0MF .10MF 12.62V FLOAT
MMBZ5231BL-T1 7 U13D 11.51V TRICKLE
4

1
2
U12 LT1513CR 13 -
THRM2B
VIN SW 5 14
12 +
C44 C51 + 2
.10MF 330MF CHRGRSD VFB
6
S/S R47 R36 LT1491CS
8 3 100K
CASE IFB
CR10 GND Vc 75.0
MMBD914 R42 R41
4 1

+ R43 499 499

C40 R45 C34 R48 R37 R35
22MF 15.0K CR9 332 150K 11.0K U13B
MMBD914 .47MF .1 VPP_12V R38 6 -
6 619K TP13 7
R46 C35 5 +
1 R40
0 .10MF + 7 Q8
CR8 C49 + C50 + 8 MMBT2222A LT1491CS
MMBD914 330MF 330MF - LT1013DS8 47.5K R34
U11A 182
2
C30
VPP_12V CR6
MMBZ5231BL-T1
.10MF
CHARGE
STATUS

3
DS1
LU S250-D0
R54 V5H
CHRGRSD
RED GRN

2
10.0K
R21
10.0K
11

R55 10.0K U13A R29

THRM2B 2 - R58 150 U7D
1 Q9 12
THRM1B 3 + MMBT2222A U11B 11 /B12CH
/B12CH
LT1491CS 3 B12CH 13
R56 10.0K 301 + 5
4

VPP_12V R57 4 MM74HCT00M

R53 100K - R27
6.04K 750
C53 R59 LT1013DS8
.10MF 1.00K

940-2100-034 SCHEMATIC, PCB, POWER DISTRIBUTION (4 of 4)

5.18 8065750238
 940-2100-002 SCHEMATIC, PCB, CASSETTE ID
8065750238 5.19
 940-2100-003 SCHEMATIC, PCB, IV POLE (1 of 3)
5.20 8065750238
 940-2100-003 SCHEMATIC, PCB, IV POLE (2 of 3)
8065750238 5.21
 940-2100-003 SCHEMATIC, PCB, IV POLE (3 of 3)
5.22 8065750238
 940-2100-016 SCHEMATIC, PCB, HOST POWER (1 of 4)
8065750238 5.23
 940-2100-016 SCHEMATIC, PCB, HOST POWER (2 of 4)
5.24 8065750238
 940-2100-016 SCHEMATIC, PCB, HOST POWER (3 of 4)
8065750238 5.25
 940-2100-016 SCHEMATIC, PCB, HOST POWER (4 of 4)
5.26 8065750238
 MD[0:7]

MA[0:17]
U1
MA0 12 13 MD0
MA1 A0 D0 MD1
11 A1 D1 14
MA2 10 15 MD2
MA3 A2 D2 MD3
9 A3 D3 17
MA4 8 18 MD4
MA5 A4 D4 MD5
7 A5 D5 19
MA6 6 20 MD6
MA7 A6 D6 MD7
5 A7 D7 21
MA8 27
MA9 A8
26 A9
MA10 23
MA11 A10

MD0
MD1
MD2
MD3
MD4
MD5
MD6
MD7
25 A11
MA12 4 Note: The EPROM used here
MA13 A12

MA0
MA1
MA2
MA3
MA4
MA5
MA6
MA7
MA8
MA9
MA10
MA11
MA12
MA13
MA14
MA15
MA16
MA17
28 can be either 3V or 5V. 5V is
MA14 A13 +5VOLTS
29 DEFAULT.
MA15 A14
U2 3

D18
C19

C18

C17
D16

C10

D15

C15

C14

C13

D12
C12
B20

A20
B19
A19
B18

B10

B16
A17

A16
B15

A15
B14

A14
B13

A13
B12
A15

L19
L20
R1

C9

C8

C7

C6
MA16

A9
B9
A8

B8
A7

B7
A6

B6
A5
2 A16
69KBGA MA17 30 A17 VCC 32

ROMOE(MCLKOUT )
RMA0
RMA1
RMA2
RMA3
RMA4
RMA5
RMA6
RMA7
RMA8
RMA9
RMD0
RMD1
RMD2
RMD3
RMD4
RMD5
RMD6
RMD7
CFG0
CFG1
CFG2
CFG3
CFG4
CFG5
CFG6
CFG7
CFG8
CFG9
CFG10
CFG11
CFG12
CFG13
CFG14
CFG15

RMA10
RMA11
RMA12
RMA13
RMA14
RMA15
RMA16
RMA17
R2 0
100 22 CE
G2 24 16 C1
PCI_IDSEL IDSEL OE GND R4
PGM* is A18 for 040 31 PGM
K2 1 .1uF
PCI_FRAME# FRAME VPP +3.3VOLTS
PCI_IRDY#
K1 IRDY BI OS ROM i nt er f a ce P0 W6 P0
P1
1 8 R3A 33
R3B 33
PD0
PD1 0
PCI_TRDY# K4 TRDY P1 V7 2 7
L4 Y6 P2 3 6 R3C 33 PD2 AM27C020/PLCC
PCI_DEVSEL# DEVSEL P2 P3 R3D 33 PD3
PCI_STOP# L1 STOP P3 W7 4 5
M1 V8 P4 1 8 R5A 33 PD4
PCI_PAR PAR P4 P5 R5B 33 PD5
P5 Y7 2 7
C1 W8 P6 3 6 R5C 33 PD6
PCI_RST# RESET P6 P7 R5D 33 PD7
P7 U9 4 5
PCI_C/BE#0 P3 V9 P8 1 8 R6A 33 PD8
PCI_C/BE#0 PCI_C/BE#1 C/BE0 P8 P9 R6B 33 PD9
PCI_C/BE#1 PCI_C/BE#2
M2 C/BE1 P9 Y8
P10
2 7
PD10
PD0-PD7=B0-B7
K3 W9 3 6 R6C 33
PCI_C/BE#2 PCI_C/BE#3 C/BE2 P10 P11 R6D 33 PD11
PCI_C/BE#3 F1 C/BE3 P11 Y9 4 5 PD8-PD15=G0-G7
V10 P12 1 8 R7A 33 PD12
P12

PCI i nt er f a ce
L3 W10 P13 2 7 R7B 33 PD13 PD16-PD23=R0-R7
PCI_SERR# SERR P13

IRQ on Vertical Blank for Apps such

PCI_PERR#
PCI_IRQA#
L2
A4
PERR
INT# 69030BGA
69030B P14
P15
P16
Y10
U10
U11
P14
P15
P16
3
4
1
6
5
8
R7C 33
R7D 33
R8A 33
PD14
PD15
PD16
as MPEG2 Syncronization and Other D2 Y11 P17 2 7 R8B 33 PD17
PCI_CLK BUSCLK P17 P18 R8C 33 PD18
Things. W11 3 6
PCI_AD[0:31] PCI_AD0 P18 P19 R8D 33 PD19
U2 AD0 P19 V11 4 5
PCI_AD1 T3 Y12 P20 1 8 R9A 33 PD20
PCI_AD2 AD1 P20 P21 R9B 33 PD21
R4 AD2 P21 Y13 2 7
PCI_AD3 T2 V12 P22 3 6 R9C 33 PD22
PCI_AD4 AD3 P22 P23 R9D 33 PD23
U1 AD4 P23 U12 4 5

Panel I nt er f a ce
PCI_AD5 R3 W13
PCI_AD6 AD5 P24 PD[0:23]
T1 AD6 P25 Y14
PCI_AD7 R2 V13
PCI_AD8 AD7 P26
R1 AD8 P27 W14
PCI_AD9 P2 Y15
PCI_AD10 AD9 P28
PCI_AD11
N3
P1
AD10 P29 V14
W15
Keep All RPAKS
AD11 P30
PCI_AD12
PCI_AD13
N2
M4
AD12 P31 Y16
V15
next to BGA
PCI_AD14 AD13 P32
M3 AD14 P33 Y17
PCI_AD15 N1 W16
PCI_AD16 AD15 P34
J1 AD16 P35 U15
PCI_AD17 J2
PCI_AD18 AD17 SHFCLK
H1 AD18 SHFCLK Y5 1 8 R10A33
PCI_AD19 SHFCLK_PNL
J3 AD19
PCI_AD20 J4 W5 FLM_ 2 7 R10B33
PCI_AD21 AD20 FLM LP_ VSYNC_PNL
H2 AD21 LP Y4 3 6 R10C33
PCI_AD22 M/DE_ HSYNC_PNL
G1 AD22 M V6 4 5 R10D33 DE_PNL
PCI_AD23 H3
PCI_AD24 AD23
G3 AD24 ENAVDD V5
PCI_AD25 F2 W4
PCI_AD26 AD25 ENAVEE
E1 AD26 ENABKL U6
ENABKL Allow Option to Control Backlight
PCI_AD27 F3
PCI_AD28 D1
AD27 Through DPMS/Software Control

CRT i nt er f a ce
PCI_AD29 AD28 Hsync
E2 AD29 HSYNC/CSYNC U3 Hsync
PCI_AD30 F4 V2 Vsync
PCI_AD31 AD30 VSYNC Vsync
E3 AD31 R RED
RED Y3 GREEN
V4 G
+3.3VOLTS GREEN B BLUE
In General One Bypass Cap per D13 MEMVCC0 BLUE W3
C2 C3 C4 H17
Power Pin. Close as possible to pin. MEMVCC1 R11 511
.1uF .1uF .1uF N17 W2 RSET
MEMVCC2 RSET 1%
D14 MEMGND0
G17 V3 DDCDAT
MEMGND1 DDCDATA(GPIO2) DDCCLK DDCDAT
FB1 P17 MEMGND2 DDCCLK(GPIO3) U4 DDCCLK
+3.3VOLTS DCKVCC
1206 C4 DCKVCC0
C5 + C6 DCLK SYNTH PWR D5 V16
22uF C7 TIGHTLY COUPLED DCKVCC1 VREF Allow Option to Remove
.1uF A3 DCKGND0 HREF W17
10V .1uF B4 Y18 +5VOLTS See XR62, XR63, XR70, FR0C For Watch-Dog From Bus
DCKGND1 VCLK and Power Monitor Configuration Controls ot R12
FB2
+3.3VOLTS MCKVCC B3 V17 MAX813L
MCKGND MCKVCC PCLK(VCLKOUT ) R13 PCI_IRQB#
1206 A2 MCKGND

Vi deoI n I nt er f a ce
MCLK SYNTH PWR C8 + C9 R18 4.7K U3 4.7K
TIGHTLY COUPLED .1uF 22uF C10 DACVCC VP0
U5 DACVCC VP1 U20
10V .1uF Y2 T19 +5VOLTS 4 5
DACGND VP2 PFI PFO
R17 J1

Power a nd GND
VP3
+3.3VOLTS H4 IOVCC0 VP4 T18 6 WDI WDO 8 1
N4 IOVCC1 VP5 U19 2
C11 C12 C13 C14 C15 U8 V20 1 7
.1uF .1uF .1uF .1uF .1uF IOVCC2 VP6 MR RESET
U13 T17 CON2
IOVCC3 VP7 +5VOLTS
W1 IOVCC4 VP8 U18 2 VCC
VP9 V19
D9 CORVCC0 VP10 W20
+3.3VOLTS MAX813L
W12 CORVCC1 VP11 W19
C16 C17 U17
.1uF .1uF VP12
M9 RGND0 VP13 V18
M10 Y19 +5VOLTS
RGND1 VP14
M11 RGND2 VP15 W18
M12 RST = +5VOLTS Below WDO = No toggle for 1.6S R14
RGND3 4.65V or WD Timeout after WD Enabled 4.7K
FB3 Y1 RGND4
+3.3VOLTS DACVCC U14 V1
GND GPIO0(ACTI) Y1
1206 U7 GND GPIO1(32KHZ) T4
C18 + C19 J9 1 4 Place 100 Ohm near Y1
.1uF 22uF C20 GND INH VDD R15
FB4 J10 GND GPIO4 U16
10V .1uF J11 D6 2 3
GND GPIO7 GND OUT
1206 J12 GND TMD1 A12
K9 D17 Reserved No Use 14.31818MHz 100
Place Near Graphics Controller GND TMD0
K10 GND
Run DACGND Section Over to CRT Connector K11 C3
GND REFCLK(MCLKIN)
K12 GND
L9 GND MCLKIN B1
L10 GND DCLKIN B2
L11 R16
GND STNDBY#
L12 GND STNDBY E4 +3.3VOLTS
G4
RESERVED
RESERVED
RESERVED
RESERVED
RESERVED
RESERVED
RESERVED
RESERVED

GND Not - used- pi ns 4.7K

P4 GND
D7 GND
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
A1
B5
C2
C5
D3
D4
D8

J17
J18
J19
J20

L17
L18
Y20

F20
R19
R20
A10
A11
A18
B11
B17
C11
C16
C20
D10
D11
D19
D20
E17
E18
E19
E20
F17
F18
F19

G18
G19
G20
H18
H19
H20

K17
K18
K19
K20

M17
M18
M19
M20
N18
N19
N20
P18
P19
P20
T20
940-2100-032 SCHEMATIC, PCB, PCI VIDEO CONTROLLER (1 of 3)
8065750238 5.27
 FILTER CAPS AT EACH END OF PCI
BUS
+5VOLTS
C22 C23 + C21
.1uF .1uF 10uF
P1 P2
P1 IS COMPONENT SIDE 1 1 P2 IS SOLDER SIDE
-12V TRST-
2 TCK +12V 2
3 GND TMS 3
4 TD0 TD1 4
R17
5 +5V +5V 5
6 +5V INTA- 6 PCI_IRQA#
PCI_IRQB# 7 INTB- INTC- 7
8 8 4.7K
INTD- +5V
9 PRSNT1- RSVD 9
Indicates 7.5W MAX 10 10
on +5VOLTS RSVD +VIO
11 PRSNT2- RSVD 11

Skew Match PCI_CLK to Data 14 14

RSVD RSVD
15 GND RST- 15 PCI_RST#
PCI_CLK 16 16
PCI_CLK CLK +VIO
17 GND GNT- 17
18 REQ- GND 18
19 +VIO RSVD 19
PCI_AD31 20 20 PCI_AD30
PCI_AD29 AD31 AD30
21 AD29 +3.3V 21
22 22 PCI_AD28
PCI_AD27 GND AD28 PCI_AD26
23 AD27 AD26 23
PCI_AD25 24 24
AD25 GND PCI_AD24
25 +3.3V AD24 25
PCI_C/BE#3 26 26
C/BE3- IDSEL PCI_IDSEL
PCI_AD23 27 27
AD23 +3.3V PCI_AD22
28 GND AD22 28
PCI_AD21 29 29 PCI_AD20
PCI_AD19 AD21 AD20
30 AD19 GND 30
31 31 PCI_AD18
PCI_AD17 +3.3V AD18 PCI_AD16
32 AD17 AD16 32
PCI_C/BE#2 33 33
C/BE2- +3.3V
34 GND FRAME- 34 PCI_FRAME#
PCI_IRDY# 35 IRDY- GND 35
36 +3.3V TRDY- 36 PCI_TRDY#
PCI_DEVSEL# 37 DEVSEL- GND 37
38 GND STOP- 38 PCI_STOP#
39 LOCK- +3.3V 39
PCI_PERR# 40 PERR- SDONE 40
41 +3.3V SBO- 41
PCI_SERR# 42 SERR- GND 42
43 +3.3V PAR 43 PCI_PAR
PCI_C/BE#1 44 44 PCI_AD15
PCI_AD14 C/BE1- AD15
45 AD14 +3.3V 45
46 46 PCI_AD13
PCI_AD12 GND AD13 PCI_AD11
47 AD12 AD11 47
PCI_AD10 48 48
AD10 GND PCI_AD9
49 GND AD09 49

PCI_AD8 52 52 PCI_C/BE#0
PCI_AD7 AD08 C/BE0-
53 AD07 +3.3V 53
54 54 PCI_AD6
PCI_AD5 +3.3V AD06 PCI_AD4
55 AD05 AD04 55
PCI_AD3 56 56
AD03 GND PCI_AD2
57 GND AD02 57
PCI_AD1 58 58 PCI_AD0
AD01 AD00
59 +VIO +VIO 59
60 ACK64- REQ64- 60
61 +5V +5V 61
62 +5V +5V 62

CON PCI62_B CON PCI62_A

PCI_C/BE#[0:3]

PCI_AD[0:31]

940-2100-032 SCHEMATIC, PCB, PCI VIDEO CONTROLLER (2 of 3)

5.28 8065750238
 DKEN = 0 = Default Skewing Place J2 Near J3 but
DSEL = 0 = Single Clock Edge FB5 F1 accesible for Cable
BSEL = 1 = 24 Bit Input Mode +5VOLTS +5VFUSED
EDGE = 0 = Falling Edge Active From Motherboard
1206
R18 ISEL = 0 = Manual Config Strapping Thermal Fuse .75A

+3.3VOLTS C24 J2
4.7K .1uF USB Power Goes Unused
1 USB-
2 USB+
3
Place Close to DVI-D 4
Connector
DVI-D

35
14
15

10

34

13
CON4

9
U4 Connector
PD[0..23] PD23 J3
36

BSEL/SCL
EDGE/HTPLG
DKEN
DSEL/SDA

PD

ISEL/RST
TEST
PD22 D23
37 D22 SHELL1 27
PD21 38
PD20 D21
39 D20 1 RX2-
PD19 40 2
PD18 D19 R19 RX2+
41 D18 3 RX2/4 Shld
PD17 42 19 EXT_RES 4
PD16 D17 EXT_RES RX4-
43 D16 5 RX4+
PD15 44 511 6
PD14 D15 DDC CLK
45 D14 7 DDC Data
PD13 46 8
PD12 D13 Tx2- NC
47 D12 TX2- 30 9 RX1-
PD11 50 31 Tx2+ 10
PD10 D11 TX2+ RX1+
51 D10 11 RX1/3 Shld
PD9 52 27 Tx1- +12V3A2 12
PD8 D9 TX1- Tx1+ RX3-
53 D8 TX1+ 28 13 RX3+
PD7 54 14
PD6 D7 Tx0- +5V
55 D6 TX0- 24 15 5V RTN
PD5 58 25 Tx0+ 16
PD4 D5 TX0+ HP Detect
PD3
59
60
D4 SiI164 22 TXC+
17
18
RX0-
PD2 D3 TXC+ TXC- RX0+
61 21 19
PD1 62
D2
D1
64 Pin TQFP TXC- GNDs for +12VRTN 20
RX0/5 Shld
RX5- SHELL1 and SHELL2
PD0 63 +3.3VOLTS 21 are solder Lugs on
D0 RX5+
FB6 22
57 23 A_VCC 23
TXC Shld the Connector
SHFCLK_PNL IDCK+ AVCC TXC+
56 IDCK- AVCC 29 0603 24 TXC-
SHELL2 28
5 C26 C27 C28 C25 +
VSYNC_PNL VSYNC Keep Close to Sil164 Pins
HSYNC_PNL 4 HSYNC
2 20 1nF 1nF .1uF 10uF Floppy Type Connector
+3.3VOLTS DE_PNL DE AGND CON24
26 Close to DVI Connector
Allow Software/DPMS Backlight Control AGND CON4
8 32 F2 FB7
R20 CLT1/A0/DK1 AGND +12V3A1 +12VA3
to Remote Monitor. 7
4.7K CLT2/A1/DK2 4 C29
ENABKL 6 CLT3/A2/DK3 FB8 3 1206
18 PVCC1 Thermal Fuse 2.5A C30 + 22uF
PVCC1 +3.3VOLTS 2
11 MSEN 1206 1 .1uF
3 C32 C33 C31 + J4
VREF Keep Close to Sil164 Pins
FB9
1 1nF .1uF 10uF R21 10
+3.3VOLTS VCC
0603 12 VCC PGND 17
33 VCC
C34 + C35 C36 C37 C38 FB10

GND
GND
GND
Keep Close to Sil164 Pins 49 PVCC2
10uF .1uF 1nF 1nF 1nF PVCC2
1206
SiI164

16
48
64
C40 C41 C39 + Keep Close to Sil164 Pins

1nF .1uF 10uF R22 10

P ower S ummary
Panel - 3.5W Max - [email protected] (Up to 1.5A Surge)
Backlight - 12W - 12V@1A (Some up to 1.2A, 1.5A Surge)
Touch-Screen- .5W - .100A@5V
DVI Board - .5W - [email protected]
Total Typical 16.5W Max (at [email protected]) (Max up to 25W Surge)

+5VFUSED

Place All Video Filter Elements Close to

Video Connector
J5
FB11
Keep Close to LT1086 Pins
RED
ROUTV 1 RED
CRT
+3.3VOLTS is the Power Plane 1206 GOUTV 2
FB12 BOUTV 3
GREEN
BLUE
CONNECTOR
+5VOLTS is 100mil Power U5 4
Etch In From PCI BUS LT1086CM-3.3 GREEN 1206 ID2
5 GND
TAB 4 FB13 6 GND
3 VIN VOUT 2 +3.3VOLTS BLUE C42 7 GND
+5VOLTS 1206 8
ADJ

GND
47pF 9 KEY
C45 C43 + + C44 C46 R23 R24 R25
Place 75 Ohm 75
10 GND
75 75 11
1

.1uF 10uF 10uF .1uF Resistors Near C47

12
ID0
ID1
Graphics Controller 47pF 13 HSYNC
14 VSYNC
15 ID3
R26 C48
+5VOLTS 4.7K R27 47pF 16 SHLDLUG1
+5VOLTS 17 SHLDLUG2
4.7K FB14
BHSYNCF
Hsync 0603 CON15LUG
FB15
BVSYNCF
Vsync 0603
FB16
DDDAF
DDCDAT 0603
FB17
DDCKF
DDCCLK 0603

C49 C50 C51 C52

470pF 470pF 470pF 470pF

940-2100-032 SCHEMATIC, PCB, PCI VIDEO CONTROLLER (3 of 3)

8065750238 5.29
 940-2100-005 SCHEMATIC, PCB, PNEUMATIC CONT (1 of 5)
5.30 8065750238
 940-2100-005 SCHEMATIC, PCB, PNEUMATIC CONT (2 of 5)
8065750238 5.31
 940-2100-005 SCHEMATIC, PCB, PNEUMATIC CONT (3 of 5)
5.32 8065750238
 940-2100-005 SCHEMATIC, PCB, PNEUMATIC CONT (4 of 5)
8065750238 5.33
 940-2100-005 SCHEMATIC, PCB, PNEUMATIC CONT (5 of 5)
5.34 8065750238
 940-2100-019 SCHEMATIC, PCB, IR RECEIVER, NGCSS
5.35 8065750238
 940-2100-010 SCHEMATIC, PCB, DVI RECEIVER (1 of 2)
8065750238 5.36
 940-2100-010 SCHEMATIC, PCB, DVI RECEIVER (2 of 2)
5.37 8065750238
 940-2100-020 SCHEMATIC, PCB, IR SENSOR
8065750238 LAST PAGE OF THIS SECTION 5.38
 SECTION SIX
PARTS LISTS & DRAWINGS

CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER P/L PAGE # ASSY PAGE #

ASSY, CONSOLE, INFINITI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-0000-XXX . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4

ASSY, FLUIDICS MECHANISM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1022-XXX . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.12 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.13
ASSY, ULTRASONIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1024-XXX . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.20 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.21
ASSY, RECEPTACLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1291-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.25 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.25
ASSY, RECEPTACLE, PHACO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-2151-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.26 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.26
ASSY, IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1026-XXX . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.28 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.29
ASSY, IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-2382-XXX . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.34 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.35
ASSY, CPU, HOST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1036-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.38 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.39
ASSY, HARDWARE, CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1999-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.41 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.41
ASSY, AIR SOURCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1047-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.42 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.43
ASSY, MANIFOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1236-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.44
ASSY, PANEL, FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1250-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.45 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.45
ASSY, PANEL, REAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1251-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.45 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.45
ASSY, INSERT, CONSOLE TOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1253-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.46 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.46
ASSY, PANEL, DRAWER, UPPER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1256-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.46 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.46
ASSY, PANEL, DRAWER, LOWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1259-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.46 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.46
ASSY, HANDLE, REAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1257-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.47 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.47
ASSY, INSERT, CONSOLE TRAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1260-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.47 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.47
ASSY, PANEL, SIDE LEFT LOWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1261-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.47 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.47
ASSY, PANEL, SIDE RIGHT LOWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1262-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.47 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.47
ASSY, DISPLAY, ARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1274-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.48 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.49
ASSY, BEZEL, DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1564-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.51 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.51
ASSY, DISPLAY, BEZEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1551-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.52 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.52
ASSY, SUB ARM, DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-2272-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.54 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.55
ASSY, CONNECTORS, PNEUMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1649-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.57 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.57
ASSY, CAP, IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1670-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.58 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.58
ASSY, ACCUMULATOR, AQUALASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1699-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.58 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.58
ASSY, BRACKET, POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1323-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.59 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.59
ASSY, POWER SUPPLY, 24V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-2163-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.60 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.60
ASSY, POWER SUPPLY, 12V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-2164-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.61 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.61
ASSY, PANEL, DRAWER, FOOTSWITCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1255-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.62 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.62
ASSY, DRAWER, FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1758-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.62 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.63
ASSY, TRAY, ARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1104-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.64 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.64
ASSY, TRAY, ARM MOUNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1738-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.65 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.65
ASSY, FILTER, OIL/AIR SEPARATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1696-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.66 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.66
ASSY, CHECK VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1733-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.66 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.66
ASSY, FILTER, AIR DRYER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1697-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.66 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.66
ASSY, FOOTSWITCH, INFINITI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-1775-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.68 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.68
ASSY, FOOTSWITCH, INFINITI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210-2290-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.76 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.77

8065750238 6.1
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY

210-0000-XXX ASSY, CONSOLE, INFINITI 066 797-063 WASHER,EXT LOCK.17X.38X.02 SST 4.00 EA
067 813-002 NUT,HEX,M4X0.7 W/LOCK WASHER 1.00 EA
001 210-2460-001 FRAME,CONSOLE,INFINITI -- EA 068 210-1575-001 BUTTON,SWITCH,STANDBY 1.00 EA
002 210-1022-501 ASSY,FLUIDICS MECHANISM 1.00 EA 069 026-091 CABLE,MOUNT,.75X.75 ABS WHT -- EA
003 210-1024-503 ASSY,U/S,TORSIONAL 1.00 EA 070 027-003 CABLE TIE,.625X3.50L,NYLON 7.00 EA
004 210-2382-501 ASSY,IV POLE,INFINITI 1.00 EA 071 892-042 ADHESIVE,THREADLOCKER,242 BLU -- ML
210-1026-501 ASSY,IV POLE,EXTENDER INFINITI 1.00 EA* 072 210-2119-001 SCREW,THUMB,DVD -- EA
005 210-2512-501 ASSY,CPU,HOST REL 02.00 & UP 1.00 EA 073 751-064 CLIP,SPRING,.50X.71X.75L -- EA
006 210-1047-501 ASSY,AIR SOURCE -- EA 074 807-149 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M2.5X8 SST -- EA
007 684-024 SLIDE,LEVER DISC,3.96 TRAVEL 4.00 EA 075 807-043 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M6X16 SST 11.0 EA
684-022 SLIDE,DRAWER,4.5LG 5.5 TRAVEL 4.00 EA* 076 811-032 SCREW,FLAT HD SKT,M6X16 SST 4.00 EA
008 278-018 GUARD,FAN,4.12X4.55 STEEL WIRE -- EA 077 784-203 SCREWLOCK,FEMALE,4-40 6.00 EA
009 043-030 TUBING,POLY,4.23MMX6.35MM BLU 4.60 FT 078 210-1868-501 ASSY,PCB,REAR PANEL I/O 1.00 EA
010 210-2510-501 ASSY,MANIFOLD,PCB BOARD 1.00 EA 079 210-1884-001 SPACER,FERRITE TOROID -- EA
210-1236-501 ASSY,MANIFOLD 1.00 EA* 080 210-1323-501 ASSY,BRACKET,POWER SUPPLY 1.00 EA
011 210-1248-001 BASE,CONSOLE -- EA 081 130-179 FUSE,6.3A,250V 5X20MM SLOW BLO -- EA
012 210-1249-001 PANEL,SIDE,LEFT UPPER -- EA 082 210-1758-501 ASSY,DRAWER,FOOTSWITCH 1.00 EA
013 210-1250-501 ASSY,PANEL,FRONT -- EA 083 023-084 CABLE ASSY,PWR CORD,12FT -- EA
014 210-1251-501 ASSY,PANEL,REAR -- EA 023-080 CABLE ASSY,HOSPITAL GRADE 1.00 EA*
015 210-1252-001 PANEL,SIDE,RIGHT UPPER -- EA 084 027-009 CABLE TIE,3.00X11.00L,NYLON 1.00 EA
016 210-1253-501 ASSY,INSERT,CONSOLE TOP -- EA 085 210-1104-501 ASSY,TRAY,ARM 1.00 EA
017 210-1254-501 ASSY,CONSOLE,TOP PAD PRINTER -- EA 086 210-1738-501 ASSY,TRAY,ARM MOUNT -- EA
018 210-2379-001 CRADLE,DISPLAY,CASTING 1.00 EA 087 276-309 READER,CARD,DIGITAL MMC -- EA
210-1501-001 CRADLE,DISPLAY 1.00 EA* 088 210-1392-501 ASSY,PCB,COMM DISTRIBUTION 1.00 EA
019 210-1256-501 ASSY,PANEL,DRAWER UPPER -- EA 089 210-1329-501 ASSY,PCB,FOOTSWITCH INTERFACE 1.00 EA
020 210-1257-501 ASSY,HANDLE,REAR -- EA 090 210-1328-503 ASSY,PCB,POWER DISTRIBUTION 1.00 EA
021 210-1258-001 HANDLE,RIGHT -- EA 091 210-2092-001 PAD,DAMPENER,1.00X2.00 -- EA
022 210-1259-501 ASSY,PANEL,DRAWER LOWER -- EA 092 210-1757-001 CASTER,SWIVEL,LOCKING -- EA
023 210-1260-501 ASSY,INSERT,CONSOLE TRAY -- EA 093 210-1696-501 ASSY,FILTER,OIL/AIR SEPARATOR -- EA
024 210-1261-501 ASSY,PANEL,SIDE LEFT LOWER -- EA 094 210-1697-501 ASSY,FILTER,AIR DRYER -- EA
025 210-1262-501 ASSY,PANEL,SIDE RIGHT LOWER -- EA 095 210-1733-501 ASSY,CHECK VALVE -- EA
026 210-1264-001 DRAWER,UPPER -- EA 096 892-047 CHEMICAL,ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL -- OZ
027 210-1265-001 DRAWER,LOWER -- EA 097 751-062 CLIP,SPRING,.625X.720X.750L 1.00 EA
028 210-2065-001 SCREW,SHLDR,BTN HD M4X10.6 -- EA 098 801-044 WASHER,FLAT,17X30MM -- EA
029 210-2066-001 SCREW,SHLDR,BTN HD M4X9.6 -- EA 099 803-040 NUT,HEX,M16X2 -- EA
030 210-1272-001 INSERT,REAR,TOP -- EA 803-038 NUT,HEX,FLEX-TOP M16X2 4.00 EA*
031 210-1273-001 INSERT,REAR,BOTTOM -- EA 100 210-2154-001 SCREW,CAP HD SKT M5X3.5 MOD 4.00 EA
032 210-1274-502 ASSY,DISPLAY,ARM 1.00 EA 101 190-020 BATTERY,12V,9AH 1.00 EA
033 210-1912-001 PANEL ASSY,AIR FILTER 1.00 EA 102 210-2449-501 ASSY,DVD,BEZEL 1.00 EA
034 210-1904-002 BRACKET,READER,MMC -- EA 210-2087-001 DRIVE,DVD-ROM,INFINITI 1.00 EA*
035 210-1750-002 MAT,SURFACE,WORK -- EA 103 801-039 WASHER,GRN/YEL,.241ID X.655 OD -- EA
036 210-1626-501 ASSY,PCB,STAND-BY SWITCH 1.00 EA 104 070-000 POST,BINDING,M6X15 BRS/NKL PLT -- EA
037 210-1864-001 PANEL,EXPANSION -- EA 105 266-054 SWITCH,POWER,250V/6A -- EA
038 813-004 NUT,HEX,M6X1.0 W/LOCK WASHER 3.00 EA 106 210-1438-502 ASSY,CABLE,STANY-HOST W/CLMP 1.00 EA
039 210-1649-501 ASSY,CONNECTORS,PNEUMATIC -- EA 107 210-1439-501 ASSY,CABLE,PWR IN TO SOUND W2 1.00 EA
040 210-1651-001 FILTER,AIR,7.38X8.00 1.00 EA 108 210-1440-501 ASSY,CABLE,BTRY-PWR MGT 12V W3 1.00 EA
041 210-1670-501 ASSY,CAP,IV POLE -- EA 109 131-037 FUSE DRAWER,5X20MM,2 POLE -- EA
042 043-014 TUBING,PEU,.062X.125 GREEN 3.00 FT 110 593-088 TAPE,COPPER FOIL,2.6MILX1.0W 2.00 FT
043 043-015 TUBING,PEU,.062X.125 YELLOW 1.50 FT 111 210-1443-501 ASSY,CABLE,W6 PS-PWR DIST 24V 2.00 EA
044 210-1699-501 ASSY,ACCUMULATOR,AQUALASE -- EA 113 210-1445-501 ASSY,CABLE,PWR DIST/HOST W8 1.00 EA
045 803-006 NUT,HEX,M6X1 SST 4.00 EA 114 210-2518-001 CABLE ASSY,POWER SYS CONT W9 1.00 EA
046 026-030 CLAMP,CABLE,.312 DIA NYLON -- EA 115 210-1454-501 ASSY,CABLE,DC PWR W10/W11 36.0 2.00 EA
047 807-015 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X12 SST 8.00 EA 116 210-1447-501 ASSY,CABLE,DC PWR PNEU W12 1.00 EA
049 807-009 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M3X30 SST 8.00 EA 117 210-1447-502 ASSY,CABLE,DC PWR FLUIDICS W13 1.00 EA
050 807-013 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X8 SST 18.0 EA 118 210-1454-502 ASSY,CABLE,DC PWR W14/W15 60.0 1.00 EA
051 807-025 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M5X8 SST 2.00 EA 119 210-1448-503 ASSY,CABLE,TSTD W20/21/22 36IN 3.00 EA
052 807-012 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X6 SST 6.00 EA 120 210-1448-504 ASSY,CABLE,TSTD W16/17/18 48IN 3.00 EA
053 810-018 SCREW,BTN HD SKT,M6X16 BLK 1.00 EA 121 210-1449-501 ASSY,CABLE,SYS FAN-U/S PCB W24 1.00 EA
054 809-006 SCREW,BTN HD SKT,M4X8 SST 45.0 EA 122 210-1452-501 ASSY,CABLE,SYS FAN/HOST DC-DC 1.00 EA
055 809-009 SCREW,BTN HD SKT,M4X16 SST 6.00 EA 123 210-1453-502 ASSY,CABLE,SPEAKERS W28/W32 2.00 EA
056 811-003 SCREW,FLAT HD SKT,M3X10 SST 2.00 EA 210-1453-501 ASSY,CABLE,SPEAKERS W28/W32 2.00 EA*
057 815-003 WASHER,SPRING,.50X.25X.038 SST 2.00 EA 124 210-1498-502 ASSY,CABLE,FOOTSWITCH W34 1.00 EA
058 811-033 SCREW,FLAT HD SKT,M6X20 SST 3.00 EA 125 210-2528-502 ASSY,CABLE,CAN-CAN W19 TESTED 1.00 EA
059 801-004 WASHER,FLAT,M4 SST 5.00 EA 126 210-1459-502 ASSY,CABLE,TSTD DIST-REAR W23 1.00 EA
060 797-087 WASHER,INT LOCK.26X.48X.03 SST 2.00 EA 127 210-1456-501 ASSY,CABLE,REAR PNL RS232 W30 1.00 EA
061 801-006 WASHER,FLAT,M6 SST 7.00 EA 128 023-083 CABLE ASSY,USB,M/F 4-40 INT -- EA
062 807-001 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M3X5 SST 6.00 EA 129 210-1498-501 ASSY,CABLE,FOOTSWITCH W35 1.00 EA
063 797-085 WASHER,INT LOCK.17X.34X.02 SST 5.00 EA 130 023-077 CABLE,STEREO/AUDIO,3.5MM X 2FT -- EA
064 797-086 WASHER,INT LOCK.20X.38X.03 SST 3.00 EA 131 210-1458-501 ASSY,CABLE,GROUND W36 1.00 EA
065 813-003 NUT,HEX,M5X0.8 W/LOCK WASHER 1.00 EA 135 8065750214 CABLE,FOOTSWITCH,INFINITI 1.00 EA

210-0000-XXX ASSY, CONSOLE, INFINITI

6.2 8065750238
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY

137 592-038 LABEL,WINDOWS 2000 PRO 1.00 EA

138 200-1582-502 ASSY,CABLE,GROUND CT 2.0 1.00 EA
139 210-2101-501 ASSY,CABLE,PWR/CHOKE AQL W15 1.00 EA
140 200-1452-001 LABEL,CHART,SERVICE HISTORY 1.00 EA
141 203-1057-001 LABEL,ROLL STOCK,QUICK UII 3.00 EA
210-2137-001 LABEL,PANEL,REAR INFO 1.00 EA*
210-2137-002 LABEL,PANEL,PACKAGING INFO 2.00 EA*
142 203-1057-001 LABEL,ROLL STOCK,QUICK UII 1.00 EA
210-2148-001 LABEL,EXCLAMATION POINT 1.00 EA*
144 210-2220-002 COVER,PANEL,USB CONN INFINITI -- EA
146 210-2220-001 COVER,PANEL,SERIAL CONN INFI -- EA
147 210-2549-SSC KIT,SSC,PNEU ACCESSORIES INFI 1.00 EA
210-2403-SSC KIT,SSC,PNEU ACCESSORIES INFI 1.00 EA*
148 786-156 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,4-40X.188 CS 4.00 EA
149 210-2432-SSC KIT,SSC,SHEET-METAL INF-3 1.00 EA
150 210-2037-SSC KIT,SSC,MACH 4 INFINITI 1.00 EA
151 210-2353-SSC KIT,SSC,SKINS BASE INFINITI 1.00 EA
152 210-2354-SSC KIT,SSC,SKINS 6 INFINITI 1.00 EA
153 210-2277-SSC KIT,SSC,SKINS 3 INFINITI 1.00 EA
154 210-2039-SSC KIT,SSC,DSPL-V INFINITI 1.00 EA
155 210-2040-SSC KIT,SSC,IV POLE-V INFINITI 1.00 EA
156 210-2203-507 ASSY,CD,APPL S/W REL_02.00 -- EA
158 210-2038-SSC KIT,SSC,MACH 1 INFINITI 1.00 EA
159 210-2483-SSC KIT,SSC,DSPL HARDWARE 1.00 EA
160 210-2484-SSC KIT,SSC,TRAY ARM 2 1.00 EA
161 210-2485-SSC KIT,SSC,I/V POLE HARDWARE 1.00 EA
162 210-2479-SSC KIT,SSC,BELL MACH 1.00 EA
163 210-2521-SSC KIT,SSC,INFI CONSOLE HARDWARE 1.00 EA
164 210-2522-SSC KIT,SSC,INFI FLUIDICS MODULE 1.00 EA
165 210-2533-SSC KIT,SSC,MOTOR IV POLE ASSY 1.00 EA
166 210-2542-SSC KIT,SSC,SUPPLIER SMART CART 1.00 EA

* SUBSTITUTE PART

210-0000-XXX ASSY, CONSOLE, INFINITI

8065750238 6.3
 210-0000-XXX ASSY, CONSOLE, INFINITI (1 of 7)
6.4 8065750238
 210-0000-XXX ASSY, CONSOLE, INFINITI (2 of 7)
8065750238 6.5
 210-0000-XXX ASSY, CONSOLE, INFINITI (3 of 7)
6.6 8065750238
 210-0000-XXX ASSY, CONSOLE, INFINITI (4 of 7)
8065750238 6.7
 210-0000-XXX ASSY, CONSOLE, INFINITI (5 of 7)
6.8 8065750238
 210-0000-XXX ASSY, CONSOLE, INFINITI (6 of 7)
8065750238 6.9
 210-0000-XXX ASSY, CONSOLE, INFINITI (7 of 7)
6.10 8065750238
 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK

8065750238 6.11
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY

210-1022-XXX ASSY, FLUIDICS MECHANISM 042 210-1222-001 PLUNGER,IRRIGATION -- EA

043 210-1193-501 ASSY,PCB,CASSETTE ID 1.00 EA
001 026-091 CABLE,MOUNT,.75X.75 ABS WHT -- EA 044 210-1848-001 LOAD CELL,BEAM,5LB 1.00 EA
002 796-012 WASHER,FLAT,NO.8 SST 1.00 EA 045 210-1314-001 BRACKET,RETAINING,PLUNGER IRR 1.00 EA
003 807-019 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X30 SST 2.00 EA 046 210-2019-001 MOTOR,STEPPER,W/ENCODER -- EA
004 773-083 RING,RETAINING,EXT M7 SPR STL 1.00 EA 047 210-1341-501 ASSY,ASPIRATION PRESSURE SENSR 1.00 EA
005 807-002 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M3X6 SST 4.00 EA 048 210-1365-501 ASSY,LATCH 1.00 EA
006 786-364 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,8-32X1.00 SST 1.00 EA 049 210-1369-001 GUIDE,BASE,LATCH -- EA
007 796-013 WASHER,FLAT,NO.10 SST 5.00 EA 051 210-1186-001 BRACKET,MOUNTING,SOLENOID -- EA
008 801-003 WASHER,FLAT,M3 SST 6.00 EA 053 210-1496-001 BLOCK,LOCK-OUT,LATCH 1.00 EA
009 801-004 WASHER,FLAT,M4 SST 8.00 EA 054 593-055 TAPE,TEFLON,.25X.0035 WHITE 1.00FT
010 801-005 WASHER,FLAT,M5 SST 2.00 EA 055 210-1932-001 PLUNGER,SPRING,VENT LEVER -- EA
011 801-045 WASHER,FLAT,4X12MM SST 1.00 EA 056 691-264 SPRING,CPRSN,1.13X.360 OD SST 1.00 EA
012 210-2056-001 WASHER,CENTERING -- EA 057 691-290 SPRING,CPRSN,.304X.360OD SST -- EA
013 814-015 SCREW,SHLDR,SKT HD M4X25.013 -- EA 058 691-258 SPRING,CPRSN,1.63X.875OD SST -- EA
014 782-260 SCREW,SHLDR,SKT M5X10 416 SST -- EA 060 809-006 SCREW,BTN HD SKT,M4X8 SST 1.00 EA
015 805-029 SETSCREW,SKT HD,FLT M3X3 SST 1.00 EA 061 210-1235-001 PIN,LINK,SOLENOID -- EA
016 807-005 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M3X12 SST 4.00 EA 062 773-041 RING,RETAINING,.094 DIA 2.00 EA
017 807-012 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X6 SST 5.00 EA 063 210-2007-001 CABLE,ACTUATION,IRR 1.00 EA
018 807-013 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X8 SST 8.00 EA 065 803-003 NUT,HEX,M3X.5 SST 4.00 EA
019 807-014 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X10 SST 9.00 EA 066 210-2074-501 ASSY,CABLE,I/A INTERFACE 1.00 EA
020 807-027 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M5X12 SST 2.00 EA 067 767-035 NUT,HEX,10-32X.398X.130 SST 4.00 EA
021 809-012 SCREW,BTN HD SKT,M5X16 SST 2.00 EA 068 058-168 CONNECTOR HDW,BACK COVER,26T -- EA
022 807-049 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M6X45 SST 4.00 EA 069 058-167 CONNECTOR HDW,EJECT COVER,26T -- EA
023 811-009 SCREW,FLAT HD SKT,M4X8 SST 3.00 EA 070 058-070 CONNECTOR HDW,EJECT COVER,30T 1.00 EA
024 210-1989-001 PLATE,BEARING,ROLLER HUB 1.00 EA 071 058-071 CONNECTOR HDW,BACK COVER,30T 1.00 EA
026 210-1023-501 ASSY,PCB,FLUIDICS CONTROL 1.00 EA 072 691-275 SPRING,CPRSN,.25 OD X.88 SST 1.00 EA
027 210-1145-001 FACEPLATE,FLUIDICS MECHANISM 1.00 EA 073 803-008 NUT,HEX,M8X1.25 SST 1.00 EA
029 210-1180-001 STANDOFF,MOUNTING,MOTOR -- EA 074 807-151 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M2.5X12 SST 2.00 EA
030 210-2054-001 PLATE,MOUNTING,MOTOR -- EA 075 655-043 PLUG,.125-27 NPT,BLK NYL 1.00 EA
031 210-1885-001 PLUNGER,LOADCELL,IPS 1.00 EA 076 797-017 WASHER,SPLT LK,.19X.33X.05 SST 4.00 EA
033 210-1194-001 STANDOFF,SOLENOID,VENT -- EA 077 200-1582-502 ASSY,CABLE,GROUND CT 2.0 3.00 EA
034 210-1195-001 STANDOFF,SOLENOID,IRR -- EA 078 800-104 WASHER,EXT LOCK,M4 SST 4.00 EA
036 210-1211-001 FULCRUM,VENT PORT -- EA 079 891-025 LUBRICANT,LITHIUM GEL,368AX-1 -- EA
037 210-1212-001 LEVER,VENT PORT -- EA 080 892-047 CHEMICAL,ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL -- OZ
038 210-1213-001 PLUNGER,VENT -- EA 081 892-042 ADHESIVE,THREADLOCKER,242 BLUE -- ML
039 803-004 NUT,HEX,M4X0.7 SST 1.00 EA 082 210-2408-001 HUB,ROLLER ASSY,FLUIDICS 1.00 EA
040 210-1216-001 CARD CAGE,PCB,FLUIDICS -- EA 083 026-129 MOUNT,CABLE,.50X.50 ADH BACK -- EA
041 210-1218-001 BRACKET,LATCHING,PCB FLUIDICS -- EA

210-1022-XXX ASSY, FLUIDICS MECHANISM

6.12 8065750238
 210-1022-XXX ASSY, FLUIDICS MECHANISM (1 of 6)
8065750238 6.13
 210-1022-XXX ASSY, FLUIDICS MECHANISM (2 of 6)
6.14 8065750238
 210-1022-XXX ASSY, FLUIDICS MECHANISM (3 of 6)
8065750238 6.15
 210-1022-XXX ASSY, FLUIDICS MECHANISM (4 of 6)
6.16 8065750238
 210-1022-XXX ASSY, FLUIDICS MECHANISM (5 of 6)
8065750238 6.17
 210-1022-XXX ASSY, FLUIDICS MECHANISM (6 of 6)
6.18 8065750238
 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK

8065750238 6.19
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY

210-1024-501 ASSY, ULTRASONIC

210-1024-502 ASSY, ULTRASONIC, W/O AQL

001 210-1025-501 ASSY,PCB,U/S CONTROLLER 1.00 EA

002 210-1033-502 ASSY,PCB,CONTROLLER AQUALASE 1.00 EA
003 210-1165-001 CARD CAGE,US/AQUALASE 1.00 EA
004 210-1291-501 ASSY,RECEPTACLE 1.00 EA
005 210-1642-001 RING,ATTACHMENT 1.00 EA
006 210-1703-501 ASSY,CABLE,PCB REPT AQL W40 1.00 EA
007 210-1826-501 ASSY,CABLE,COAG H/P CONN W39 1.00 EA
008 210-1869-001 INSULATION,U/S,LEFT 1.00 EA
009 210-1870-001 INSULATION,U/S,RIGHT 1.00 EA
010 210-2100-001 PLUG,AQUALASE W/O AQL 1.00 EA
011 210-2151-501 ASSY,RECEPTACLE,PHACO 1.00 EA
210-2151-502 ASSY,RECEPTACLE,PHACO W/O AQL 1.00 EA
012 210-2123-001 SEAL,CONNECTORS,PHACO 1.00 EA
013 210-2124-001 SEAL,AQUALASE 1.00 EA
014 043-014 TUBING,PEU,.062X.125 GREEN 1.00 FT
015 063-022 JACK,BANANA,4MM GOLD PLATED 2.00 EA
018 807-006 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M3X16 SST 3.00 EA
019 807-012 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X6 SST 2.00 EA
020 807-015 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X12 SST 1.00 EA
021 809-001 SCREW,BTN HD SKT,M3X6 SST 4.00 EA
022 811-003 SCREW,FLAT HD SKT,M3X10 SST 6.00 EA
024 892-047 CHEMICAL,ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL .000 OZ
025 210-1644-001 SPACER,RECEPTACLE,COAG 2.00 EA
026 532-1393-001 LABEL,CAUTION,HIGH VOLTAGE 1.00 EA

210-1024-XXX ASSY, ULTRASONIC

6.20 8065750238
 210-1024-XXX ASSY, ULTRASONIC (1 of 4)
8065750238 6.21
 210-1024-XXX ASSY, ULTRASONIC (2 of 4)
6.22 8065750238
 210-1024-XXX ASSY, ULTRASONIC (3 of 4)
8065750238 6.23
 210-1024-XXX ASSY, ULTRASONIC (4 of 4)
6.24 8065750238
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY

210-1291-501 ASSY, RECEPTACLE 010 774-166 O-RING,.188X.312X.063 BUNA 50 3.00 EA

011 210-1639-001 SENSOR,INTERRUPTER 3.00 EA
001 210-1634-001 HOUSING,BASE 1.00 EA 012 691-266 SPRING,CPRSN,.100X.120 OD SST 3.00 EA
002 774-165 D-RING,.250X.375X.062 BUNA 50 1.00 EA 013 210-1641-001 SEAT,SPRING 3.00 EA
003 210-1861-001 SPIKE ASSY,PRESSURE 1.00 EA 014 210-1850-501 ASSY,PCB,RECEPTACLE AQUALASE 1.00 EA
004 210-1852-001 CUP,SPRING 1.00 EA 015 807-002 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M3X6 SST 6.00 EA
005 691-267 SPRING,CPRSN,.510X.600 OD SST 1.00 EA 016 210-1853-001 SEAL,BELLOWS 3.00 EA
006 773-090 RING,RETAINING,EXT .250 SHAFT 1.00 EA 017 210-1635-002 BEZEL,INDEX,W/RAMP 1.00 EA
007 210-1640-001 SPACER,BOARD,PC 3.00 EA
008 893-556 FlTTING-12 TUBE,10-32 UNF 1.00 EA
009 646-029 CAP,.1250D,GREEN 1.00 EA

210-1291-501 ASSY, RECEPTACLE

8065750238 6.25
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY

210-2151-501 ASSY, RECEPTACLE, PHACO

001 210-1643-001 SPACER,HANDPIECE,LOWER 3.00 EA

006 210-1827-501 ASSY,CABLE,U/S HANDPIECE 2.00 EA
008 210-2084-501 ASSY,CABLE,H/P GOLD AQUA W41 1.00 EA
012 210-2434-501 ASSY,RECEPTACLE,PHACO -- EA

210-2151-502 ASSY, RECEPTACLE, PHACO W/O AQL

001 210-1643-001 SPACER,HANDPIECE,LOWER 2.00 EA

003 210-1667-001 PLUG,CONNECTOR,U/S HP 2.00 EA
004 210-1683-001 PLATE,MOUNTING,HP CONNECTOR 1.00 EA
006 210-1827-501 ASSY,CABLE,U/S HANDPIECE 2.00 EA
007 210-1834-001 BASE,PLUG,CONNECTOR 2.00 EA
010 801-004 WASHER,FLAT,M4 SST 2.00 EA
011 807-015 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X12 2.00 EA

210-2151-XXX ASSY, RECEPTACLE, PHACO

6.26 8065750238
 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK

8065750238 6.27
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY

210-1026-XXX ASSY, IV POLE, INFINITI

001 210-2131-001 HANGER,BOTTLE 1.00 EA

002 210-1110-001 BASEPLATE,IV POLE,MACHINED 1.00 EA
003 210-1114-001 SCREW,LEAD,IV POLE 1.00 EA
004 210-1115-001 POLE,IV,INFINITI 1.00 EA
005 210-2021-001 HOUSING,IV POLE 1.00 EA
006 210-1123-001 BRACKET,PCB,IV POLE -- EA
007 210-1284-001 CLAMP,SENSOR 2.00 EA
008 210-1285-001 SEAL,RING,RETAINING 1.00 EA
009 210-1286-001 BEARING,JOURNAL 1.00 EA
010 210-1287-001 CAP,END,IV POLE HOUSING 1.00 EA
011 210-1345-001 KEY,PULLEY 1.00 EA
012 210-1346-501 ASSY,MOTOR,IV POLE 1.00 EA
013 210-1378-001 BUSHING,LEADSCREW 1.00 EA
014 210-1379-001 PULLEY,TIMING 1.00 EA
015 210-2333-001 SEAL,SHAFT,IV POLE 1.00 EA
016 210-1405-001 SENSOR ASSY,IV POLE 1.00 EA
017 800-203 WASHER,INT LOCK,M3 SST 4.00 EA
018 210-1027-501 ASSY,PCB,IV POLE 1.00 EA
019 771-288 PIN,SPRING,.094X.875 SST 2.00 EA
020 701-023 BELT,TIMING,7.0LX.38W 35T 1.00 EA
021 600-168 BEARING,BALL,10X30X14MM STEEL 1.00 EA
022 805-039 SETSCREW,SKT HD,FLT M4X4 SST 2.00 EA
023 813-005 NUT,HEX,M8X1.25 NYL INSERT SST 1.00 EA
024 605-016 BEARING,SLEEVE,.75X1X.75 RULON 2.00 EA
025 801-041 WASHER,FLAT,3.2X9MM CS 1.00 EA
026 026-129 MOUNT,CABLE,.50X.50 ADH BACK 5.00 EA
027 773-082 RING,RETAINING,INT 1.255 OD 1.00 EA
028 788-079 SPACER,8MMX14MMX1MM LG CS 1.00 EA
029 807-003 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M3X8 SST 6.00 EA
030 027-003 CABLE TIE,.625X3.50L,NYLON 5.00 EA
031 807-006 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M3X16 SST 2.00 EA
032 824-154 SETSCREW,SKT HD,M2X2 SST 3.00 EA
033 807-005 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M3X12 SST 7.00 EA
034 807-008 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M3X25 SST 4.00 EA
035 210-1601-001 BRACKET,IV POLE MOUNT,TOP -- EA
036 210-1577-001 BRACKET,MOUNT,IV POLE BOTTOM -- EA
037 210-1578-001 BRACKET,PUCK -- EA
038 210-1598-001 CLAMP,RING,MOTOR 1.00 EA
039 773-088 RING,RETAINING,INT 1.066X.042 1.00 EA
040 769-064 NUT,HEX,LOCK 8-32 UNC NYLON 6.00 EA
041 210-2132-001 EXTENSION,IV POLE,4CM 1.00 EA
042 672-030 MOUNT,SANDWICH,.5LG 8-32 STUDS 3.00 EA
043 807-012 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X6 SST 2.00 EA
044 786-001 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,8-32X.625 CS 2.00 EA
045 663-049 GROMMET,ISOLATER,#8 SCREW 2.00 EA
046 593-069 TAPE,VINYL,PRES-BOND .60 WIDE -- FT
047 210-1831-501 ASSY,CABLE,ENCODER IV POLE W72 1.00 EA
048 200-1582-502 ASSY,CABLE,GROUND CT 2.0 4.00 EA
049 809-002 SCREW,BTN HD SKT,M3X8 SST 3.00 EA
050 892-042 ADHESIVE,THREADLOCKER,242 BLU -- ML
051 892-047 CHEMICAL,ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL -- OZ
052 891-021 LUBRICANT,FLUOROCARBON GEL -- EA
053 210-1600-001 BRACKET,EXTENSION,BOTTOM -- EA
054 807-014 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X10 SST 2.00 EA

210-1026-XXX ASSY, IV POLE, INFINITI

6.28 8065750238
 210-1026-XXX ASSY, IV POLE, INFINITI (1 of 4)
8065750238 6.29
 210-1026-XXX ASSY, IV POLE, INFINITI (2 of 4)
6.30 8065750238
 210-1026-XXX ASSY, IV POLE, INFINITI (3 of 4)
8065750238 6.31
 210-1026-XXX ASSY, IV POLE, INFINITI (4 of 4)
6.32 8065750238
 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK

8065750238 6.33
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY

210-2382-XXX ASSY, IV POLE, INFINITI

001 210-2131-001 HANGER,BOTTLE 1.00 EA

002 210-1110-001 BASEPLATE,IV POLE,MACHINED 1.00 EA
003 210-1114-001 SCREW,LEAD,IV POLE 1.00 EA
004 210-1115-001 POLE,IV,INFINITI 1.00 EA
005 210-2021-001 HOUSING,IV POLE 1.00 EA
006 210-1123-001 BRACKET,PCB,IV POLE -- EA
007 210-1284-001 CLAMP,SENSOR -- EA
008 210-1285-001 SEAL,RING,RETAINING -- EA
009 210-1286-001 BEARING,JOURNAL -- EA
010 210-2378-001 CAP,END,IV POLE CASTING 1.00 EA
011 210-1345-001 KEY,PULLEY -- EA
012 210-1346-501 ASSY,MOTOR,IV POLE 1.00 EA
013 210-1378-001 BUSHING,LEADSCREW -- EA
014 210-1379-001 PULLEY,TIMING -- EA
015 210-2333-001 SEAL,SHAFT,IV POLE 1.00 EA
017 800-203 WASHER,INT LOCK,M3 SST 4.00 EA
018 210-1027-502 ASSY,PCB,IV POLE HE SENSOR 1.00 EA
019 771-288 PIN,SPRING,.094X.875 SST 2.00 EA
020 701-023 BELT,TIMING,7.0LX.38W 35T -- EA
021 600-168 BEARING,BALL,10X30X14MM STEEL -- EA
022 805-039 SETSCREW,SKT HD,FLT M4X4 SST 2.00 EA
023 813-005 NUT,HEX,M8X1.25 NYL INSERT SST 1.00 EA
024 605-016 BEARING,SLEEVE,.75X1X.75 RULON -- EA
025 801-041 WASHER,FLAT,3.2X9MM CS 2.00 EA
026 026-129 MOUNT,CABLE,.50X.50 ADH BACK -- EA
027 773-082 RING,RETAINING,INT 1.255 OD 1.00 EA
028 788-079 SPACER,8MMX14MMX1MM LG CS 1.00 EA
029 807-003 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M3X8 SST 9.00 EA
030 027-003 CABLE TIE,.625X3.50L,NYLON 3.00 EA
031 807-006 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M3X16 SST 1.00 EA
032 824-154 SETSCREW,SKT HD,M2X2 SST -- EA
033 807-005 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M3X12 SST 7.00 EA
034 807-008 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M3X25 SST 2.00 EA
035 210-1601-001 BRACKET,IV POLE MOUNT,TOP -- EA
036 210-1577-001 BRACKET,MOUNT,IV POLE BOTTOM -- EA
038 210-1598-001 CLAMP,RING,MOTOR -- EA
039 773-088 RING,RETAINING,INT 1.066X.042 1.00 EA
040 769-064 NUT,HEX,LOCK 8-32 UNC NYLON 6.00 EA
041 210-2132-001 EXTENSION,IV POLE,4CM 1.00 EA
042 672-030 MOUNT,SANDWICH,.5LG 8-32 STUDS -- EA
044 786-001 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,8-32X.625 CS 2.00 EA
045 663-049 GROMMET,ISOLATER,#8 SCREW -- EA
046 593-069 TAPE,VINYL,PRES-BOND .60 WIDE -- FT
048 200-1582-502 ASSY,CABLE,GROUND CT 2.0 4.00 EA
049 809-002 SCREW,BTN HD SKT,M3X8 SST 3.00 EA
050 892-042 ADHESIVE,THREADLOCKER,242 BLU -- ML
051 892-047 CHEMICAL,ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL -- OZ
052 891-021 LUBRICANT,FLUOROCARBON GEL -- EA
053 210-1600-001 BRACKET,EXTENSION,BOTTOM -- EA
055 210-2374-001 BRACKET,SENSOR,IV POLE -- EA
056 210-2375-001 FLAG,SENSOR -- EA
057 210-2388-001 FLAG,WASHER -- EA
058 807-009 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M3X30 SST 2.00 EA
059 807-002 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M3X6 SST 1.00 EA
060 801-003 WASHER,FLAT,M3 SST 3.00 EA
061 210-2383-501 ASSY,CABLE,HOME SENSOR IV POLE 1.00 EA

* SUBSTITUTE PART

210-2382-XXX ASSY, IV POLE, INFINITI

6.34 8065750238
 210-2382-XXX ASSY, IV POLE, INFINITI (1 of 3)
8065750238 6.35
 210-2382-XXX ASSY, IV POLE, INFINITI (2 of 3)
6.36 8065750238
 210-2382-XXX ASSY, IV POLE, INFINITI (3 of 3)
8065750238 6.37
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY

210-1036-501 ASSY, CPU, HOST

001 789-056 SCREW,PH PH,M3X0.50X4 SST 2.00 EA

002 809-001 SCREW,BTN HD SKT,M3X6 SST 9.00 EA
003 210-1156-001 CARD CAGE,HOST 1.00 EA
004 210-1160-501 ASSY,PCB,HOST POWER 1.00 EA
005 210-1395-502 ASSY,PCB,PCI VIDEO CONTROLLER 1.00 EA
210-1395-001 PCBA,CONTROLLER,PCI VIDEO 1.00 EA*
006 210-1999-501 ASSY,HARDWARE,CPU 1.00 EA
007 276-299 PCB ASSY,PCI CANBUS,2CH 1.00 EA
008 775-020 GASKET,EMI,SHLD,.062X.20X10.65 2.00 EA
009 775-021 GASKET,EMI,SHLD,.062X.20X8.90 2.00 EA
010 775-022 GASKET,EMI,SHLD,.100X.25X1.83 1.00 EA
011 041-022 SHIELDING,BACK PANEL,I/O 1.00 EA
012 210-1841-001 GASKET,EMI,DB9 1.00 EA
013 210-1842-001 GASKET,EMI,DVI 1.00 EA
014 210-2206-505 ASSY,CD,SERVICE REL_01.16 0.00 EA
015 276-306 DRIVE,HARD DISK,2.5 INCH 40GB 1.00 EA
016 807-153 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M3X4 SST 4.00 EA
017 775-024 GASKET,1.60,J SHAPE 1.00 EA
018 775-025 GASKET,5.80,J SHAPE 2.00 EA
019 020-140 CABLE,LOGIC/POWER,HDD IDE 9.00 1.00 EA
020 210-1880-501 ASSY,CABLE,W47 DVI WATCHDOG 1.00 EA
021 210-1874-501 ASSY,CABLE,W45 DVI POWER 1.00 EA
022 210-1876-501 ASSY,CABLE,HOST CPU-DVI W44 1.00 EA
023 210-1872-501 ASSY,CABLE,W42 DVD POWER 1.00 EA
024 020-141 CABLE,DVD,IDE LOGIC 18.00 1.00 EA
025 020-142 CABLE,AUDIO,DVD 24.00 1.00 EA
026 210-1873-501 ASSY,CABLE,W43 CPU POWER 1.00 EA
027 210-1875-501 ASSY,CABLE,W46 CPU FP RST CTRL 1.00 EA
028 026-091 CABLE,MOUNT,.75X.75 ABS WHT 2.00 EA
029 027-003 CABLE TIE,.625X3.50L,NYLON 3.00 EA

* SUBSTITUTE PART

210-1036-501 ASSY, CPU, HOST

6.38 8065750238
 210-1036-501 ASSY, CPU, HOST (1 of 2)
8065750238 6.39
 210-1036-501 ASSY, CPU, HOST (2 of 2)
6.40 8065750238
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY

210-1999-501 ASSY, HARDWARE, CPU

001 175-845 IC,PROCESSOR,PENTIUM III 1.00 EA

002 233-046 HEAT SINK,MICROPROC,W/FAN 1.00 EA
003 276-298 PCB ASSY,CPU,FLEXATX 1.00 EA
004 276-305 DRAM,168P DIMM,32MEGX64 133 MHZ 2.00 EA

210-1999-501 ASSY, HARDWARE, CPU

8065750238 6.41
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY

210-1047-501 ASSY, AIR SOURCE

001 210-2390-001 BRACKET,MOUNTING,AIR SOURCE 1.00 EA

210-1073-001 BRACKET,MOUNTING,AIR SOURCE 1.00 EA*
002 210-1055-001 PUMP,VACUUM 1.00 EA
003 210-1074-001 CONDENSOR ASSY,WATER 1.00 EA
004 210-1106-001 SPACER,PUMP,.125 THICK 2.00 EA
005 663-049 GROMMET,ISOLATER,#8 SCREW 8.00 EA
006 893-620 FITTING,ROTARY,.25NPTX.25 TUBE 2.00 EA
007 210-1057-001 FITTING,ADAPTER,PUMP 4.00 EA
008 893-560 FITTING,.25 TUBE X .125 MNPT 2.00 EA
009 699-013 FILTER,AIR,VACCUM PUMP 2.00 EA
010 893-546 FITTING,ELBOW,.125 NPT M/F BRS 2.00 EA
011 809-044 SCREW,BTN HD SKT,M4X20 SST 8.00 EA
012 807-025 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M5X8 SST 2.00 EA
013 893-561 FITTING,TEE,.25OD TUBING 1.00 EA
014 043-029 TUBING,NYLON,4.57MMX6.35MM BLK 2.00 FT
015 210-1677-001 WASHER,.256X.450X.030 POLY 4.00 EA
016 210-2073-001 SPACER,PUMP,.063 THICK 2.00 EA
017 892-047 CHEMICAL,ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL -- OZ
018 892-042 ADHESIVE,THREADLOCKER,242 BLU -- ML

* SUBSTITUTE PART

210-1047-501 ASSY, AIR SOURCE

6.42 8065750238
 210-1047-501 ASSY, AIR SOURCE
8065750238 6.43
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY

210-1236-501 ASSY, MANIFOLD

004 822-029 SPACER,3.1X6.0X5MM,NYLON 4.00 EA

016 210-1019-501 ASSY,PCB,PNEUMATIC CONTROL 1.00 EA
022 210-1221-502 ASSY,CABLE,PNEU SOL VALVE W77 1.00 EA
027 807-004 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M3X10 SST 4.00 EA
030 210-1246-501 ASSY,CABLE,XDCR SENSOR1 W74 1.00 EA
037 892-126 ADHESIVE,SUPERBONDER,495 CLR -- ML
038 210-2179-501 ASSY,MANIFOLD -- EA
210-2402-501 ASSY,MANIFOLD -- EA*

* SUBSTITUTE PART

210-1236-501 ASSY, MANIFOLD

6.44 8065750238
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY

210-1250-501 ASSY, PANEL, FRONT 210-1251-501 ASSY, PANEL, REAR

001 210-1250-001 PANEL,FRONT 1.00 EA 001 210-1251-001 PANEL,REAR 1.00 EA

002 210-1957-001 SEAL,FLUIDICS 1.00 EA 002 210-1270-501 ASSY,WRAP,CABLE UPPER PAINTED 1.00 EA
003 210-1271-501 ASSY,WRAP,CABLE LOWER PAINTED 1.00 EA
004 210-1897-001 BRACKET,SUPPORT,POWER CORD 1.00 EA
005 210-1960-001 SEAL,FAN DUCT,TOP 1.00 EA
006 210-1961-001 SEAL,FAN DUCT,MIDDLE 1.00 EA
007 210-1962-001 SEAL,FAN DUCT,LOWER 1.00 EA
008 210-1963-001 SEAL,DATA,ENTRY 1.00 EA
009 210-1964-001 SEAL,GROUND 1.00 EA
010 210-1965-001 SEAL,POWER,ENTRY 1.00 EA
011 210-1970-001 DUCT,PANEL,UPPER REAR 1.00 EA
012 210-1971-001 DUCT,PANEL,LOWER REAR 1.00 EA
013 807-013 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X8 SST 4.00 EA

210-1250-501 ASSY, PANEL, FRONT 210-1251-501 ASSY, PANEL, REAR

8065750238 6.45
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY

210-1253-501 ASSY, INSERT, CONSOLE TOP 210-1256-501 ASSY, PANEL, DRAWER UPPER

001 210-1253-001 INSERT,CONSOLE TOP 1.00 EA 001 210-1256-001 PANEL,DRAWER,UPPER 1.00 EA

002 210-1977-001 SEAL ASSY,PANEL,UPPER LEFT 1.00 EA 002 210-2057-001 COVER,HANDLE,UPPER DRAWER 1.00 EA
002 210-1978-001 SEAL ASSY,PANEL,UPPER RIGHT 1.00 EA 003 892-271 ADHESIVE,SUPERBONDER,454 CLEAR N/A

ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY

210-1259-501 ASSY, PANEL, DRAWER LOWER

001 210-1259-001 PANEL,DRAWER,LOWER 1.00 EA

002 210-2058-001 COVER,HANDLE,LOWER DRAWER 1.00 EA
003 892-271 ADHESIVE,SUPERBONDER,454 CLEAR

210-1253-501 ASSY, INSERT, CONSOLE TOP 210-1256-501 ASSY, PANEL, DRAWER, UPPER
210-1259-501 ASSY, PANEL, DRAWER, LOWER
6.46 8065750238
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY

210-1257-501 ASSY, HANDLE, REAR 210-1261-501 ASSY, PANEL, SIDE LEFT LOWER

001 210-1257-001 HANDLE,REAR 1.00 EA 001 210-1261-001 PANEL,SIDE,LEFT LOWER 1.00 EA

002 210-2149-001 SEAR,HANDLE,REAR 2.00 EA 002 210-1651-002 FILTER,AIR,7.95X5.35 1.00 EA
003 210-1929-001 RETAINER,FILTER 1.00 EA
004 800-004 WASHER,SPLITLOCK,M4 SST 2.00 EA
005 807-014 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X10 SST 2.00 EA

ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY

ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY
210-1262-501 ASSY, PANEL, SIDE RIGHT LOWER
210-1260-501 ASSY, INSERT, CONSOLE TRAY
001 210-1262-001 PANEL,SIDE,RIGHT LOWER 1.00 EA
001 210-1260-001 INSERT,CONSOLE,TRAY 1.00 EA 002 210-1651-002 FILTER,AIR,7.95X5.35 1.00 EA
002 210-1975-001 SEAL ASSY,PANEL,LOWER LEFT 1.00 EA 003 210-1929-001 RETAINER,FILTER 1.00 EA
003 210-1976-001 SEAL ASSY,PANEL,LOWER RIGHT 1.00 EA 004 800-004 WASHER,SPLITLOCK,M4 SST 2.00 EA
005 807-014 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X10 SST 2.00 EA

210-1257-501 ASSY, HANDLE, REAR 210-1261-501 ASSY, PANEL, SIDE LEFT LOWER
210-1260-501 ASSY, INSERT, CONSOLE TRAY 210-1262-501 ASSY, PANEL, SIDE RIGHT
8065750238 6.47
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY

210-1274-501 ASSY, DISPLAY, ARM

015 026-030 CLAMP,CABLE,.312 DIA NYLON -- EA

016 210-1594-001 STRAIN RELIEF,CABLE,DVI -- EA
021 210-1987-001 ARM,DISPLAY,FRAME RH MACHINED -- EA
022 210-1988-001 ARM,DISPLAY,FRAME LH MACHINED -- EA
023 600-169 BEARING,BALL,10X26X8MM STEEL -- EA
024 773-091 RING,RETAINING,INT 26MM BORE 2.00 EA
026 210-1735-001 SPRING,TORSION,1.491X.135 LT -- EA
027 210-1734-001 SPRING,TORSION,1.491X.135 RT -- EA
029 815-017 WASHER,SPRING,.640X1.00X.030 2.00 EA
030 210-1528-001 WASHER,THRUST,SPRING -- EA
031 814-040 SCREW,SHLDR,SKT HD M8X12.013 -- EA
033 210-1561-001 COVER,FRONT,KNUCKLE -- EA
034 807-149 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M2.5X8 SST -- EA
035 807-013 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X8 SST 4.00 EA
036 210-1551-501 ASSY,DISPLAY,BEZEL 1.00 EA
038 210-1562-001 COVER,BACK,KNUCKLE -- EA
039 210-1557-001 BUCKET,DISPLAY -- EA
040 210-1676-001 SUPPORT,CABLE -- EA
041 803-004 NUT,HEX,M4X0.7 SST 2.00 EA
042 807-015 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X12 SST 2.00 EA
046 210-1769-001 RETAINER,SPRING,TORSION RH -- EA
047 210-1770-001 RETAINER,SPRING,TORSION LH -- EA
048 807-148 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M2.5X6 SST 2.00 EA
049 807-152 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M2.5X16 SST 2.00 EA
051 807-014 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X10 SST 8.00 EA
054 891-027 LUBRICANT,PFPE/PTFE,8981 -- EA
055 892-042 ADHESIVE,THREADLOCKER,242 BLU -- ML
056 892-047 CHEMICAL,ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL -- OZ
057 801-004 WASHER,FLAT,M4 SST 1.00 EA
058 210-2272-501 ASSY,SUB ARM,DISPLAY 1.00 EA

210-1274-501 ASSY, DISPLAY, ARM

6.48 8065750238
 210-1274-501 ASSY, DISPLAY, ARM (1 of 2)
8065750238 6.49
 210-1274-501 ASSY, DISPLAY, ARM (2 of 2)
6.50 8065750238
 ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY

210-1564-501 ASSY, BEZEL, DISPLAY

001 210-1564-001 BEZEL,DISPLAY 1.00 EA

002 210-1627-001 SEAL,BEZEL 1.00 EA
003 210-1843-001 WINDOW,INFRARED,LEFT 1.00 EA
004 210-1844-001 WINDOW,INFRARED,RIGHT 1.00 EA
005 210-2075-001 NAMEPLATE,LOGO,INFINITI 1.00 EA

210-1564-501 ASSY, BEZEL, DISPLAY

8065750238 6.51
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY

210-1551-501 ASSY, DISPLAY, BEZEL 020 798-062 WASHER,FLAT,NO.2 .031 THK NYL 2.00 EA
021 775-023 GASKET,EMI,SHLD .062X.200 -- EA
001 088-044 DISPLAY,LCD,COLOR MATRIX 15.0 1.00 EA 022 807-002 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M3X6 SST 2.00 EA
002 210-1685-501 ASSY,PCB,IR RECEIVER 1.00 EA 023 801-003 WASHER,FLAT,M3 SST 1.00 EA
003 276-301 INVERTER,DC TO AC,FOUR TUBES 1.00 EA 024 807-153 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M3X4 SST 1.00 EA
004 276-297 PCB ASSY,CTRL,TOUCH SCREEN 1.00 EA 025 210-1829-501 ASSY,CABLE,IR REC USB W53 1.00 EA
005 210-1278-001 PCBA,INTERFACE,DVI 1.00 EA 026 210-1281-001 CABLE ASSY,INTFC PNL,W52 LCD 1.00 EA
006 210-2393-001 TOUCH SCREEN,INFINITI 1.00 EA 027 210-1280-501 ASSY,CABLE,BACKLT INVERTER W51 1.00 EA
210-1322-001 TOUCH SCREEN,MICROTOUCH 1.00 EA* 028 210-1882-501 ASSY,CABLE,TCSN CTRL USB W54 1.00 EA
007 210-1327-001 BRACKET,DISPLAY -- EA 029 026-129 MOUNT,CABLE,.50X.50 ADH BACK -- EA
008 210-1340-001 SHIELD,FARADAY,DISPLAY -- EA 030 027-003 CABLE TIE,.625X3.50L,NYLON 6.00 EA
009 210-1564-501 ASSY,BEZEL,DISPLAY -- EA 031 532-1393-001 LABEL,CAUTION,HIGH VOLTAGE 2.00 EA
011 210-1628-001 SPACER,FOAM,LCD 1.00 EA 033 892-047 CHEMICAL,ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL -- OZ
012 210-1678-001 GROMMET,EMI SHIELD -- EA 034 593-088 TAPE,COPPER FOIL,2.6MILX1.0W 6.00 FT
013 807-013 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X8 SST 4.00 EA 035 210-2416-001 TAPE,APERTURE -- EA
014 786-299 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,2-56X.188 SST 2.00 EA 210-2414-501 ASSY,APERTURE,LEFT 1.00 EA*
015 210-1830-501 ASSY,CABLE,IR SENSOR 8.1LG W55 1.00 EA 210-2414-502 ASSY,APERTURE,RIGHT 1.00 EA*
016 210-1835-501 ASSY,CABLE,IR SENSOR 18.5L W56 1.00 EA 036 210-2075-001 NAMEPLATE,LOGO,INFINITI 1.00 EA
017 807-004 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M3X10 SST 4.00 EA
018 807-148 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M2.5X6 SST 4.00 EA * SUBSTITUTE PART
019 210-1655-502 ASSY,PCB,IR SENSOR 2.00 EA

210-1551-501 ASSY, DISPLAY, BEZEL (1 of 2)

6.52 8065750238
 210-1551-501 ASSY, DISPLAY, BEZEL (2 of 2)
8065750238 6.53
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY

210-2272-501 ASSY, SUB ARM, DISPLAY

001 210-1552-001 SHAFT,SPINDLE -- EA

002 815-014 WASHER,SPRING,1.432X.828X.020 -- EA
003 210-1555-001 WASHER,LOAD -- EA
004 210-1554-001 WASHER,FRICTION -- EA
005 210-1553-001 HOUSING,SPINDLE -- EA
006 600-173 BEARING,BALL,12MM BORE DBL ROW -- EA
007 210-1547-001 WASHER,STOP,DISPLAY SPINDLE -- EA
008 769-087 NUT,HEX,JAM M10X1.5 SST -- EA
009 210-1319-001 SUPPORT,ARM,DISPLAY MACHINED -- EA
010 210-1556-001 HUB,CABLE,WRAP 2.00 EA
011 210-2380-001 CLAMP,CABLE,DISPLAY MACHINED 1.00 EA
012 807-076 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M10X20 SST 2.00 EA
013 807-017 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X20 SST 6.00 EA
014 210-1548-001 YOKE,BASE -- EA
017 210-1621-001 CAP,DISPLAY -- EA
018 210-1545-001 WASHER,STOP,BASE SPINDLE -- EA
019 210-1499-001 BASE,DISPLAY,MACHINED -- EA
020 210-1500-001 CLAMP,CABLE,BASE -- EA
032 807-016 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X16 SST 4.00 EA
037 210-1886-001 YOKE,TOP -- EA
042 807-015 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X12 SST 6.00 EA
043 020-136 CABLE,INTERFACE,DVI 3 METER BK -- EA
044 797-075 WASHER,EXT LOCK.64X1.1X.05 SST 2.00 EA
045 797-111 WASHER,LOCK,M18 INT BRZ/NKL -- EA
050 807-019 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X30 SST 2.00 EA
051 807-014 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X10 SST 16.0 EA
052 210-2088-001 CLAMP,CABLE,DISPLAY YOKE -- EA
054 891-027 LUBRICANT,PFPE/PTFE,8981 -- EA
055 892-042 ADHESIVE,THREADLOCKER,242 BLU -- ML
056 892-047 CHEMICAL,ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL -- OZ
057 210-2406-501 ASSY,SPINDLE,INFINTI FRONT -- EA
058 210-2407-501 ASSY,SPINDLE,INFINITI REAR -- EA

* SUBSTITUTE PART

210-2272-501 ASSY, SUB ARM, DISPLAY

6.54 8065750238
 210-2272-501 ASSY, SUB ARM, DISPLAY (1 of 2)
8065750238 6.55
 210-2272-501 ASSY, SUB ARM, DISPLAY (2 of 2)
6.56 8065750238
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY

210-1649-501 ASSY, CONNECTORS, PNEUMATIC

001 202-1333-002 CONNECTOR,PNEU,MALE 10-32 BRN 1.00 EA

002 210-1652-001 BASE,MANIFOLD,PNEUMATIC 1.00 EA
003 210-1666-001 PLUG,CONNECTOR,PNEUMATIC HP 2.00 EA
004 646-030 CAP,.125OD,YELLOW 1.00 EA
005 893-556 FITTING,.12 TUBE,10-32 UNF 1.00 EA

210-1649-501 ASSY, CONNECTORS, PNEUMATIC

8065750238 6.57
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY

210-1670-501 ASSY, CAP, IV POLE 210-1699-501 ASSY, ACCUMULATOR, AQUALASE

001 210-1675-001 CAP,IV POLE 1.00 EA 001 646-029 CAP,.125OD,GREEN 1.00 EA

002 210-1671-001 GASKET,CAP,IV POLE 1.00 EA 002 646-032 CAP,.125OD,GREEN-B 1.00 EA
003 774-162 SEAL,PISTON,1.56 DIA 1.00 EA 003 893-556 FITTING,.12 TUBE,10-32 UNF 1.00 EA
004 893-584 FITTING,.50,VOL CHAMBER 1.00 EA
005 893-585 FITTING,CHOKE,10-32 GREEN 1.00 EA
006 893-586 FITTING,COUPLING,SHORT 10-32 1.00 EA
007 893-587 FITTING,ELBOW,MALE 10-32 .250D 1.00 EA

210-1670-501 ASSY, CAP, IV POLE 210-1699-501 ASSY, ACCUMULATOR, AQL

6.58 8065750238
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY

210-1323-501 ASSY, BRACKET, POWER SUPPLY

001 210-2163-501 ASSY,POWER SUPPLY,24V 1.00 EA

002 210-2164-501 ASSY,POWER SUPPLY,12V 1.00 EA
003 210-2044-001 BRACKET,POWER SUPPLY 1.00 EA
004 797-085 WASHER,INT LOCK.17X.34X.02 SST 8.00 EA
005 807-012 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X6 SST 8.00 EA

210-1323-501 ASSY, BRACKET, POWER SUPPLY

8065750238 6.59
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY

210-2163-501 ASSY, POWER SUPPLY, 24V

001 196-058 POWER SUPPLY,650W,24V OUTPUT 1.00 EA

002 210-1444-501 ASSY,CABLE,24V DC-PWR DIST W7 1.00 EA
003 210-1461-501 ASSY,CABLE,24V PWR SUPPLY W79 1.00 EA

210-2163-501 ASSY, POWER SUPPLY, 24V

6.60 8065750238
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY

210-2164-501 ASSY, POWER SUPPLY, 12V

001 196-057 POWER SUPPLY,DUAL OUTPUT,5/12V 1.00 EA

002 210-1442-501 ASSY,CABLE,12V DC-PWR DIST W5 1.00 EA
003 210-1460-501 ASSY,CABLE,12V PWR SUPPLY W78 1.00 EA

210-2164-501 ASSY, POWER SUPPLY, 12V

8065750238 6.61
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY

210-1255-501 ASSY, PANEL, DRAWER, FOOTSWITCH 210-1758-501 ASSY, DRAWER, FOOTSWITCH

001 210-1255-001 PANEL,DRAWER,FOOTSWITCH 1.00 EA 001 210-1255-501 ASSY,PANEL,DRAWER,FOOTSWITCH -- EA

002 210-2059-001 COVER,HANDLE,FOOTSW DRWR 1.00 EA 002 210-1607-001 DRAWER,FOOTSWITCH -- EA
003 892-271 ADHESIVE,SUPERBONDER,454 CLR A/R 012 801-025 WASHER,FLAT,M2.5 SST 12.0 EA
016 809-006 SCREW,BTN HD SKT,M4X8 SST 6.00 EA
017 809-106 SCREW,BTN HD SKT,M2.5X12 SST 12.0 EA
020 210-2115-001 CLAMP,CABLE,FTSWITCH DRAWER 1.00 EA
022 210-2051-001 WASHER,SHOULDER 8.00 EA
023 895-338 DAMPER,HYDRAULIC,PRESET 2.00 EA
024 784-207 SCREW,MACH HD SLT,M3X12,ZINC 4.00 EA
025 892-042 ADHESIVE,THREADLOCKER,242 BLU -- ML
028 210-2284-501 ASSY,BRACKET,RIGHT F/S -- EA
029 210-2285-501 ASSY,BRACKET,LEFT F/S -- EA

* SUBSTITUTE PART

210-1255-501 ASSY, PANEL, DRAWER, FOOTSW 210-1758-501 ASSY, DRAWER, FOOTSW

6.62 8065750238
 210-1758-501 ASSY, DRAWER, FOOTSWITCH (1 of 1)
8065750238 6.63
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY

210-1104-501 ASSY, TRAY, ARM

001 210-1031-501 ASSY,ARM,TRAY ADJUSTABLE 1.00 EA

002 210-1606-001 HANDLE,TRAY,ACTUATOR RH 2.00 EA
003 796-111 WASHER,FLAT,.209X.745X.060 SST 2.00 EA
004 210-1753-001 PIVOT,TRAY RELEASE 2.00 EA
005 210-1028-501 ASSY,TRAY 1.00 EA
006 807-027 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M5X12 SST 10.0 EA

210-1104-501 ASSY, TRAY, ARM

6.64 8065750238
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY

210-1738-501 ASSY, TRAY, ARM MOUNT

001 210-1537-001 SHAFT,CONSOLE,PIVOT 1.00 EA

002 210-1497-002 SLEEVE,FRICTION,.75X1.00 LG 1.00 EA
003 210-1542-001 BEARING ASSY,THRUST,1.00 ID 1.00 EA
004 210-1060-001 MOUNT,CHASSIS,PIVOT 1,00 EA
005 210-1505-501 ASSY,CLAMP,FRICTION 1.00 EA
006 807-015 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X12 SST 1.00 EA
007 210-1525-001 PLATE,BEARING 1.00 EA
008 210-1541-001 BEARING ASSY,THRUST,.75 ID 1.00 EA
009 815-019 WASHER,SPRING,1.50X.755X.059 1.00 EA
010 769-088 NUT,HEX JAM,.75-16 SST 1.00 EA
011 655-041 PLUG,RND,2.125 DIA HOLE BLACK 1.00 EA
012 891-021 LUBRICANT,FLUOROCARBON GEL A/R

210-1738-501 ASSY, TRAY, ARM MOUNT

8065750238 6.65
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY

210-1696-501 ASSY, FILTER, OIL/AIR SEPARATOR 210-1697-501 ASSY, FILTER, AIR DRYER

001 699-015 FILTER,SEPARATOR,OIL MIST/AIR 1.00 EA 001 699-014 FILTER,SEPARATOR,WATER/AIR 1.00 EA

002 893-493 FITTING,.25 TUBE X .25 NPT 2.00 EA 002 893-493 FITTING,.25 TUBE X .25 NPT 2.00 EA
003 593-055 TAPE,TEFLON,.25X.0035 WHITE 1.00 FT 003 593-055 TAPE,TEFLON,.25X.0035 WHITE 1.00 FT
004 893-591 FITTING,BARB,M5X1.8DIAX12L SST 1.00 EA
005 788-090 SPACER,.750 LONG,ALUM 2.00 EA
006 825-018 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X25 SST 2.00 EA

ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY

210-1733-501 ASSY, CHECK VALVE

001 886-024 VALVE,CHECK,.125 PORT 1.00 EA

002 893-486 FITTING,ELBOW,.12NPT X.25 TUBE 1.00 EA
003 893-560 FITTING,.25 TUBE X .125 MNPT 1.00 EA

210-1696-501 ASSY, FILTER, OIL/AIR SEPARATE 210-1697-501 ASSY, FILTER, AIR DRYER
210-1733-501 ASSY, CHECK VALVE
6.66 8065750238
 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK

8065750238 6.67
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY

210-1775-501 ASSY, FOOTSWITCH, INFINITI 064 691-283 SPRING,CPRSN,.250X.120 OD SST 2.00 EA

065 691-284 SPRING,CPRSN,.438X.120 OD SST 4.00 EA
001 210-2144-001 TREADLE,FOOTSWITCH 1.00 EA 066 691-285 SPRING,PLUNGER,.375-16 DELRIN 4.00 EA
002 210-1777-001 SHAFT,MAIN,LEFT 1.00 EA 067 210-2043-001 GEAR,SPUR,F5 MOTOR 1.00 EA
003 210-2283-001 SHAFT,MAIN,RIGHT FTSW 1.00 EA 068 771-629 PIN,DOWEL,.0625X.375 SST 2.00 EA
004 210-1780-001 BEARING,SPRING 1.00 EA 069 771-630 PIN,DOWEL,.125X.437 SST 2.00 EA
005 210-1781-001 SCREW,SHOULDER,M8 1.00 EA 071 773-037 RING,RETAINING,EXT .312 SHAFT 1.00 EA
006 210-1782-001 HEEL,REST,FOOTSWITCH 1.00 EA 072 773-093 RING,RETAINING,3/8 SHAFT SST 2.00 EA
007 210-1784-001 BASE,FOOTSWITCH 1.00 EA 073 774-022 O-RING,.364X.500X.07,FLUORCRBN 2.00 EA
008 210-1788-001 GASKET,SEAL,BOTTOM 1.00 EA 074 774-032 O-RING,.239X.070,NITRILE 4.00 EA
009 210-2081-001 BRACKET,LEVER,CONTACT REAR 1.00 EA 075 774-122 O-RING,.176X.31X.070,NITRILE 1.00 EA
010 210-1792-001 PLATE,WING,BOTTOM LEFT 1.00 EA 076 786-312 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,4-40X.312 SST 3.00 EA
011 210-1793-001 WING,BOTTOM,LEFT 1.00 EA 078 796-010 WASHER,FLAT,NO.4 SST 3.00 EA
012 210-1795-001 GASKET,SEAL,WING 2.00 EA 079 796-112 WASHER,FLAT,.625X.390X.063 SST 2.00 EA
013 210-1796-001 SHAFT,WING 2.00 EA 080 796-113 WASHER,THRUST,.128X.372X.062 1.00 EA
014 210-1797-001 PLATE,STRIKER,WING 2.00 EA 081 797-014 WASHER,SPLT LK,.11X.21X.03 SST 3.00 EA
015 210-1798-001 WING,TOP,LEFT 1.00 EA 082 805-418 SETSCREW,M3X6,DOG POINT 2.00 EA
016 210-1799-001 PLATE,WING,BOTTOM RIGHT 1.00 EA 083 805-419 SETSCREW,M4X8,DOG POINT 2.00 EA
017 210-1800-001 WING,BOTTOM,RIGHT 1.00 EA 084 807-002 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M3X6 SST 8.00 EA
018 210-1803-001 WING,TOP,RIGHT 1.00 EA 085 807-005 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M3X12 SST 2.00 EA
019 210-2282-001 GEAR,SHAFT,MAIN FTSW 1.00 EA 086 807-016 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X16 SST 2.00 EA
020 210-1812-001 ROD,SPRING 1.00 EA 087 807-143 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M2.0X8 SST 2.00 EA
021 210-1813-001 SLIDE,HEEL,ADJUSTMENT 2.00 EA 088 807-175 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X8 SEAL 5.00 EA
022 210-2145-001 STRIKER,FOOTSWITCH 1.00 EA 807-168 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X8 SEAL 5.00 EA*
023 210-1822-001 SHAFT,TENSION,ADJUST 1.00 EA 089 807-176 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X12 SEAL 9.00 EA
024 210-1823-001 TOP,FOOTSWITCH 1.00 EA 807-169 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X12 SEAL 9.00 EA*
025 210-1824-001 BASE,HEEL,FOOTSWITCH 1.00 EA 090 809-001 SCREW,BTN HD SKT,M3X6 SST 2.00 EA
026 210-1825-001 TREADLE,TOP,FOOTSWITCH 1.00 EA 091 809-002 SCREW,BTN HD SKT,M3X8 SST 6.00 EA
027 210-1887-001 LEVER,SPRING,RETURN HEEL 1.00 EA 092 811-002 SCREW,FLAT HD SKT,M3X8 SST -- EA
028 210-1888-001 CAP,ALIGNMENT 1.00 EA 093 811-107 SCREW,FH PH,M5X10 SST SEAL 2.00 EA
029 210-1889-001 BRACKET,HOUSING,PIN 1.00 EA 094 811-108 SCREW,FH SKT,M2.5X8 SST 6.00 EA
030 210-1890-001 RETAINER,LEVER,HEEL 2.00 EA 095 814-002 SCREW,SHLDR,SKT HD M3X5.013 SS 4.00 EA
031 210-1891-001 PIN,LOCK,HEEL POSITION 2.00 EA 096 814-017 SCREW,SHLDR,SKT HD M5X4.013 SS 1.00 EA
032 210-1894-001 LEVER,LOCK,HEEL POSITION 1.00 EA 097 815-020 WASHER,THRUST,1.75X2.5X.06 3.00 EA
033 210-1898-001 BRACKET,INSULATOR,CONTACT SW 1.00 EA 098 891-013 LUBE,GREASE,MULTI-PURPOSE -- ML
034 210-1899-001 CONTACT,TREADLE 1.00 EA 099 891-019 LUBE,SEALANT,VALVE -- EA
035 210-1900-001 BRACKET,CONTACT MOUNT 1.00 EA 100 892-042 ADHESIVE,THREADLOCKER,242 BLU -- ML
036 210-1901-001 CONTACT,STATIONARY 1.00 EA 101 072-107 TERMINAL LUG,26-22 AWG,NO.6 1.00 EA
037 210-1902-001 PLUNGER,SPRING RETURN 1.00 EA 102 027-003 CABLE TIE,.625X3.50L,NYLON -- EA
038 210-1903-001 BLOCK,TENSION ADJUSTMENT 1.00 EA 103 040-009 TUBING,HEAT SHRINK,.093 ID BLK -- FT
039 210-1911-001 PLUG,SWITCH,WING 2.00 EA 104 060-100 CRIMP,TERMINAL,26-30 AWG -- EA
040 210-1949-001 SLIDER,WING LOCK,LEFT 1.00 EA 105 050-920 CONNECTOR,12P,DBL ROW 3MM 1.00 EA
041 210-1950-001 SLIDER,WING LOCK,RIGHT 1.00 EA 106 036-020 WIRE,INSUL,DBL TEF 28 AWG RED 3.00 FT
042 210-1951-001 SHAFT,BUTTON,PUSH WING 2.00 EA 107 036-022 WIRE,INSUL,DBL TEF 28 AWG YEL 2.00 FT
043 210-1955-001 BRACKET,SLIDE,SPRING TENSION 1.00 EA 108 036-023 WIRE,INSUL,DBL TEF 28 AWG BLU 2.00 FT
044 210-1997-001 O-RING,32X.070,VITON 1.00 EA 109 036-019 WIRE,INSUL,DBL TEF 28 AWG BLK 3.00 FT
045 210-1998-001 BUMPER,REAR,FOOTSWITCH 1.00 EA 110 036-021 WIRE,INSUL,DBL TEF 28 AWG BRN 3.00 FT
047 210-2022-501 ASSY,CABLE,F/S PCB INTFC W68 1.00 EA 111 036-024 WIRE,INSUL,DBL TEF 28 AWG WHT 2.00 FT
048 192-011 BATTERY,INTERCONNECT PROBE 2.00 EA 112 892-346 ADHESIVE,RTV,SILICONE -- EA
049 210-2023-501 ASSY,CABLE,FTSW MOTOR W70 1.00 EA 113 807-012 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X6 SST 3.00 EA
050 210-1862-501 ASSY,PCB,FOOTSWITCH 1.00 EA 114 210-2080-001 BRACKET,LEVER,CONTACT FRONT 1.00 EA
051 263-143 SWITCH,PUSHBUTTON,SPST-NO-DB 6.00 EA 115 807-004 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M3X10 SST 2.00 EA
052 600-176 BEARING,THRUST,1.75X2.5X.078 2.00 EA 116 797-083 WASHER,INT LOCK.12X.27X.02 SST 2.00 EA
056 652-021 BUMPER,RUBBER,.500 OD X.187 LG 2.00 EA 117 210-2318-001 LABEL,BLANK,FTSW INFI -- EA
057 674-161 ANCHOR,SPRING,6-32 BLACK 2.00 EA 210-2086-001 LABEL,FOOTSWITCH,INFINITI -- EA*
058 674-163 SPRING,HELICAL,17-4PH-CRES HT 2.00 EA 118 026-127 CLAMP,CABLE,.25 ADHESIVE NYL 1.00 EA
059 691-278 SPRING,CPRSN,.180ODX1.75 SST 2.00 EA 119 210-2152-001 INSULATOR,TENSION ADJUST 1.00 EA
060 691-279 SPRING,CPRSN,.660 OD X.625 SST 2.00 EA 120 210-2153-001 INSULATION,SWITCH,WING LEFT 1.00 EA
061 691-297 SPRING,EXT,.188 ODX.034 SST 2.00 EA 121 210-2153-002 INSULATION,SWITCH,WING RIGHT 1.00 EA
062 691-281 SPRING,CPRSN,.360 OD X .500 MW 1.00 EA
063 691-282 SPRING,EXT,.500 OD X 1.75 SST 1.00 EA * SUBSTITUTE PART

210-1775-501 ASSY, FOOTSWITCH, INFINITI

6.68 8065750238
 210-1775-501 ASSY, FOOTSWITCH, INFINITI (1 of 7)
8065750238 6.69
 210-1775-501 ASSY, FOOTSWITCH, INFINITI (2 of 7)
6.70 8065750238
 210-1775-501 ASSY, FOOTSWITCH, INFINITI (3 of 7)
8065750238 6.71
 210-1775-501 ASSY, FOOTSWITCH, INFINITI (4 of 7)
6.72 8065750238
 210-1775-501 ASSY, FOOTSWITCH, INFINITI (5 of 7)
8065750238 6.73
 210-1775-501 ASSY, FOOTSWITCH, INFINITI (6 of 7)
6.74 8065750238
 210-1775-501 ASSY, FOOTSWITCH, INFINITI (7 of 7)
8065750238 6.75
ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION QTY

210-2290-501 ASSY, FOOTSWITCH, INFINITI 059 036-022 WIRE,INSUL,DBL TEF 28 AWG YEL 1.50 FT
060 036-023 WIRE,INSUL,DBL TEF 28 AWG BLU 1.50 FT
001 210-1781-001 SCREW,SHOULDER,M8 1.00 EA 061 036-024 WIRE,INSUL,DBL TEF 28 AWG WHT 4.00 FT
002 210-1788-001 GASKET,SEAL,BOTTOM 1.00 EA 062 040-009 TUBING,HEAT SHRINK,.093 ID BLK 0.25 FT
003 210-1792-001 PLATE,WING,BOTTOM LEFT 1.00 EA 063 050-920 CONNECTOR,12P,DBL ROW 3MM 1.00 EA
004 210-1793-001 WING,BOTTOM,LEFT 1.00 EA 064 060-100 CRIMP,TERMINAL,26-30 AWG 12.0 EA
005 210-1795-001 GASKET,SEAL,WING 2.00 EA 065 192-011 BATTERY,INTERCONNECT PROBE 2.00 EA
006 210-1796-001 SHAFT,WING 2.00 EA 066 263-143 SWITCH,PUSHBUTTON,SPST-NO-DB 6.00 EA
007 210-1797-001 PLATE,STRIKER,WING 2.00 EA 067 600-176 BEARING,THRUST,1.75X2.5X.078 2.00 EA
008 210-1798-001 WING,TOP,LEFT 1.00 EA 068 652-021 BUMPER,RUBBER,.500 OD X.187 LG 2.00 EA
009 210-1799-001 PLATE,WING,BOTTOM RIGHT 1.00 EA 069 674-163 SPRING,HELICAL,17-4PH-CRES HT 2.00 EA
010 210-1800-001 WING,BOTTOM,RIGHT 1.00 EA 070 691-278 SPRING,CPRSN,.180ODX1.75 SST 2.00 EA
011 210-1803-001 WING,TOP,RIGHT 1.00 EA 071 691-279 SPRING,CPRSN,.660 OD X.625 SST 2.00 EA
012 210-1813-001 SLIDE,HEEL,ADJUSTMENT 2.00 EA 072 691-281 SPRING,CPRSN,.360 OD X .500 MW 1.00 EA
013 210-1887-001 LEVER,SPRING,RETURN HEEL 1.00 EA 073 691-283 SPRING,CPRSN,.250X.120 OD SST 2.00 EA
014 210-1888-001 CAP,ALIGNMENT 1.00 EA 074 691-284 SPRING,CPRSN,.438X.120 OD SST 4.00 EA
015 210-1889-001 BRACKET,HOUSING,PIN 1.00 EA 075 691-285 SPRING,PLUNGER,.375-16 DELRIN 4.00 EA
016 210-1890-001 RETAINER,LEVER,HEEL 2.00 EA 077 691-305 SPRING,EXT,.500 OD X 1.75 MW 1.00 EA
017 210-1891-001 PIN,LOCK,HEEL POSITION 2.00 EA 078 771-629 PIN,DOWEL,.0625X.375 SST 2.00 EA
018 210-1894-001 LEVER,LOCK,HEEL POSITION 1.00 EA 079 771-630 PIN,DOWEL,.125X.437 SST 2.00 EA
019 210-1902-001 PLUNGER,SPRING RETURN 1.00 EA 080 773-037 RING,RETAINING,EXT .312 SHAFT 1.00 EA
020 210-1903-001 BLOCK,TENSION ADJUSTMENT 1.00 EA 081 773-093 RING,RETAINING,3/8 SHAFT SST 2.00 EA
021 210-1911-001 PLUG,SWITCH,WING 2.00 EA 082 774-022 O-RING,.364X.500X.07,FLUORCRBN 2.00 EA
022 210-1949-001 SLIDER,WING LOCK,LEFT 1.00 EA 083 774-032 O-RING,.239X.070,NITRILE 4.00 EA
023 210-1950-001 SLIDER,WING LOCK,RIGHT 1.00 EA 084 774-122 O-RING,.176X.31X.070,NITRILE 1.00 EA
024 210-1951-001 SHAFT,BUTTON,PUSH WING 2.00 EA 085 786-312 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,4-40X.312 SST 3.00 EA
025 210-1955-001 BRACKET,SLIDE,SPRING TENSIONER 1.00 EA 086 787-663 SETSCREW,DOGPOINT,6-32X.25 SST 1.00 EA
026 210-1997-001 O-RING,32X.070,VITON 1.00 EA 087 796-010 WASHER,FLAT,NO.4 SST 3.00 EA
027 210-1998-001 BUMPER,REAR,FOOTSWITCH 1.00 EA 088 796-112 WASHER,FLAT,.625X.390X.063 SST 2.00 EA
028 210-2043-001 GEAR,SPUR,F5 MOTOR 1.00 EA 089 796-113 WASHER,THRUST,.128X.372X.062 1.00 EA
029 210-2152-001 INSULATOR,BLOCK,TENSION ADJUST 1.00 EA 090 797-014 WASHER,SPLT LK,.11X.21X.03 SST 3.00 EA
030 210-2153-001 INSULATION,SWITCH,WING LEFT 1.00 EA 091 797-083 WASHER,INT LOCK.12X.27X.02 SST 2.00 EA
031 210-2153-002 INSULATION,SWITCH,WING RIGHT 1.00 EA 092 805-418 SETSCREW,M3X6,DOG POINT 2.00 EA
032 210-2257-001 SHAFT,MAIN,LEFT 1.00 EA 093 805-419 SETSCREW,M4X8,DOG POINT 2.00 EA
033 210-2258-001 SHAFT,MAIN,RIGHT 1.00 EA 094 807-002 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M3X6 SST 7.00 EA
034 210-2259-001 GEAR,SHAFT,MAIN 1.00 EA 095 807-005 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M3X12 SST 5.00 EA
035 210-2260-001 SHAFT,TENSION ADJUST 1.00 EA 096 805-039 SETSCREW,SKT HD,FLT M4X4 SST 2.00 EA
036 210-2261-001 INSULATOR,SWITCH,CONTACT 1.00 EA 097 807-143 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M2.0X8 SST 2.00 EA
037 210-2262-001 BAR,SWITCH,CONTACT 1.00 EA 098 807-175 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X8 SEAL 3.00 EA
038 210-2265-001 BRACKET,CONTACT LEVER,FRONT 1.00 EA 807-168 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X8 SEAL 3.00 EA*
039 210-2266-001 BRACKET,CONTACT LEVER,REAR 1.00 EA 099 807-176 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X12 SEAL 9.00 EA
040 210-2267-001 TREADLE,FOOTSWITCH,ENHANCED 1.00 EA 807-169 SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X12 SEAL 9.00 EA*
041 210-2268-001 COVER,WIRE 1.00 EA 100 809-001 SCREW,BTN HD SKT,M3X6 SST 9.00 EA
042 210-2269-001 GROMMET,SHAFT,WIRE 2.00 EA 101 811-002 SCREW,FLAT HD SKT,M3X8 SST 11.0 EA
043 210-2270-001 STRICKER,SPRING,HOLDER 2.00 EA 102 811-107 SCREW,FH PH,M5X10 SST SEAL 2.00 EA
044 210-2304-501 ASSY,PCB,FOOTSWITCH 1.00 EA 103 811-108 SCREW,FH SKT,M2.5X8 SST 6.00 EA
045 210-2306-001 SPRING,TORSION,FOOTSWITCH 1.00 EA 104 811-110 SCREW,FLAT HD SKT,M3X8 NYL 2.00 EA
046 210-2307-001 PLATE,SPRING,FOOTSWITCH 1.00 EA 105 814-002 SCREW,SHLDR,SKT HD M3X5.013 SS 5.00 EA
047 210-2313-001 HEEL,REST,FOOTSWITCH ENHANCE 1.00 EA 106 814-017 SCREW,SHLDR,SKT HD M5X4.013 SS 1.00 EA
048 210-2314-001 BASE,FOOTSWITCH,ENHANCED 1.00 EA 107 815-020 WASHER,THRUST,1.75X2.5X.06 3.00 EA
049 210-2315-001 TOP,FOOTSWITCH,ENHANCED 1.00 EA 108 891-013 LUBE,GREASE,MULTI-PURPOSE -- ML
050 210-2316-001 HEEL,BASE,FTSWITCH ENHANCE 1.00 EA 109 891-019 LUBE,SEALANT,VALVE -- EA
051 210-2317-001 TREADLE,TOP,FTSWITCH ENHANCE 1.00 EA 110 892-042 ADHESIVE,THREADLOCKER,242 BLU -- ML
052 210-2321-501 ASSY,CABLE,FTSW MOTOR W70 1.00 EA 111 892-346 ADHESIVE,RTV,SILICONE -- EA
053 210-2322-501 ASSY,CABLE,FTSW PCB INTFC W68 1.00 EA 112 892-144 ADHESIVE,RTV 118,CLEAR -- OZ
054 210-2318-001 LABEL,BLANK,FTSW INFI 1.00 EA 113 210-2263-001 BRACKET,SWITCH,CONTACT 1.00 EA
210-2326-001 LABEL,FTSWITCH,ENHANCED INFI 1.00 EA* 114 210-2264-001 BRACKET,PIN,CONTACT 1.00 EA
055 027-003 CABLE TIE,.625X3.50L,NYLON 8.00 EA 115 805-420 SETSCREW,M6X10,DOG POINT SST 2.00 EA
056 036-019 WIRE,INSUL,DBL TEF 28 AWG BLK 3.00 FT
057 036-020 WIRE,INSUL,DBL TEF 28 AWG RED 2.50 FT * SUBSTITUTE PART
058 036-021 WIRE,INSUL,DBL TEF 28 AWG BRN 2.50 FT

210-2290-501 ASSY, FOOTSWITCH, INFINITI

6.76 8065750238
 210-2290-501 ASSY, FOOTSWITCH, INFINITI (1 of 6)
8065750238 6.77
 210-2290-501 ASSY, FOOTSWITCH, INFINITI (2 of 6)
6.78 8065750238
 210-2290-501 ASSY, FOOTSWITCH, INFINITI (3 of 6)
8065750238 6.79
 210-2290-501 ASSY, FOOTSWITCH, INFINITI (4 of 6)
6.80 8065750238
 210-2290-501 ASSY, FOOTSWITCH, INFINITI (5 of 6)
8065750238 6.81
 210-2290-501 ASSY, FOOTSWITCH, INFINITI (6 of 6)
6.82 LAST PAGE OF THIS SECTION 8065750238
 SECTION SEVEN
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

INFINITI™* VideOverlay System

Overview

The Infiniti™* VideOverlay (IVO) system accepts operating parameters from the Infiniti™* Vision
System and overlays that information onto video accepted from the microscope camera. The IVO
system then outputs a video signal to a monitor and/or VCR for retrospective viewing.

The IVO will accept either Composite or S-Video inputs in either NTSC or PAL format (auto
detecting). The IVO is powered by an external power supply. The external power supply can operate
from a 100 VAC to 240 VAC source, and provides an output of 12 VDC at 1.25 amps to power the
IVO.

WARNING!
• Do not simultaneously touch the VideOverlay enclosure and the patient.

CAUTIONS
• Do not use multiple portable socket outlets with this system.
• Use only the Alcon-supplied serial cable to connect the Infiniti™* Vision System to the IVO.

NOTES:
• This unit is not a medical device and should be located/stored with other video equipment
(i.e., VCR, monitor, etc.).
• When connected to the Infiniti™* Vision System, the IVO system does not increase the
leakage current of the Infiniti™* Vision System.
• The Infiniti™* VideOverlay system is for information purposes only, and is not intended to
substitute for the Infiniti™* Vision System display.

POWER MMC COMM PAL NTSC

MMC Sensor
On = MMC Card Detected NTSC Video Source
Off = MMC Card Not Detected

Send & Receive

On = Active PAL Video Source

Figure 7-1 VIDEOVERLAY FRONT PANEL

8065750238 7.1
 COMPOSITE S-VIDEO
VIDEO
INFINITI™ POWER

ON
12VDC
IN OUT IN OUT 1.25A
OFF

Figure 7-2 VIDEOVERLAY REAR PANEL

Standard Setup

1. Ensure electric power to all systems is turned OFF. Attach the 12 V end of the external power
supply to the IVO system.

2. Attach the appropriate wall outlet adapter (USA, United Kingdom, Australia, or Europe) to the
AC end of the external power supply, and plug it into an appropriate wall outlet (see Figure 7-3).

3. The IVO can operate using either Composite Video inputs/outputs or S-Video inputs/outputs.
Appropriate cables should be used to configure the IVO. Connect the microscope camera output
to the Composite or S-Video input of the IVO (see Figure 7-4).

NOTE: If the microscope camera output has an RCA or BNC connector, connect the
camera output to the VideOverlay Composite input. Do not use an adapter cable to connect
the camera output to the VideOverlay S-Video input or loss of color will occur.

4. Connect the Composite or S-Video output of the IVO to a monitor or a VCR.

5. With the video output connected to a monitor, turn the monitor and microscope camera power
ON, and leave the IVO power OFF. If the video input and output cables are connected properly,
the microscope camera image will appear on the monitor.

6. Connect the serial cable between the IVO and Infiniti™* Vision System (see Figure 7-4).

7. Turn Infiniti™* Vision System power ON. Turn IVO power ON with its rear panel switch.
The MMC light and either the PAL or NTSC Video source light should be illuminated (if not
illuminated, check power supply connections).

8. With the Infiniti™* touchscreen interface running, make sure the Send & Receive light blinks (if
not blinking, check serial cable).

9. Observe the monitor video display. The Infiniti™* logo should appear (see Figure 7-4) (if the
Infiniti™* logo does not appear, check serial cable connections). If the system does not operate
correctly, contact an Alcon Technical Service representative.

7.2 8065750238
 USA, Japan, China United Kingdom Australia Europe

External Power Supply

Figure 7-3 WALL OUTLET ADAPTERS

Infiniti™* Vision System Rear Panel

Camera

Infiniti™* Logo

Eye

Serial cable from

Infiniti™* Vision System
VCR output to Monitor input to IVO
Monitor To Wall Outlet

IVO output Camera output

(S-Video or Composite Video) to IVO input
to VCR or monitor input (S-Video or Composite Video)

External
VCR Power Supply
COMPOSITE S-VIDEO
VIDEO
INFINITI™ POWER

ON
12VDC
1.25A
IN OUT IN OUT OFF

IVO Rear Panel

Figure 7-4 VIDEOVERLAY CONNECTION DIAGRAM

8065750238 7.3
 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK

7.4 LAST PAGE OF THIS SECTION 8065750238